UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 8-K

 


 

CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                         October 21, 2016                       

(Date of Report (date of earliest event reported)

 


BioCardia, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware

0-21419

23-2753988

(State or other jurisdiction of

(Commission File Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification Number)

 

  125 Shoreway Road, Suite B, San Carlos, CA 94070

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(650) 226-0120

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

  Tiger X Medical, Inc. 4400 Biscayne Blvd., Miami, Florida 33137

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 


 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 



 

 
 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

1

EXPLANATORY NOTE

3

ITEM 1.01

ENTRY INTO A MATERIAL DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

5

ITEM 2.01

COMPLETION OF ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

5

  BUSINESS

9

  RISK FACTORS

47

  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

82

  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

95

  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

97

  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

101

  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

108

  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

111

  MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

112

  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

116

ITEM 3.02

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

121

ITEM 4.01

CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

123

ITEM 5.01

CHANGES IN CONTROL OF REGISTRANT

123

ITEM 5.02

DEPARTURE OF DIRECTORS OR CERTAIN OFFICERS; ELECTION OF DIRECTORS; APPOINTMENT OF CERTAIN OFFICERS; COMPENSATORY ARRANGEMENTS OF CERTAIN OFFICERS

123

ITEM 5.03 AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OR BYLAWS, CHANGE IN FISCAL YEAR 123

ITEM 5.06

CHANGE IN SHELL COMPANY STATUS

123

ITEM 9.01

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

124

 


 

 
 

 

 

We have registered our name, logo and the trademarks “BioCardia,” “CardiAMP,” “CardiALLO,” and “Morph” in the United States. We have registered the trademarks “CardiAMP” and “CardiALLO” for use in connection with a biologic product, namely, a cell-based therapy product composed of bone marrow derived cells for medical use. We also have rights to use the “Helix” trademark in the United States. Other service marks, trademarks and trade names referred to in this Report are the property of their respective owners. Except as set forth above and solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this Report are referred to without the ®, © and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

 

 
 

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Current Report on Form 8-K, or this Report, contains forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, in the sections captioned “Description of Business,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and elsewhere. Any and all statements contained in this Report that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed forward-looking statements. Terms such as “may,” “might,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “project,” “estimate,” “pro-forma,” “predict,” “potential,” “strategy,” “anticipate,” “attempt,” “develop,” “plan,” “help,” “believe,” “continue,” “intend,” “expect,” “future” and terms of similar import (including the negative of any of the foregoing) may be intended to identify forward-looking statements. However, not all forward-looking statements may contain one or more of these identifying terms. Forward-looking statements in this Report may include, without limitation, statements regarding (i) the plans and objectives of management for future operations, including plans or objectives relating to the development of our cell therapy systems , (ii) a projection of income (including income/loss), earnings (including earnings/loss) per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial items, (iii) our future financial performance, including any such statement contained in a discussion and analysis of financial condition by management or in the results of operations included pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and (iv) the assumptions underlying or relating to any statement described in points (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

The forward-looking statements are not meant to predict or guarantee actual results, performance, events or circumstances and may not be realized because they are based upon our current projections, plans, objectives, beliefs, expectations, estimates and assumptions and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and other influences, many of which we have no control over. Actual results and the timing of certain events and circumstances may differ materially from those described by the forward-looking statements as a result of these risks and uncertainties. Factors that may influence or contribute to the inaccuracy of the forward-looking statements or cause actual results to differ materially from expected or desired results may include, without limitation:

 

 

our ability to obtain regulatory approval for our cell therapy systems;

 

 

market acceptance of our cell therapy systems;

 

 

the benefits of our cell therapy systems versus other products;

 

 

our ability to successfully sell and market our cell therapy systems;

 

 

competition from existing technologies or products or new technologies and products that may emerge;

 

 

the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business and our cell therapy systems;

 

 

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our cell therapy systems;

 

 

estimates of our future revenue, expenses, capital requirements and our need for additional financing;

 

 

our financial performance;

 

 

our expectation related to the use of proceeds from the Merger;

 

 

developments relating to our competitors and the healthcare industry; and

 

 

other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

 
1

 

 

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because of the risks and uncertainties related to them and to the risk factors. We disclaim any obligation to update the forward-looking statements contained in this Report to reflect any new information or future events or circumstances or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

Readers should read this Report in conjunction with the discussion under the caption “Risk Factors,” our financial statements and the related notes thereto in this Report, and other documents which we may file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.

 

 
2

 

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

On October 24, 2016, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Icicle Acquisition Corp., a corporation formed in the State of Delaware on July 29, 2016, or the Acquisition Sub, merged with and into BioCardia, Inc., which was originally incorporated in Delaware in March 2002 as BioCardia DeviceCo, Inc., was subsequently renamed BioCardia, Inc., and is referred to herein as BioCardia. Pursuant to this transaction, or the Merger, BioCardia was the surviving corporation and became our wholly-owned subsidiary under the name BioCardia Lifesciences, Inc. All of the outstanding capital stock of BioCardia was converted into shares of our common stock, as described in more detail below. Also on October 24, 2016, we filed a Certificate of Amendment to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to change our name to BioCardia, Inc., which became effective on October 26, 2016.

 

As a result of the Merger, we discontinued our pre-Merger business, acquired the business of BioCardia and will continue the existing business operations of BioCardia as a publicly-traded company under the name BioCardia, Inc. Our pre-Merger assets consisted primarily of $19.5 million in cash, which will be used to support the business of BioCardia following the Merger. 

 

The Merger will be accounted for as an asset acquisition rather than a business combination because as of the effective time of the Merger, Tiger X Medical, Inc. did not meet the definition of a business as defined by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The net assets acquired in the transaction will be recorded at their estimated fair values as of the effective time of the Merger. Our historical financial statements as of period ends, and for periods ended, prior to the Merger will be replaced with the historical financial statements of BioCardia, prior to the Merger, in all future filings with the SEC.

 

As used in this Report henceforward, unless otherwise stated or the context clearly indicates otherwise, the terms the “Company,” the “Registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to the parent entity formerly named Tiger X Medical, Inc., after giving effect to the Merger, and as renamed BioCardia, Inc.

 

This Report contains summaries of the material terms of various agreements executed in connection with the transactions described herein. The summaries of these agreements are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by, reference to these agreements, which are filed as exhibits hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

This Report is being filed in connection with a series of transactions consummated by the Company and certain related events and actions taken by the Company.

 

This Report responds to the following Items in Form 8-K:

 

 

Item 1.01

Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

 

 

Item 2.01

Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets

 

 

Item 3.02

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

 

 

Item 4.01

Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

 

Item 5.01

Changes in Control of Registrant

 

 

Item 5.02

Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers

 

 

Item 5.03

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year

 

 

Item 5.06

Change in Shell Company Status

 

 

Item 9.01

Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

 
3

 

 

Prior to the Merger, we were a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act). As a result of the Merger, we have ceased to be a “shell company.” The information contained in this Report, together with the information contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC, constitute the current “Form 10 information” necessary to satisfy the conditions contained in Rule 144(i)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

 

Item 2.01(f) of Form 8-K states that if the registrant was a shell company, then the registrant must disclose the information that would be required if the registrant were filing a general form for registration of securities on Form 10 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Accordingly, we have provided the information in Item 2.01 that would be included on Form 10.

 

 
4

 

 

ITEM 1.01

ENTRY INTO A MATERIAL DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

 

The information contained in Item 2.01 below relating to the various agreements described therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 2.01

COMPLETION OF ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

 

The Merger and Merger Agreement

 

On August 22, 2016, Tiger X Medical, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, Icicle Acquisition Corp., a corporation formed in the State of Delaware on July 29, 2016, or the Acquisition Sub, BioCardia, Inc., Jay Moyes, as representative of BioCardia's stockholders and option holders, and Steven Rubin, as the initial representative of the Company, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, as subsequently amended on October 21, 2016, or the Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement closed on October 24, 2016, or the Effective Time, pursuant to which Acquisition Sub merged with and into BioCardia, with BioCardia continuing as the surviving company, or the Merger, under the name BioCardia Lifesciences, Inc. Following the completion of the Merger, we changed the name of Tiger X Medical, Inc. to BioCardia, Inc.

 

Pursuant to the Merger, each of the shares of BioCardia's common stock, par value $0.001 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, including shares of BioCardia common stock underlying outstanding BioCardia preferred stock and convertible notes (which were converted into BioCardia common stock immediately prior to the Effective Time), were converted into the right to receive 19.3678009 shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.001 per share, or our Common Stock, subject to adjustment post-Closing based on Closing Net Cash as described in the Merger Agreement. In aggregate, we issued approximately 227 million shares of our Common Stock in the Merger (not including shares of our Common Stock underlying BioCardia options, as described below), subject to a net cash adjustment as described in the Merger Agreement. Furthermore, we held back 20% of the Merger Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement) to be issued to BioCardia stockholders to secure any such net cash adjustment as well as the BioCardia stockholders’ indemnification obligations under the Merger Agreement. Current Company stockholders retained approximately 231 million shares of our Common Stock.

 

At the Effective Time, (i) the Company assumed BioCardia’s 2002 Stock Plan, or the 2002 Plan, the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan and (ii) each option to purchase shares of BioCardia common stock, whether vested or unvested, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time were assumed by the Company and converted into an option to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of BioCardia common stock underlying such option immediately before the Effective Time multiplied by 19.3678009 at the exercise price per share set forth in such assumed option divided by 19.3678009. All of the other terms and conditions applicable to such assumed and converted options, including with respect to vesting, continue to apply after the Effective Time.

 

The Merger Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, pre- and post-closing covenants and conditions of each of the Company and BioCardia. In addition, the Merger was conditioned upon BioCardia having at least $3.5 million in Company Net Cash (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and the Company having at least $19.5 million in Parent Net Cash (as defined in the Merger Agreement). Finally, the Merger Agreement also provides indemnification for damages resulting from breaches of a party’s representations, warranties and covenants, on the terms and conditions and subject to the limits set forth in the Merger Agreement.

 

All Tiger X Medical, Inc. employees have been terminated prior to the Effective Time.

 

The Merger is intended to be treated as a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

 
5

 

 

The issuance of shares of our Common Stock and options to purchase our Common Stock in connection with the Merger was not registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, which exempts transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, and Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, under that section. These securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirement, and are subject to further contractual restrictions on transfer as described below. See “Description of Securities” below for more information.

 

The form of the Merger Agreement and the first amendment to the Merger Agreement are filed as Exhibit 2.1 and Exhibit 2.2 to this Report, respectively. All references to the Merger Agreement herein shall be deemed references to the Merger Agreement, as amended by the first amendment to the Merger Agreement, and all descriptions of the Merger Agreement are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text of the Merger Agreement, as amended, and as filed as an exhibit hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

2002 Stock Plan, 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and Outstanding Options Thereunder

 

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and upon the closing of the Merger, we assumed the 2002 Plan and the 2016 Plan and each option to purchase BioCardia common stock that remained outstanding thereunder, whether vested or unvested, was converted into an option to purchase such number of shares of our Common Stock equal to the number of shares of BioCardia common stock subject to the option immediately prior to the Merger multiplied by 19.3678009. The exercise price per share of our Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each such assumed option is equal to the exercise price per share of BioCardia common stock underlying the option prior to such assumption divided by 19.3678009. Otherwise, each assumed option continues to have, and will be subject to, the same terms and conditions as applied to the BioCardia option immediately prior to the Merger, including, without limitation, the same vesting schedule. The terms of the 2002 Plan continue to govern such assumed options to acquire an aggregate of 16,508,516 shares of our Common Stock and the terms of the 2016 Plan continue to govern such assumed outstanding options to acquire an aggregate of 23,067,117 shares of our Common Stock and 12,777,809 stock options and other equity-based awards reserved for future issuance, except that all references in the 2002 Plan and 2016 Plan to BioCardia will now be deemed to be references to us. See “Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters” and “Executive Compensation” below for more information about the 2002 Plan, the 2016 Plan and the outstanding stock options thereunder.

 

Departure and Appointment of Directors and Officers

 

Our board of directors is authorized to consist of, and currently consists of, eight members. As of the Effective Time, Steven Rubin, Stephen Liu and Subbarao Uppaluri, our directors before the Merger, resigned from their positions as directors.

 

As of the Effective Time, Peter Altman Ph.D., Jay Moyes, Thomas Quertermous, Simon Stertzer and Allan Tessler, BioCardia’s directors before the Merger, as well as Fernando L. Fernandez, Richard Krasno and Richard C. Pfenniger Jr., were appointed to our board of directors.

 

Also as of the Effective Time, Steven Rubin, our Interim Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, and our principal executive, secretary, and financial and accounting officer for SEC reporting purposes before the Merger, resigned from these positions, and Peter Altman Ph.D. was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer and President, David McClung was appointed as our Vice President of Finance and Phil Pesta was appointed as our Vice President of Operations by our board of directors.

 

Peter Altman Ph.D. will be our principal executive officer and David McClung will be our principal financial and accounting officer for SEC reporting purposes.

 

 
6

 

 

See “Directors and Executive Officers” below for information about our new directors and executive officers.

 

Lock-up Agreements and Other Restrictions

 

In connection with the Merger, each of our executive officers and the directors named above, stockholders holding 2% or more of our Common Stock after giving effect to the Merger and certain key employees, or the Restricted Holders, holding as of the Effective Time of the Merger an aggregate of 286,566,412 shares of our Common Stock, entered into lock-up agreements, or the Lock-Up Agreements, whereby they are restricted for a period of 12 months after the Merger, or the Restricted Period, from offering, pledging, selling, contracting to sell, selling any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to sell, granting any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transferring or disposing of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Company Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Common Stock (including without limitation, Company Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Restricted Holders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition. In addition, the Lock-Up Agreements provide that each Restricted Holder will not enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company Common Stock or such other securities. The foregoing restrictions will not apply to certain other transfers customarily excepted.

 

Pro Forma Ownership

 

Immediately after giving effect to the Merger, there were 457,426,640 shares of our Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the Effective Time, as follows:

 

 

the stockholders of BioCardia prior to the Merger hold 226,683,499 shares of our Common Stock; and

 

 

the stockholders of the Company prior to the Merger hold 230,743,141 shares of our Common Stock;

 

In addition,

 

 

options to purchase an aggregate of 80,000 shares of our Common Stock were assumed by the Company in December 2008 in connection with a merger involving Tiger X Medical, LLC and these options remain outstanding;

 

 

options to purchase an aggregate of 16,508,516 shares of our Common Stock were issued under the 2002 Plan; options to purchase an aggregate of 23,067,117 shares of our Common Stock were issued under the 2016 Plan; and an option to purchase 5,027,726 shares of our Common Stock was issued outside of the 2002 Plan and 2016 Plan, in each case to former BioCardia option holders that have been assumed by the Company in connection with the Merger;

 

 

12,777,809 shares of our Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan and 22,550,000 shares of our Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the Tiger X 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2010 Plan, as future incentive awards to executive officers, employees, consultants and directors, as of the Effective Time. We do not intend to issue any awards under the 2010 Plan.

 

No other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Common Stock are outstanding.

 

Our Common Stock is quoted on the Pink tier of OTC Markets. It was formerly quoted under the symbol “CDOM,” and will now trade under the ticker symbol “BCDA” going forward.

 

 
7

 

 

Accounting Treatment; Change of Control

 

The Merger will be accounted for as an asset acquisition rather than a business combination because as of the Effective Time, Tiger X Medical, Inc. did not meet the definition of a business as defined by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The net assets acquired in the transaction will be recorded at their estimated acquisition date fair values as of the Effective Time. BioCardia, Inc. was determined to be the accounting acquirer based upon the terms of the Merger Agreement and other factors including; (i) BioCardia, Inc. stockholders and optionholders hold approximately 54% of the outstanding shares and options of the combined company immediately following the closing of the Merger, (ii) BioCardia, Inc. directors hold five of the eight board seats in the combined company, and (iii) BioCardia, Inc. management hold all of the positions in the management of the combined company. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that will be reflected in the financial statements prior to the Merger will be those of BioCardia, and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of BioCardia, and the financial statements after completion of the Merger will include the assets and liabilities of BioCardia, historical operations of BioCardia, and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries from the Effective Time. As a result of the issuance of the shares of our Common Stock pursuant to the Merger, a change in control of Tiger X Medical, Inc. occurred as of the date of consummation of the Merger. Except as described in this Report, no arrangements or understandings exist among present or former controlling stockholders with respect to the election of members of our board of directors and, to our knowledge, no other arrangements exist that might result in a change of control of the Company.

 

We continue to be a “smaller reporting company,” as defined under the Exchange Act following the Merger. We believe that as a result of the Merger we have ceased to be a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act).

 

 
8

 

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

Immediately following the Merger, the business of BioCardia became our business.

 

Corporate Information

 

As described above, we were incorporated as NAM Corporation in Delaware on January 12, 1994 and subsequently changed our name to clickNsettle.com, Inc., then Cardo Medical, Inc., then Tiger X Medical, Inc., and finally BioCardia, Inc. on October 26, 2016 in connection with the Merger. We previously operated as an orthopedic medical device company specializing in designing, developing and marketing high performance reconstructive joint devices and spinal surgical devices. Prior to the Merger, our board of directors determined to discontinue operations in this area and seek a new business opportunity. As a result of the Merger, we have acquired the business of BioCardia, Inc. BioCardia, Inc. commenced operations as a Delaware corporation in March 2002 as BioCardia DeviceCo, Inc., was subsequently renamed BioCardia, Inc. in August 2002, and is referred to herein as BioCardia.

 

Our authorized capital stock currently consists of 750 million shares of Common Stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock. Our Common Stock is quoted on the Pink tier of OTC Markets. It was formerly quoted under the symbol “CDOM,” and will now trade under the ticker symbol “BCDA” going forward.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 125 Shoreway Road, Suite B, San Carlos, CA 94070. Our telephone number is (650) 226-0120. Our website address is www.biocardia .com . Information contained in our website is not incorporated by reference into this Report, and should not be considered to be a part of this Report. You should not rely on our website or any such information in making your decision whether or not to purchase our Common Stock.

 

Company Overview

 

We are a clinical-stage regenerative medicine company developing novel therapeutics for cardiovascular diseases with large unmet medical needs. Our lead therapeutic candidate is the CardiAMP Cell Therapy System, or CardiAMP. We anticipate enrolling the first patient in our U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, accepted Phase III pivotal trial for CardiAMP in ischemic systolic heart failure in 2016 and obtaining top-line data in the first half of 2019. If our Phase III pivotal trial is successful, we believe we will be the first company to reach the market with a cell-based therapy to treat heart failure. Our second therapeutic candidate is the CardiALLO Cell Therapy System, or CardiALLO. We anticipate preparation of an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application for submission to the FDA for a Phase II trial for CardiALLO for the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure. This IND is expected to have improved Chemistry Manufacturing Controls, or CMC, in the IND relative to our previous co-sponsored investigations. We are committed to applying our expertise in the fields of autologous and allogeneic cell-based therapies to improve the lives of patients with cardiovascular conditions. Autologous cell therapies use autologous cells, which means the patient’s own cells, while allogeneic cell therapies use allogeneic cells, which means cells from a third party donor.

 

CardiAMP is a comprehensive therapeutic treatment that includes a companion diagnostic, and is comprised of (i) a cell potency screening test, (ii) a point of care cell processing platform, and (iii) a biotherapeutic delivery system. CardiAMP is the first comprehensive therapeutic treatment utilizing a patient’s own cells for the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure, which is heart failure that develops after a heart attack. In the screening process with the anticipated companion diagnostic, the physician extracts a small sample of the patient’s bone marrow in an outpatient procedure performed under local anesthesia. The clinic sends the sample to a centralized diagnostic lab, which tests for identified biomarkers from which we generate a potency assay score for the patient. During the treatment, a clinician harvests and then prepares the patient’s own bone marrow mononuclear cells, or autologous cells, using our point of care cell processing platform, which a cardiologist then delivers into the heart using our proprietary biotherapeutic delivery system. We designed the entire procedure to be performed in approximately 60 to 90 minutes, which we believe is substantially faster than alternative cell-based therapies in development. The patient then leaves the hospital the same or next day.

 

 
9

 

 

In October 2014, the FDA accepted the design of our 250 patient CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial. The trial builds on the successful 34 patient Phase II trial and 20 patient Phase I trial utilizing treatment with CardiAMP cells for ischemic systolic heart failure, which is heart failure that follows a heart attack. The primary endpoint selected for the Phase III pivotal trial is functional capacity as measured by the six minute walk test, an endpoint that has been utilized in the regulatory approval of other therapies, such as Gilead’s Letairis ® , Bayer/Actelion’s Adempas ® and BioMarin’s Vimizin ® . This endpoint demonstrated statistical significance in the Phase II double-blind placebo-controlled trial for treatment with CardiAMP cells.

 

Secondary hierarchical endpoints in the Phase III pivotal trial include overall survival at 12-months, as a non-inferiority outcome, freedom from Major Adverse Cardiac Events (MACE, defined as the composite of all-cause death, hospitalization for worsening heart failure, nonfatal recurrent myocardial infarction, placement of a left ventricular assist device, or heart transplantation) at 12-months, as a non-inferiority outcome, change in quality of life as measured by Minnesota Living with Heart Failure (MHLF) at 12-months as a superiority outcome, time to first MACE at 12-months, as a superiority outcome, and overall survival at 12-months, as a superiority outcome.

 

Additional Secondary Endpoints (at 12 months, unless otherwise noted) include survival at 2 years, heart failure death, treatment-emergent Serious Adverse Event at 30-days, heart failure hospitalization, all-cause hospitalization, days alive out of hospital, freedom from serious adverse events, NYHA Functional Class, six minute walk test repeated measure analysis, and echocardiographic measures of change in ejection fraction, left ventricular end systolic and end diastolic volumes, left ventricular end systolic and end diastolic dimensions, and mitral regurgitation.

 

Per a planned amendment to the protocol, we expect to commence an interim analysis after half of the patients reach the primary endpoint.

 

Our CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial follows a completed U.S. based randomized placebo-controlled Phase II trial that showed:

 

 

CardiAMP cells at a dosage of 200 million cells met the primary safety endpoint with 0% treatment related major adverse cardiac events at 30 days;

 

 

CardiAMP cells, when compared with placebo, were associated with statistically and clinically significant improvements in functional capacity as measured by the six minute walk test and statistically and clinically significant improvements in quality of life as measured by the MLHF Questionnaire;

 

 

fewer clinical events such as hospitalizations were confirmed at one year following treatment; and

 

 

benefit in clinical outcomes was supported by improvement in cardiac function.

 

Market Opportunity

 

Heart failure is a clinical condition in which the output of blood from the heart is insufficient to meet the metabolic demands of the body. In 2015, the American Heart Association, or AHA, report on heart disease statistics estimated that there are 5.7 million Americans over the age of 20 that have heart failure. Heart failure is increasingly prevalent due to the aging population and the increase in major cardiovascular risk factors, including obesity and diabetes. The AHA also estimates that one in five adults will develop heart failure after the age of 40. During heart failure progression, the heart steadily loses its ability to respond to increased metabolic demand, and mild exercise soon exceeds the heart’s ability to maintain adequate output. Towards the end stage of the disease, the heart cannot pump enough blood to meet the body’s needs at rest. At this stage, fluids accumulate in the extremities or in the lungs making the patient bedridden and unable to perform the activities of daily living. The long-term prognosis associated with heart failure is approximately 50% mortality at five years following the initial diagnosis.

 

 
10

 

 

Hospitalizations for heart failure are expensive, and the risk of death increases with each recurrent heart failure-related hospitalization. In 2014, the Journal of the American College of Cardiology reported that the one- and six-month readmission rates after heart failure-related hospitalization are close to 25% and 50%, respectively. In 2010, the AHA estimated that the direct and indirect cost of heart failure in the United States was $39 billion, half of which was related to repeated hospitalizations, and by 2030 the total cost of heart failure in the United States is projected to increase to $70 billion. The Affordable Care Act recently established the “Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program,” which requires The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services to reduce payments to hospitals with excessive heart failure readmissions. As such, there is growing pressure on hospitals to reduce readmissions for heart failure.

 

Heart failure is classified in relation to the severity of the symptoms experienced by the patient. The most commonly used classification system, established by the New York Heart Association, or NYHA, is as follows:

 

 

Class I (mild): patients experience no or very mild symptoms with ordinary physical activity;

 

 

Class II (mild): patients experience fatigue and shortness of breath during moderate physical activity;

 

 

Class III (moderate): patients experience shortness of breath during even light physical activity; and

 

 

Class IV (severe): patients are exhausted even at rest.

 

Despite guideline-directed therapies employing a wide range of pharmacologic, device, and surgical options, many patients deteriorate over time and develop advanced heart failure symptoms that cannot be effectively managed by existing medical therapies. At the end stage of heart failure, current treatment options include heart transplant surgery or implantation of a left ventricular assist device, or LVAD, a battery operated mechanical circulatory device used to partially or completely replace the function of the left ventricle of the heart. LVADs are used for patients awaiting a heart transplant or as a destination therapy for patients with NYHA Class IV heart failure who may never receive a heart transplant. Both of these end-stage treatment options require invasive open-chest surgery and can cost in excess of $150,000 per procedure, as reported by the Journal of Heart and Lung Transplantation. 

 

There are approximately 2.9 million NYHA Class II and Class III heart failure patients, of which we estimate approximately 60% are patients with ischemic systolic heart failure. Of this subset of 1.7 million patients, we estimate that approximately 70%, or over 1.2 million patients, will have a cell potency score sufficient to qualify for treatment with CardiAMP.

 

Regenerative Medicine Overview

 

Regenerative medicine is a branch of translational research in tissue engineering and molecular biology that deals with the process of replacing, engineering or regenerating human cells, tissues or organs to restore or establish normal function. This field holds the promise of engineering damaged tissues and organs by stimulating the body’s natural repair mechanisms to functionally heal previously irreparable tissues or organs. This biomedical approach generally also refers to clinical therapies that may involve the use of stem cells. Examples include the injection of stem cells or progenitor cells, and the induction of regeneration by biologically active molecules as a secretion by infused cells.

 

Bone Marrow Derived Cell-Based Therapy for Heart Failure

 

Bone marrow derived cell-based therapy has been shown to have the potential to restore cardiac function. In the past decade, intramyocardial delivery of bone marrow derived cell-based therapies in preclinical and clinical studies of heart failure has predominantly resulted in benefits, such as improvement in ventricular function, reduction in infarct size and increase in myocardial perfusion. An infarct is an area of dead tissue resulting from failure of blood supply, and myocardial perfusion is blood flow to heart tissue.

 

Recent systematic review and meta-analysis of the scientific literature from 23 randomized controlled trials prior to 2013, covering more than 1,200 participants, was published by Fisher in Circulation Research in January 2015. The review found evidence that bone marrow cell treatment, including intramyocardial delivery of bone marrow cells, has improved left ventricle ejection fraction, or LVEF, and chronic ischemic heart disease. The authors of the review found evidence for a potential beneficial clinical effect in terms of mortality and performance status after at least one year post-treatment in people who suffer from chronic ischemic heart disease and heart failure. Results in heart failure trials indicate that bone marrow derived cell-based therapy leads to a reduction in deaths and readmission to hospital and improvements over standard treatment as measured by tests of heart function. This review concluded that further research is required to confirm the results.

 

 
11

 

 

Published scientific papers provide clinical support for efficacy from randomized controlled clinical trials of intramyocardial delivery of bone marrow derived cells in closely related clinical conditions of chronic myocardial ischemia, diastolic heart failure, and subacute myocardial infarction.

 

Bone marrow cell homing to the heart is part of the body’s natural repair process. After a heart attack or an acute injury to the heart, cells from bone marrow are known to home to the heart. For example, a population of bone marrow cells with a cell surface marker of CD34+ has certain receptors, including CXC-4 and CXC-7 receptors, that home to the SDF-1 ligand, which is activated in injured heart tissue. In the event of heart failure, the heart is believed to have fewer of these homing signals and a decreased ability to stimulate or recreate this signaling process, leading to a lower likelihood of heart tissue repair. A number of other bone marrow derived cells with unique cell surface markers have also been shown to have beneficial effects in animal models of heart failure and are under clinical investigation today.

 

 

To date, the research community has proposed three main mechanisms of action to explain the regenerative potential of bone marrow derived cells:

 

 

endothelial cell and myocyte growth through cell transdifferentiation, which means that a bone marrow cell becomes another cell type in the heart;

 

 

stimulation of endogenous cardiac stem cells for niche reconstruction, which means that a bone marrow cell stimulates the production of stem cells in the heart, which subsequently become a specific cell type in the heart; and

 

 

paracrine effects through the release of cytokines and growth factors leading to anti-apoptotic effects and angiogenesis, which means that proteins produced by the bone marrow cells stimulate beneficial reparative effects in the heart such as reduced inflammation, cell survival and the formation of new vascular networks.

 

There is increasing belief in the research community that the efficacy of bone marrow derived cells may reside in synergistic effects of two or more mechanisms of action promoting cardiac regeneration.

 

Cell-Based Therapy Product Pipeline

 

   

We are developing two therapeutic candidates, with an initial focus on heart failure resulting from a heart attack:

 

 

CardiAMP a utologous  m inimally  p rocessed bone marrow cells from a patient’s own cells, with an FDA accepted Phase III pivotal trial. To date, 62 patients have been treated in our Phase I and Phase II trials in ischemic heart failure and post-acute infarction; and

 

 

CardiALLO allo geneic culture expanded mesenchymal bone marrow cells from a universal donor for use in multiple unrelated patients, entering Phase II development. To date, 94 patients have been treated in CardiALLO related mesenchymal stem cell Phase I and Phase II trials.

 

CardiAMP was the first therapeutic candidate to enter a clinical program with a bone marrow derived cell-based therapy for ischemic systolic heart failure patients who are not actively ischemic. It is also potentially the first therapeutic candidate to use a companion diagnostic, the CardiAMP potency assay, to identify patients who are likely responders to treatment with autologous cells. Finally, it is the first therapeutic candidate to initiate a Phase III pivotal trial in the United States for heart failure using point of care cell processing to isolate the bone marrow mononuclear cells. We are also exploring the continued development of CardiAMP for post-acute myocardial infarction, and may in the future explore the development of CardiAMP for additional indications such as chronic myocardial ischemia and heart failure with preserved ejection fraction, or cardiac function as measured by the outbound blood pumped out of the heart with each heartbeat.

 

 
12

 

 

CardiALLO, our second program, is an allogeneic “off the shelf” mesenchymal stem cell product candidate from other donors and may be an alternative for patients who are not optimal candidates for CardiAMP. Our second therapeutic candidate is the CardiALLO Cell Therapy System, or CardiALLO. We anticipate preparation of an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application for submission to the FDA for a Phase II trial for CardiALLO for the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure.

 

 

Enabling and Delivery Product Portfolio

 

 

 

 

We have obtained U.S. and European approvals for enabling and biotherapeutic delivery products, which are used as part of our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapies, and which we believe validate our approach and development expertise: (i) the CardiAMP cell processing platform, (ii) the Helix transendocardial biotherapeutic delivery system, and (iii) our Morph vascular access products.

 

 

CardiAMP cell processing platform — processes bone marrow aspirate at the point of care to concentrate mononuclear cells and prepare the dosage form. We expect the CardiAMP cell processing platform to be approved in the United States for ischemic systolic heart failure as part of CardiAMP. The platform is currently cleared for use in the United States for the preparation of a cell concentrate from bone marrow.

 

 

Helix transendocardial biotherapeutic delivery system —delivers therapeutics into the heart muscle with a penetrating helical needle from within the heart. This is a leading delivery platform in the field, which has increased safety and performance. We expect Helix to be approved in the United States as part of CardiAMP. The system is CE marked for commercial use in Europe and is under investigational use in the United States as part of our CardiAMP and CardiALLO development programs. We believe the Helix biotherapeutic system is the world’s safest and most efficient platform for cardiac therapeutic delivery.

 

 

Morph vascular access products — provides enhanced control for biotherapeutic delivery and other common interventions. We have already secured all necessary approvals in the United States and Europe. Currently there are six Morph product family model numbers available commercially in the United States via a 510(k) clearance and three in Europe under CE mark. The Morph products are valued by physicians performing difficult vascular procedures worldwide and they have been used in more than 10,000 clinical procedures to date. See “ — Government Regulation — U.S. Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements for Medical Devices” for a description of the 510(k) clearance process.

 

 
13

 

 

Our Key Advantages

 

We believe that our expertise in regenerative medicine therapies and our corporate strategy provide us with several key advantages, including:

 

 

Streamlined regulatory pathway with a single pivotal trial for CardiAMP. CardiAMP is the first cardiac cell-based therapy with an FDA accepted Phase III pivotal trial that is to be regulated by the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER, through the pre-market approval, or PMA, pathway. This regulatory pathway generally requires only a single pivotal trial, while regulation of a therapy as a biologic generally requires two pivotal trials. We are not aware of any other cardiac cell-based therapies in current clinical trials that will be regulated by CBER under the PMA pathway.

 

 

Unique ability to target likely responders to CardiAMP treatment via our anticipated proprietary companion diagnostic. Our CardiAMP potency assay biomarker panel provides us with a unique advantage in the field of autologous cell-based therapy. The assay identifies patients who are likely to be responders by evaluating the nature of the source cells for CardiAMP. We have developed a broad diagnostic strategy with respect to autologous cell-based therapy including the use of state of the art gene transcriptome and cell surface marker measurement technologies.

 

 

Rapid point of care processing of CardiAMP cells. We believe our ability to provide an autologous point of care processed cell-based therapy at the patient’s bedside is a key advantage. The point of care processing enables a rapid overall procedure time that is shorter than any other known cardiac treatment involving autologous cells. We believe this processing of autologous cells minimizes the risk of rejection of the injected cells by the patient.

 

 

Immune-privileged “off the shelf” CardiALLO cells with similar clinical profile as autologous cells. Our CardiALLO therapeutic candidate is based on allogeneic culture-expanded bone marrow mesenchymal stem cells. These allogeneic cells have been described by the research community as being immune-privileged in that they may not result in rejection by a recipient’s immune system. Our recent clinical work, co-sponsored by the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, and academic partners, has shown for the first time in any clinical trial that these allogeneic cells have a similar safety and efficacy profile as autologous mesenchymal cells in the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure when delivered with our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system. Some advantages of using such “off the shelf” allogeneic cells are that (i) patients that do not qualify for treatment with CardiAMP can potentially be treated with CardiALLO, (ii) these cells may be readily available in the hospital at the time of need, and (iii) the physician is not required to perform a bone marrow aspiration on the patient.

 

 

Numerous partnering opportunities for the delivery of biologic and regenerative therapies with our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system. Our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system will not only be used to deliver our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapeutic candidates, but we will continue to opportunistically enable our strategic partners to use our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system to deliver their biologic and regenerative therapies to the heart for multiple types of cells, genes, and proteins. These partnerships may lead to commercial sales or royalty related revenue streams in the future if our partners’ therapies are successful. We are already addressing a number of different therapeutic areas with collaborative partners in eight distinct and active clinical and preclinical programs in the United States and Europe. Our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system has been used to treat more than 280 patients to date, which has established us in the target markets and channels for our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapeutic candidates.

 

 
14

 

 

 

Established manufacturing and commercial operations. Our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system is CE marked in Europe for local biotherapeutic delivery to the heart. Our Morph products have 510(k) clearances in the United States, are CE marked in Europe and are actively manufactured for commercial distribution.

 

 

Strong intellectual property position. We have rights to more than 20 patent families that include exclusive rights to 75 U.S. patents with issued or patent pending applications. These provide us with a strong intellectual property position. For example, one of our broad patents provides patent coverage for CardiAMP cells for the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure without evidence of active ischemia and does not expire until 2031. Additional pending patent applications are anticipated to become issued patents and expire later than 2031. Further, we have non-exclusive intellectual property rights from 12 corporate and five academic partnerships related to cardiovascular cell-based, gene and protein based therapies.

 

Our Strategy

 

We are committed to applying our expertise in the fields of autologous and allogeneic cell-based therapies to improve the lives of patients with cardiovascular conditions. We are pursuing the following business strategies:

 

 

Complete Phase III pivotal trial of CardiAMP for patients with ischemic systolic heart failure. We have received FDA acceptance for our 250 patient CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial. Based on the results of the Phase II trial, the Phase III pivotal trial will focus on patients with NYHA Class II or III ischemic systolic heart failure, and the primary endpoint will be functional capacity as measured by the six minute walk test. The trial will use the CardiAMP potency assay to target patients most likely to benefit from our treatment. We expect to enroll our first patient in this trial in 2016, and anticipate having top-line trial results in the first half of 2019.

 

 

Obtain FDA approval and commercialize CardiAMP using a highly-targeted cardiology sales force in the United States. Heart failure patients are primarily treated at leading hospitals and medical centers of excellence by a select group of cardiologists and heart failure specialists. Once we obtain FDA approval, we plan to use a targeted sales force focused on these particular physicians. We believe cardiologists, heart failure specialists and interventional cardiologists are typically early adopters of innovative biotherapeutic products, devices and technologies. We believe that CardiAMP will be adopted first by leading cardiologists and heart failure specialists at high-volume U.S. hospitals and medical centers, and progressively by a broader segment of the market. We anticipate using strategic or distribution partners to serve other geographies.

 

 

Advance our CardiALLO program for the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure. CardiALLO has the potential to benefit patients for whom CardiAMP is not optimal due to the lower potency of their bone marrow cells. CardiALLO allogeneic culture-expanded bone marrow derived cells, or CardiALLO cells, have performed well in a head to head trial with autologous mesenchymal bone marrow cells. This therapy may present advantages for patients or physicians who wish to avoid bone marrow aspiration, and our development work builds on our clinical development capabilities established through our CardiAMP program. This program positions us to provide therapy to patients ineligible for CardiAMP.

 

 

Expand CardiAMP and CardiALLO into additional cardiac indications . CardiAMP and CardiALLO have potential therapeutic benefits for multiple cardiovascular indications in addition to ischemic systolic heart failure. We and our clinical collaborators have been gathering data on the application of CardiAMP cells to post acute myocardial infarction, and in the future we may investigate the use of CardiAMP and CardiALLO cells for additional indications such as chronic myocardial ischemia and heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. Compelling clinical results have been published for the application of cell-based formulations similar to CardiAMP cells in each of these diseases.

 

 

Continue to partner our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system for use with other biotherapeutics. We plan to continue to make our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system available for use by qualified partners seeking to advance their own biotherapeutic candidates for similar indications.

 

 
15

 

 

Products

 

CardiAMP Cell Therapy System for Ischemic Systolic Heart Failure

 

CardiAMP is a comprehensive therapeutic treatment comprised of (i) a cell potency screening test, (ii) a point of care cell processing platform, and (iii) a biotherapeutic delivery system. CardiAMP is the first comprehensive therapeutic treatment utilizing a patient’s own cells for the treatment of heart failure that develops after a myocardial infarction, or heart attack.

 

We designed the entire procedure to be performed in approximately 60 to 90 minutes, which we believe is substantially faster than alternative cell-based therapies in development.

 

CardiAMP Cell Therapy Procedure Overview.  

 

Pre-Procedure: Patient Screening with the CardiAMP Potency Assay

 

The CardiAMP potency assay tests cells with our proprietary biomarker panel, which includes biomarkers that identify patients who are likely responders to treatment with CardiAMP cells. For example, one of the biomarkers that our assay measures is the concentration of CD34+ cells in the patient’s bone marrow; CD34+ dosage has correlated closely with efficacy. In the screening process with the anticipated companion diagnostic, the physician extracts a small sample of the patient’s bone marrow in an outpatient procedure performed under local anesthesia. The clinic sends the sample to a centralized diagnostic lab, which tests for identified biomarkers from which we generate an assay score for the patient. The CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial is expected to validate the assay if the trial meets its primary endpoint, as the assay score is one of the inclusion criteria for patient enrollment.

 

 
16

 

 

Procedure Step 1: CardiAMP Cell Collection

 

During the treatment procedure, the clinician draws 54cc of bone marrow from the iliac crest, or hip bone, using a standard kit that we provide. The procedure is performed under local anesthesia and conscious sedation and takes approximately 15 minutes. This small volume of marrow is much less than what has been used in other clinical trials, enabling an easier procedure which will ultimately be performed by the cardiologist or a certified staff member.

 

Procedure Step 2: Dosage Form Preparation with CardiAMP Cell Processing Platform

 

The CardiAMP cell processing platform uses a centrifuge process to separate the nucleated cells in the bone marrow sample. The system also includes a single-use, sterile, disposable separation tube that includes a density-tuned dual buoy separation system designed for the isolation and separation of nucleated cells. The CardiAMP cell processing platform uses technology exclusively licensed from Biomet Biologics, LLC. We will seek approval for use in cardiac indications, beginning with ischemic systolic heart failure, using data from the CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial.

 

Procedure Step 3: Delivery of Processed Cells via the Helix Biotherapeutic Delivery System

 

In a procedure taking a cardiologist approximately 15 to 30 minutes, the CardiAMP cells are injected into the heart tissue using our proprietary Helix biotherapeutic delivery system. Based on 0% mortality and only one treatment emergent major adverse cardiac event, or MACE, in more than 280 clinical procedures to date, we believe the Helix biotherapeutic delivery system has a best in class safety profile.

 

Post-Procedure: Same or Next Day Discharge

 

We expect hospitals to discharge the patient on the same or next day following the procedure. The clinical trial requires the patient to stay overnight for observation.

 

CardiAMP Clinical Overview

 

Our FDA accepted Phase III pivotal trial is designed to provide the primary support for the safety and efficacy of CardiAMP. The study is a 250 patient trial with a primary endpoint of functional capacity, as measured by the six minute walk test. Based on the results achieved in the Phase II trial, our Phase III pivotal trial is designed to have more than 90% probability of achieving a positive result with statistical significance. Statistical significance denotes the mathematical likelihood that the results observed are real and not due to chance.

 

The Phase III pivotal trial is substantially equivalent in design to the Phase II Transendocardial Autologous Cells in Heart Failure Trial, or TACHFT-BMC, which was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. The TACHFT-BMC trial treated 33 patients with dosages of 100 million and 200 million cells. TACHFT-BMC found CardiAMP cells at both dosages (100 million and 200 million cells) to be safe, and that treated patients had increased their functional capacity, improved quality of life, symptoms and key markers of cardiac function predictive of survival, such as end systolic volume, or ESV. The TACHFT-BMC trial included a single dose of CardiAMP cells with a follow up observation period of 12 months. A summary of the findings is below:

 

 

high-dose CardiAMP cells (200 million cells) met the primary TACHFT-BMC safety endpoint with 0% treatment emergent major adverse cardiac events at 30 days, and demonstrated an excellent safety profile at 12 months with fewer clinical events in the treated group;

 

 

patients treated with CardiAMP cells, when compared to placebo, showed statistically and clinically significant improvements in functional capacity as measured by the six minute walk test and statistically and clinically significant improvements in quality of life as measured by the MLHF Questionnaire;

 

 

benefit in preventing clinical events such as hospitalizations was confirmed at one year following treatment, although not at the level of statistical significance; and

 

 

benefit in clinical outcomes was supported by improvement in patients’ cardiac function, although not at the level of statistical significance.

 

 
17

 

 

Our Phase I Transendocardial Autologous Cells in Myocardial Infarction or TABMMI trial enrolled 20 patients with ischemic systolic heart failure in an open label safety trial of bone marrow cells delivered with the Helix biotherapeutic delivery system at a dosage of 100 million cells. Results showed improvement in cardiac function as measured by left ventricular ejection fraction, improved exercise tolerance, and superior survival as compared to historical controls. The Phase I TABMMI study was submitted to the Argentine Administración Nacional de Medicamentos, Alimentos y Technología Médica.

 

 

CardiAMP Phase III Pivotal Trial; FDA Acceptance of Trial Design

 

We designed the current Phase III pivotal trial to confirm the results of our Phase II TACHFT-BMC trial which showed that a high dose (200 million) of bone marrow cells improved quality of life and functional capacity. The Phase III pivotal trial will serve as the basis for potential regulatory approval in the United States. The Phase III trial will exclude NYHA Class I patients and will include our CardiAMP potency assay and CardiAMP point of care cell processing platform, all of which we believe are improvements over our Phase II trial that should enhance the probability of regulatory approval. The primary endpoint will be superiority with respect to functional capacity as measured by the six minute walk test at one-year post-procedure. The inclusion criteria will include:

 

 

ages 21-90;

 

 

NYHA Class II or Class III heart failure classification;

 

 

chronic ischemic left ventricular dysfunction;

 

 

ejection fraction greater than or equal to 20% but less than or equal to 40%; and

 

 

a cell potency score greater than or equal to three as measured by the CardiAMP potency assay.

 

The Phase III pivotal trial is expected to enroll 250 patients at up to 40 centers in the United States and potentially Europe with a 3:2 randomization of patients to either treatment or sham control. In the sham control procedure, the clinician performs the entire therapy other than delivery of the CardiAMP cells. We anticipate enrolling the first patient in 2016 and obtaining top-line data in the second half of 2019.

 

CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial design accepted by FDA Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research.

 

 

We believe the remaining clinical efficacy risk is modest in light of the Phase I and II data in hand, and broader literature which supports CardiAMP as a therapeutic candidate. CardiAMP has the potential to significantly benefit patients who have limited options, and provide a cost-effective therapy to help reduce the substantial heart failure hospitalization and care costs.

 

 
18

 

 

CardiAMP Phase II: TACHFT Study Design and TACHFT-BMC Results

 

In our co-sponsored Transendocardial Autologous Cells in Heart Failure Trial, patients with ischemic systolic heart failure were randomized on a one to one basis into two double-blind, placebo-controlled trials: TACHFT-BMC and TACHFT-MSC. The IND for the TACHFT trial was filed with the FDA Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research in 2008 by the University of Miami, the co-sponsor of the trial.

 

 

 

Study design of the Transendocardial Autologous Cells in Heart Failure Trial (TACHFT).

 

 

 

In the safety dose escalation roll-in cohort stage of the study, eight patients received treatment with either CardiAMP cells, or autologous bone marrow mesenchymal cells, or MSC, at dosages of 100 million or 200 million cells. In the randomized, placebo-controlled efficacy stage of the study, 29 patients received treatment with either CardiAMP cells or placebo and 30 patients received treatment with either MSCs or placebo. The mode of administration was 10 intramyocardial infusions per patient using our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system into the myocardium adjacent to and into the infarcted tissue. All subjects had ischemic systolic heart failure (NYHA Class I, II or III).

 

Treatment with either the CardiAMP cells or placebo was in addition to maximal optimized heart failure therapy. The study assessed the following clinical domains:

 

 

symptoms (NYHA Class and MLHF Questionnaire);

 

 

functional status (the six-minute walk test and peak maximum oxygen consumption);

 

 

left ventricular function/remodeling (EF and ESV); and

 

 

clinical outcomes.

 

Treatment with CardiAMP cells met the primary endpoint of safety, as defined by incidence of treatment emergent major adverse cardiac events, with a 0% rate. Secondary endpoints of functional capacity (as measured by six minute walk) and quality of life (as measured by MLHF Questionnaire) were statistically significant (p<0.05) as well as clinically significant. All of the secondary endpoints favored CardiAMP cells as compared to placebo, but some were not statistically significant. Results demonstrated improvement across multiple domains without significant worsening in any domain.

 

 
19

 

 

CardiAMP Phase II TACHFT-BMC Primary Safety Endpoint

 

Treatment with CardiAMP cells met the pre-specified primary safety endpoint of this clinical study with no patient in the CardiAMP cells study experiencing a treatment emergent serious adverse event, or TE-SAE, at 30 days post-treatment. Furthermore, no MACE, death or ectopic tissue formation was reported within 30 days of the injection procedure.

 

At one-year post-therapy, the incidence of any adverse event was 73.7% in the CardiAMP cells group compared to 80.0% in the placebo group. The incidence of serious adverse events at one-year was 31.6% for the CardiAMP cells group compared to 50.0% for the placebo group. One patient in the placebo group experienced a MACE but no deaths or ectopic tissue formation was reported in either group. 

 

CardiAMP Phase II TACHFT-BMC Secondary Efficacy Endpoints

 

The table below presents pre-specified secondary outcome measures at 12 months along with p-values. One patient in the placebo group suffered a stroke at approximately four months, which resulted in no data being reported at 12 months. For this one placebo patient a six minute walk test value of 120 meters was imputed, instead of zero meters, which has been imputed in other recent heart failure trials for patients unable to walk due to clinical events. Secondary endpoint outcome measures for that one placebo patient were also similarly imputed.

 

For the six minute walk test, the mean change for the CardiAMP cell group at 12 months was an increase of 14.3 meters compared to a decrease of 42.0 meters for the placebo group. The mean change between the CardiAMP cell group and the placebo group at 12 months of 56.3 meters was statistically significant with a p-value of 0.049.

 

CardiAMP Phase II TACHFT-BMC study pre-specified secondary efficacy endpoints showing change from baseline to one year in active patients treated with CardiAMP and placebo patients who only received a saline delivery. A p-value is a probability, ranging from zero to one, which indicates the likelihood that results of a study are different between treatment and control groups. The lower the p-value, the harder it would be to see the results by chance alone. In this trial, a p-value of less than 0.05 is statistically significant. If greater than 0.05 it is considered non-significant, or NS, statistically.

 

                       

Secondary Efficacy Endpoints at 12 months

 

Active (Mean)  

 

Placebo (Mean)  

 

Treatment Difference  

 

Favors CardiAMP  

 

P-value  

 

Six minute walk test (meters)

 

+14.3

 

-42.0

 

+56.3

 

 

0.049

 

MLHF Questionnaire

 

-7.7

 

+9.7

 

-17.4

 

 

0.038

 

Maximum oxygen use (mL/kg min)

 

+0.16

 

-0.870

 

+1.03

 

 

0.321 NS

 

NYHA class

 

-0.42

 

-0.25

 

-0.17

 

 

0.638 NS

 

LV end systolic volume (ml)

 

+3.2

 

+47.2

 

-44

 

 

0.129 NS

 

LV end diastolic volume (ml)

 

+4.5

 

+51.2

 

-46.7

 

 

0.149 NS

 

LV ejection fraction (%)

 

+0.97

 

-2.38

 

+3.35

 

 

0.252 NS

 

 

 
20

 

 

Distance walked in six minutes (meters) versus time post-transendocardial stem-cell infusion (TESI) showing the CardiAMP cell group and the placebo group with a difference of 56.3 meters. The p-value of 0.049 shows that the clinically meaningful differences at 12 months are also statistically significant.

 

 

 

 

The percent of patients improving, showing no change or deteriorating at 12 months for the six minute walk test is presented below.

 

Percent of patients responding as measured by the six minute walk test showing the CardiAMP cell group and the placebo group.

 

 

Quality of life as measured by the Minnesota Living with Heart Failure, or MLHF, Questionnaire improved in the CardiAMP cell group compared to the placebo group at a level of statistical significance. MLHF scores are derived from a questionnaire that asks each patient to indicate, using a six-point scale (zero to five), how much each of 21 facets prevents the patient from living as desired. At 12 months, the CardiAMP cell group had a mean reduction in MLHF total score of 7.68 while the total score in the placebo group increased by 9.70. The mean change between CardiAMP cell and placebo groups at 12 months of 17.38 points was significant with a p-value of 0.038.

 

 
21

 

 

Quality of life as measured by the MLHF Questionnaire change from baseline at 12 month follow-up shown. P-value of 0.038 shows that these clinically meaningful differences are also statistically significant. Error bars denote Standard Deviation, which can overlap when statistically significant.

 

 

 

CardiAMP Phase I TABMMI Study Design and Results

 

In our TABMMI Phase I trial of CardiAMP cells, we enrolled 20 patients with previous evidence of having had a heart attack and who presented with a low ejection fraction of less than or equal to 40% and greater than or equal to 20%. Baseline evaluations included informed consent, history and physical examination, electrocardiogram, 24-hour Holter monitoring, echocardiography, routine blood tests and exercise tolerance testing. Reduced regional heart wall motion was coincident with the diseased coronary vessel in each patient.

 

A total of 20 patients with heart failure (NYHA Class I, II and III) each received three to ten transendocardial infusions of cells using our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system in an open-label dose-escalation two cohort trial. Dosage administration ranged from 30 million to 130 million autologous bone marrow derived mononuclear cells, with an average of 96 million cells.

 

 
22

 

 

Image of CardiAMP cells being delivered using Helix and Morph delivery products in a TABMMI patient. Wire rings show that patient has previously undergone open heart surgery. Lines denote the Morph vascular access system, the base of the Helix biotherapeutic delivery system which provides a line of contrast for clearly marking the inside boundary of the heart which the helical needle penetrates, and the site of delivery of CardiAMP cells at the distal tip of the Helix biotherapeutic delivery system.

 

 

Bone marrow cells delivered in TABMMI demonstrated an excellent safety profile in this heart failure population, with no treatment related toxicities observed. The 20 patients who received CardiAMP cells, demonstrated improvements from baseline to both six-month and 12-month follow-up across a number of parameters important in heart failure, including statistically and clinically significant improvements in left ventricular, or LV, function (ejection fraction). The following figures show results out to 24 months for all patients, and results out to five years for the first 10 patients treated.

 

The results of the study demonstrated statistically significant functional improvements in echocardiographic measured heart function at both six- and 12-months follow-up compared to baseline. A total of 12 adverse events were observed in six patients, although none were related to the investigational delivery or cell transplantation procedure. The complete results of the 20 patients at two-year follow-up have also been published.

 

 
23

 

 

CardiAMP Phase I TABMMI trial clinical results showing a measure of cardiac function (LVEF) improving over time in the overall 20 patient cohort. Results at 12 months are statistically significant (p<0.05).

 

 

CardiAMP Phase I TABMMI trial clinical results showing a measure of left ventricular function (end diastolic volume, or the amount of blood in the ventricles just before contraction) improving over time in the overall 20 patient cohort. Results are not statistically significant.

 

 

 
24

 

 

 

CardiAMP Phase I TABMMI trial clinical results showing exercise tolerance statistically improved in treated patients as compared to baseline. The results at 12 months are statistically significant (p=0.006).

 

 

The TABMMI cumulative survival data is shown below for the two sequential patient cohorts enrolled with the first 10 patients followed for five years and the second patient cohort followed for three years in this safety trial compared to historical controls.

 

CardiAMP Phase I TABMMI trial clinical results showing patient survival over time in the first cohort of 10 patients and the overall cohort of 20 patients versus historical controls. This data was the first data to support that bone marrow mononuclear cells could reduce mortality for patients with heart failure without evidence of active ischemia.

 

 

CardiAMP Cells Preclinical Experience

 

Extensive preclinical data with bone marrow mononuclear cells and media in which they have been incubated in animal models of heart disease have shown compelling results.

 

 
25

 

 

Rats treated with media from cells showed reduced fibrotic scar at 28 days, increased microvascular density in central infarct and border zones, and demonstrated enhanced cardiac function.

 

Swine studies have shown that there is a dose responsive relationship, with higher doses of bone marrow mononuclear cells resulting in reduced fibrosis and increased microvascular change in infarcted myocardium 60 days after treatment. The highest dose tested in this series of 200 million cells, with >20 million cells per segment, resulted in the highest capillary density and the least fibrosis. This is the dosage delivered in the CardiAMP Phase II trial, and to be delivered in the Phase III pivotal trial.

 

CardiALLO Cell Therapy System for Ischemic Systolic Heart Failure

 

CardiALLO uses culture expanded allogeneic bone marrow derived MSCs for the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure. We believe this therapy presents the advantages of an “off the shelf” therapy that does not require tissue harvesting or cell processing. Collaborations with corporate and academic partners led to our co-sponsored TACHFT-MSC Phase II, POSEIDON Phase I/II and TRIDENT Phase I/II trials, which inform and support our clinical efforts for CardiALLO. We are developing an optimized formulation and dosage strategy of CardiALLO cells for a planned Phase II trial which we plan to initiate after we complete enrollment in the CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial.

 

CardiALLO will require more extensive clinical development than CardiAMP, beginning with a Phase II trial to confirm the results with the modified cell culture and dosage strategy. We intend to begin enrolling the CardiALLO trial after the CardiAMP trial completes enrollment. In the United States, CardiALLO will be regulated by the FDA as a biologic combination product with our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system.

 

CardiALLO Clinical Overview

 

We expect to confirm the efficacy of MSCs in our target patient population in a Phase II randomized controlled study. We expect the CardiALLO Phase II trial to enroll 100 patients with control, low dose and high dose groups using the Helix biotherapeutic delivery system and the same inclusion criteria as the CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial. We anticipate developing an agreement with an established academic institution to culture and supply the MSC cells for CardiALLO clinical development.

 

Previous Clinical Trial Experience

 

We have co-sponsored two completed clinical trials for MSCs for the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure. In substantially similar trial designs, the POSEIDON Phase I/II trial compared autologous MSCs to allogeneic MSCs, and the TACHFT-MSC Phase II trial compared autologous MSCs to placebo. The two trials shared common arms of autologous MSCs, enabling a bridge to placebo, leading us to conclude that allogeneic MSC therapy is superior to placebo. The IND for the TACHFT trial was filed with the FDA Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research in 2008 by the University of Miami, our co-sponsor for the trial. The POSEIDON trial was submitted by amendment under the same IND filed for the TACHFT study, and was co-sponsored by the University of Miami, the National Institutes of Health and us. The results from both of these studies can be submitted to the FDA in support of an IND for CardiALLO.

 

 
26

 

 

 

POSEIDON Phase I/II trial design comparing allogeneic and autologous MSC at three dosages.

 

 

The POSEIDON Phase I/II trial compared autologous to allogeneic mesenchymal stem cells. The study treated a total of 30 ischemic systolic heart failure patients with previous heart attack and a left ventricular ejection fraction of £ 50%. Patients were randomized one to one to allogeneic versus autologous cell-based therapy. The MSCs were delivered in a dose escalation of 20 million, 100 million and 200 million cells intramyocardially at 10 sites using our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system. Outcomes included 30-day post-therapy incidence of predefined treatment-emergent serious adverse events, or SAEs. Efficacy assessments included:

 

 

symptoms (NYHA Class and MLHF Questionnaire);

 

 

functional status (the six minute walk test and peak maximum oxygen consumption);

 

 

left ventricular function/remodeling (EF, ESV, infarct size, early enhancement defect and sphericity index); and

 

 

clinical outcomes.

 

Autologous and allogeneic MSCs were both associated with low rates of treatment-emergent SAEs, including immunologic reactions. In aggregate, MSC injection favorably affected patient functional capacity, quality of life and ventricular remodeling.

 

 

Relative to baseline, autologous and allogeneic MSC therapy was associated with an improvement in the six minute walk test and the MLHF Questionnaire, although the improvements from only the autologous MSC therapy were statistically significant. Allogeneic MSCs did not stimulate significant donor-specific autoimmune reactions. The results of the trials are set forth below:

 

 
27

 

 

Tabulated results from the POSEIDON Phase I/II Trial. NS means not significant.

 

 

CardiALLO Cells Preclinical Experience

 

Preclinical work with expanded MSCs in swine has been performed with studies still ongoing today by our collaborators. Early studies showed cells could be efficiently delivered and tracked in the heart using iron oxide incubation techniques with magnetic resonance imaging. Immunohistochemistry stains also detailed that cells could be identified in the hearts after delivery. Randomized swine studies demonstrated that bone marrow derived mesenchymal stem cells, could be safely injected by using our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system three days after myocardial infarction. Cellular transplantation resulted in long-term engraftment, reduction in scar formation and near-normalization of cardiac function. As an additional finding, transplanted cells derived from an allogeneic donor were not rejected by the recipient, a major practical advance for the potential widespread application of this therapy. Together, these findings demonstrated that the direct injection of cellular grafts into damaged myocardium is safe and effective in the peri-infarct period.

 

Helix Biotherapeutic Delivery System

 

We believe the Helix biotherapeutic delivery system is the safest, easiest to use and most efficient biotherapeutic delivery platform for cardiac indications. Published data indicates that Helix has a best in class safety profile, reporting 0% mortality and only one treatment emergent major adverse cardiac event, or MACE, in more than 280 clinical procedures to date. This supports our belief that Helix has the lowest MACE rate (includes, stroke, myocardial infarction, cardiac perforation, aortic dissection, death) among biotherapeutic delivery modalities, and is similar to routine coronary angioplasty with respect to safety. Safety is essential to the development of new therapies for approval and reimbursement, as well as for encouraging physician and patient acceptance. The Helix biotherapeutic delivery system is designed to be used in any catheterization laboratory in the world without the need for additional capital equipment.

 

 
28

 

 

The Helix biotherapeutic delivery system enters the chamber of the heart and delivers agents into the myocardium through a hollow helical needle that is stable in the beating heart. This enables targeted delivery adjacent to infarct and ischemic zones.

 

 

We believe our data shows that using Helix for the delivery of CardiAMP results in approximately 18-times more cells retained in the heart after delivery than infusing cells into the coronary artery and 3.5-times more than direct surgical delivery, which is an open-chest procedure using a straight needle. The greater cell retention enables us to deliver a much higher effective dosage than any other delivery system using the same starting dosage form. These results are consistent for other therapeutic agents based on data generated by our collaborators. We believe the enhanced efficiency of delivery is enabled by the longer helical pathway into the heart tissue that is self-sealing during a cardiac contraction. We believe that the previously-considered gold standard of direct surgical delivery is inferior because injectate is partially expelled from the heart during contraction. The Helix biotherapeutic delivery system also enables cells to be targeted to regions of interest adjacent to the infarct zone and even to regions in the septum of the heart, which are not possible with either intracoronary artery infusion or direct surgical delivery.

 

The Helix biotherapeutic delivery system is CE marked for commercial use in Europe and is under investigational use in the United States as part of the CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapy development programs. We expect Helix to be approved in the United States as part of the CardiAMP therapy.

 

We also supply our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system to corporate partners and academic programs. These programs provide additional data, intellectual property rights and opportunities to participate in the development of combination products for the treatment of cardiac diseases.

 

 
29

 

 

Morph Vascular Access Products

 

We initially developed the Morph products for use as a part of the Helix biotherapeutic delivery system. Physicians began requesting variations on the products to enable complex procedures not involving the Helix. Currently there are six Morph product family model numbers approved for commercial use in the United States with a 510(k) clearance and three in Europe under CE mark. We believe that the Morph products have been valued access tools for difficult interventional procedures. Physicians have used Morph products in more than 10,000 clinical procedures to date in patients a few months old to 96 years of age. See “— Government Regulation — U.S. Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements for Medical Devices” for a description of the 510(k) clearance process.

 

Manufacturing

 

The CardiAMP cell processing platform is manufactured for us by our partner Biomet Biologics. The CardiALLO cells may be manufactured under contract by an academic collaborator for preclinical and clinical development. We currently manufacture our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system and Morph vascular access products in our San Carlos, California facility using components we source from third party suppliers. The last FDA inspection of our facility in 2016 issued one observation under form 483s which has been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction. Our last inspection by our European notified body in 2016 reported no major observations.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our sales and marketing strategy is to market CardiAMP and CardiALLO, if approved by the FDA, for potential heart failure indications using a dedicated direct sales model focused on selected cardiologists and heart failure specialists. These physicians are typically affiliated with leading hospitals and medical centers and we believe that they tend to have well-established referral networks of interventional cardiologists and cardiac catheterization laboratories. We believe they represent a concentrated customer base suitable to a specialist care sales model. We believe that CardiAMP and CardiALLO will be adopted first by leading cardiologists and heart failure specialists at high-volume U.S. hospitals and medical centers, and progressively by a broader segment of the market. Cardiologists, heart failure specialists, and interventional cardiologists, have a history of early adoption of innovative products and technologies, in part because the rate of innovation in this sector has been sustained, and in part because of the large unmet medical needs of heart failure patients.

 

 
30

 

 

 

Competition

 

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries in which we operate are subject to rapid change and are characterized by intense competition to develop new technologies and proprietary products. We face potential competition from many different sources, including larger and better-funded companies. While we believe that CardiAMP’s unique strategy provides us with competitive advantages, particularly given that CardiAMP is designed to be administered in a safe and short procedure, we have identified several companies which are active in the advancement of cell-based and gene-based therapy products in the heart failure arena as of the date of this Report. Not only must we compete with other companies that are focused on cell-based therapy treatments, any products that we may commercialize will have to compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

 

Some of the companies developing cell-based and gene-based therapies for cardiac indications include CapriCor Therapeutics, Celyad, CellProthera, Juventas Therapeutics, Mesoblast and Vericel, some of which are in the clinical stages of development with their product candidates.

 

However, these competitors all require delivery platforms for their own therapeutic programs. As a result, we have entered into agreements to provide our biotherapeutic delivery system to various corporate and academic institutions for clinical and preclinical studies.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technologies that we believe are important to our business, and seek to obtain and maintain patents for any patentable aspects of our therapeutic candidates or products, including our anticipated companion diagnostic, their methods of use and any other inventions that are important to the development of our business. Our success will depend significantly on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business, defend and enforce our patents, maintain our licenses to use intellectual property owned by third parties, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. We also rely on know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop, strengthen, and maintain our proprietary position in the fields targeted by our therapeutic candidates.

 

We have a large patent portfolio of issued and pending claims covering methods of use for CardiAMP, CardiALLO, Helix and Morph as well as design and elements of our manufacturing processes. As of June 30, 2016, we had developed or secured rights to over 20 patent families that included exclusive rights to 75 U.S. patents with issued or patent pending applications. We have sole ownership of the patents that we consider to be material, other than the patents that we license exclusively from Biomet Biologics, LLC. We have also pursued international protection for some of these U.S. patents where appropriate. Our issued U.S. patents expire between 2017 and 2031, without taking into consideration patent term extension. We maintain trade secrets covering a significant body of know-how and proprietary information related to our core therapeutic candidates, biotherapeutic delivery systems and technologies. As a result, we believe our intellectual property position provides us with substantial competitive advantages for the commercial development of novel therapeutics for cardiovascular diseases.

 

U.S. Regulatory Protection for CardiAMP and CardiALLO

 

In addition to patent and trade secret protection, we may receive a 12-year period of regulatory exclusivity from the FDA upon approval of CardiAMP and CardiALLO pursuant to the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act. The exclusivity period, if granted, will run from the time of FDA approval. This exclusivity period, if granted, will supplement the intellectual property protection discussed above, providing an additional barrier to entry for any competitor seeking approval for a bio-similar version of the CardiAMP or CardiALLO cell therapy systems.

 

 
31

 

 

 

In addition, it is possible to extend the patent term of one patent covering CardiAMP and CardiALLO following FDA approval. This patent term extension, or PTE, is intended to compensate a patent owner for the loss of patent term during the FDA approval process. If eligible, we may use a PTE to extend the term of one of the patents discussed above beyond the expected expiration date.

 

Trademarks

 

We have registered our name, logo and the trademarks “BioCardia,” “CardiAMP,” “CardiALLO,” and “Morph” in the United States. We have registered the trademarks “CardiAMP” and “CardiALLO” for use in connection with a biological product, namely, a cell-based therapy product composed of bone marrow derived cells for medical use. We also have rights to use the “Helix” trademark in the United States. We have registered Morph for use in connection with steerable vascular access technology. We intend to pursue additional registrations in markets outside the United States where we plan to sell our therapies and products.

 

Patent Term

 

The term of individual patents and patent applications listed in previous sections will depend upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries, the patent term is 20 years from the date of filing of the patent application (or parent application, if applicable). For example, if an international Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, application is filed, any patent issuing from the PCT application in a specific country expires 20 years from the filing date of the PCT application. In the United States, however, if a patent was in force on June 8, 1995, or issued on an application that was filed before June 8, 1995, that patent will have a term that is the greater of 20 years from the filing date, or 17 years from the date of issue.

 

Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, the term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug, biological product may also be eligible for PTE. PTE permits restoration of a portion of the patent term of a U.S. patent as compensation for the patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process if approval of the application for the product is the first permitted commercial marketing of a drug or biological product containing the active ingredient. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of a BLA plus the time between the submission date of a BLA and the approval of that application. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a PTE for only one patent applicable to an approved drug, and the maximum period of restoration is five years beyond the expiration of the patent. A PTE cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, and a patent can only be extended once, and thus, even if a single patent is applicable to multiple products, it can only be extended based on one product. Similar provisions may be available in Europe and certain other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. When possible, depending upon the length of clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of a BLA, we expect to apply for PTEs for patents covering our therapeutic candidates and products and their methods of use. For additional information on PTE, see “Government Regulation.”

 

Proprietary Rights and Processes

 

We may rely, in some circumstances, on proprietary technology and processes (including trade secrets) to protect our technology. However, these can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with those who have access to our confidential information, including our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our proprietary technology and processes by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our proprietary technology and processes may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors, or any future collaborators use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. For this and more comprehensive risks related to our proprietary technology and processes, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Intellectual Property.”

 

 
32

 

 

 

License Agreement with Biomet Biologics, LLC

 

In October 2012, we entered into a license and distribution agreement with Biomet Biologics, LLC under which we obtained an exclusive, nontransferable, worldwide distribution right, patent license and trademark license to a point of care cell processing platform. Under the terms of the agreement, we are obligated to pay a royalty based on the price of the disposables in the CardiAMP cell processing platform for the duration of the agreement. We expect the royalty payments to Biomet Biologics, LLC for the licensed product to amount to a low or mid-single digit percentage of the expected price that we will charge for CardiAMP. The agreement has a term of 10 years or the time the last patent pursuant to the agreement expires, whichever is later. The agreement may be terminated by Biomet Biologics, LLC for a failure by us to meet any milestone requirements, including minimum purchase requirements, as well as by either party upon 30 days prior written notice in the event of a breach of any material term by the other party. We have the right to terminate the agreement upon 90 days prior written notice in the event the safety, efficacy or comparative effectiveness of the product is insufficient to meet our commercial needs.

 

Technology Access Program for Biotherapeutic Delivery Systems

 

Our preclinical work with partners and collaborators generally takes place under arrangements where we secure access to data, reports, and a non-exclusive license to delivery technology improvement inventions.

 

Clinical Research Agreements for Biotherapeutic Delivery Systems

 

Our clinical work with partners generally takes place under arrangements where we secure access to data, reports, and a non-exclusive license to technology improvement inventions. Financial terms of each agreement are anticipated to cover our costs and provide modest milestone payments. We hope to generate sales if any of our partners are successful with commercializing their products with our delivery platform.

 

Government Regulation

 

Biological products, including cell-based therapy products, and medical devices are subject to regulation under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FD&C Act, and the Public Health Service Act, or PHS Act, and other federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations. Both the FD&C Act and the PHS Act and their corresponding regulations govern, among other things, the testing, manufacturing, safety, purity, potency, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, record keeping, distribution, reporting, advertising and other promotional practices involving biological products. FDA acceptance must be obtained before clinical testing of an investigational biological and medical device begins, and each clinical trial protocol for a cell-based therapy product is submitted to and reviewed by the FDA. FDA approval must be obtained before marketing of biological and/or medical devices. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources and we may not be able to obtain the required regulatory approvals on a timely basis, or at all. To date, the FDA has never approved for commercial sale a cell-based therapy product intended to treat the heart.

 

Within the FDA, the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER, regulates cell-based therapy products. For products that use medical devices, including diagnostics, to deliver cell therapies, CBER works closely with the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health, or CDRH.

 

U.S. Biological Product Development Process

 

Our CardiALLO therapeutic candidate will be regulated in the United States as a biological product. The process required by the FDA before a biological product may be tested and marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

 

completion of nonclinical laboratory tests and animal studies according to good laboratory practices, or GLP, regulations and applicable requirements for the humane use of laboratory animals or other applicable regulations;

 

 
33

 

 

 

 

submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin and must be updated annually or when significant changes are made;

 

 

approval by an independent Institutional Review Board, or IRB, or ethics committee at each clinical site before the trial begins;

 

 

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials according to the FDA’s regulations, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, or GCPs, and any additional requirements for the protection of human research subjects and their health information, to establish the safety, purity and potency of the proposed biological product for its intended use;

 

 

Preparation of and submission to the FDA of a biologics license application, or BLA, for marketing approval, after completion of all pivotal clinical trials;

 

 

satisfactory completion of an FDA Advisory Committee review, if applicable;

 

 

a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of a BLA to file the application for review;

 

 

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the biological product is produced to assess compliance with GMP, to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the biological product’s identity, strength, quality and purity and, if applicable, the FDA’s current good tissue practices, or GTPs, for the use of human cellular and tissue products;

 

 

potential FDA audit of the nonclinical study and clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the BLA; and

 

 

FDA review and approval, or licensure, of the BLA for particular indications for use in the United States, which must be updated annually when significant changes are made.

 

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our therapeutic candidates or product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Before testing any biological product candidate, including a cell-based therapy product, in humans, the product candidate enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests, also referred to as nonclinical studies, include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and activity of the product candidate. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements including GLPs.

 

The clinical trial sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to the FDA as part of the IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA places the trial on a clinical hold within that 30-day time period. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. The FDA may also impose clinical holds on a biological product candidate at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns or non-compliance. If the FDA imposes a clinical hold, trials may not recommence without FDA authorization and then only under terms authorized by the FDA. Accordingly, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that suspend or terminate such trials.

 

Clinical trials involve the administration of the biological product candidate to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety, including stopping rules that assure a clinical trial will be stopped if certain adverse events should occur. Each protocol and any amendments to the protocol must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Clinical trials must be conducted and monitored in accordance with the FDA’s regulations comprising the GCP requirements, including the requirement that all research subjects provide informed consent. Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at or servicing each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of trial participants and considers such items as whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the form and content of the informed consent that must be signed by each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. Clinical trials also must be reviewed by an institutional biosafety committee, or IBC, a local institutional committee that reviews and oversees basic and clinical research conducted at that institution. The IBC assesses the safety of the research and identifies any potential risk to public health or the environment.

 

 
34

 

 

For purposes of BLA approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

 

 

Phase I. The biological product is initially introduced into healthy human subjects and tested for safety. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product may be too inherently toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients with the disease or condition. These studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness.

 

 

Phase II. The biological product is evaluated in a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance, optimal dosage and dosing schedule. Multiple Phase II clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase III clinical trials.

 

 

Phase III. Clinical trials are undertaken to further evaluate dosage, clinical efficacy, potency, and safety in an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the product and provide an adequate basis for product approval and labeling.

 

Post-approval clinical trials, sometimes referred to as Phase IV clinical trials, may be required by the FDA or voluntarily conducted after initial marketing approval to gain more information about the product, including long-term safety follow-up.

 

During all phases of clinical development, regulatory agencies require extensive monitoring and auditing of all clinical activities, clinical data, and clinical trial investigators. Annual progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted to the FDA. Written IND safety reports must be promptly submitted to the FDA, the NIH and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events, any findings from other studies, tests in laboratory animals or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects, or any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor must submit an IND safety report within 15 calendar days after the sponsor determines that the information qualifies for reporting. The sponsor also must notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction within seven calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information. Phase I, Phase II and Phase III clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor or its data safety monitoring board may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk, including risks inferred from other unrelated trials. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the biological product has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

 

Human cell-based therapy products are a new category of therapeutics. Because this is a relatively new and expanding area of novel therapeutic interventions, there can be no assurance as to the length of the trial period, the number of patients the FDA will require to be enrolled in the trials in order to establish the safety, efficacy, purity and potency of human cell-based therapy products, or that the data generated in these trials will be acceptable to the FDA to support marketing approval.

 

 
35

 

 

 

Concurrently with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the physical characteristics of the biological product as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with GMP requirements. To help reduce the risk of the introduction of adventitious agents with use of biological products, the PHS Act emphasizes the importance of manufacturing control for products whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the sponsor must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, potency and purity of the final biological product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the biological product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

 

U.S. Review and Approval Processes

 

After the successful completion of clinical trials of a biological product, FDA approval of a BLA must be obtained before commercial marketing of the biological product. The BLA must include results of product development, laboratory and animal studies, human trials, information on the manufacture and composition of the product, proposed labeling and other relevant information. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers. The testing and approval processes require substantial time and effort and there can be no assurance that the FDA will accept the BLA for filing and, even if filed, that any approval will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

 

Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each BLA must be accompanied by a significant user fee. The FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. PDUFA also imposes an annual product fee for biological products and an annual establishment fee on facilities used to manufacture prescription biological products. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

 

Within 60 days following submission of the application, the FDA reviews a BLA submitted to determine if it is substantially complete before the agency accepts it for filing. The FDA may refuse to file any BLA that it deems incomplete or not properly reviewable at the time of submission and may request additional information. In this event, the BLA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review of the BLA. The FDA reviews the BLA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and potent, or effective, for its intended use, and has an acceptable purity profile, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with GMP to assure and preserve the product’s identity, safety, strength, quality, potency and purity. The FDA may refer applications for novel biological products or biological products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. During the biological product approval process, the FDA also will determine whether a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, is necessary to assure the safe use of the biological product. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve a BLA without a REMS, if required.

 

Before approving a BLA, the FDA will inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with GMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure that the clinical trials were conducted in compliance with IND trial requirements and GCP requirements. To assure GMP and GCP compliance, an applicant must incur significant expenditure of time, money and effort in the areas of training, record keeping, production, and quality control.

 

 
36

 

 

Notwithstanding the submission of relevant data and information, the FDA may ultimately decide that the BLA does not satisfy its regulatory criteria for approval and deny approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data. If the agency decides not to approve the BLA in its present form, the FDA will issue a complete response letter that describes all of the specific deficiencies in the BLA identified by the FDA. The deficiencies identified may be minor, for example, requiring labeling changes, or major, for example, requiring additional clinical trials. Additionally, the complete response letter may include recommended actions that the applicant might take to place the application in a condition for approval. If a complete response letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application.

 

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling. The FDA may impose restrictions and conditions on product distribution, prescribing, or dispensing in the form of a risk management plan, or otherwise limit the scope of any approval. In addition, the FDA may require post-marketing clinical trials, sometimes referred to as Phase IV clinical trials, designed to further assess a biological product’s safety and effectiveness, and testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved therapies and products that have been commercialized.

 

The FDA has agreed to certain review goals under PDUFA, and aims to complete its review of 90% of standard BLAs within ten months from filing and 90% of priority BLAs within six months from filing. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority BLAs and its review goals are subject to change from time to time. The review process and the PDUFA goal date may be extended by three months if the FDA requests, or the BLA sponsor otherwise provides, additional information or clarification regarding information already provided in the submission within the last three months before the PDUFA goal date.

 

Fast Track Designation, Accelerated Approval, Priority Review and Breakthrough Therapy Programs

 

The FDA has a Fast Track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs and biological products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs and biological products are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new drug or biological product may request the FDA to designate the drug or biological product as a Fast Track product at any time during the clinical development of the product. Unique to a Fast Track product, the FDA may consider for review sections of the marketing application on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application.

 

Other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review, accelerated approval and Breakthrough Therapy designation, also exist. A product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide safe and effective therapy where no satisfactory alternative therapy exists or a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a disease compared to marketed products. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug or biological product designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. Additionally, a product may be eligible for accelerated approval. Drug or biological products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening illnesses and that provide meaningful therapeutic benefit over existing treatments may receive accelerated approval, which means that they may be approved on the basis of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials establishing that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict a clinical benefit, or on the basis of an effect on a clinical endpoint other than survival or irreversible morbidity. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug or biological product receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

 

 
37

 

 

 

A product may also be eligible for receipt of a Breakthrough Therapy designation. The Breakthrough Therapy designation is intended to expedite the FDA’s review of a potential new drug for serious or life-threatening diseases where “preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development.” The designation of a drug as a Breakthrough Therapy provides the same benefits as are available under the Fast Track program, as well as intensive FDA guidance on the product’s development program. Where appropriate, we intend to utilize regulatory programs that can help expedite our product development and commercialization efforts. However, Fast Track designation, priority review, accelerated approval and Breakthrough Therapy designation do not change the standards for approval, but may expedite the development or approval process.

 

Post-Approval Requirements

 

Maintaining substantial compliance with applicable federal, state and local statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Rigorous and extensive FDA regulation of biological products continues after approval, particularly with respect to GMP. We will rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of any products that we may commercialize. Manufacturers of our products are required to comply with applicable requirements in the GMP regulations, including quality control and quality assurance and maintenance of records and documentation. Other post-approval requirements applicable to biological products include reporting of GMP deviations that may affect the identity, potency, purity and overall safety of a distributed product, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse effects, reporting updated safety and efficacy information, and complying with electronic record and signature requirements. After a BLA is approved, the product also may be subject to official lot release. As part of the manufacturing process, the manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject to official release by the FDA, the manufacturer submits samples of each lot of product to the FDA together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot. In addition, the FDA conducts laboratory research related to the regulatory standards on the safety, purity, potency and effectiveness of biological products.

 

We also must comply with the FDA’s advertising and promotion requirements, such as those related to direct-to-consumer advertising, the prohibition on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the internet. Discovery of previously unknown problems or the failure to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements may result in restrictions on the marketing of a product or withdrawal of the product from the market as well as possible civil or criminal sanctions. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant or manufacturer to administrative or judicial civil or criminal sanctions and adverse publicity. FDA sanctions could include refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, clinical hold, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, debarment, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Biological product manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved biological products are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with GMPs and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain GMP compliance. Discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved BLA, including withdrawal of the product from the market. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process or facility generally require prior FDA approval before being implemented and other types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications and additional labeling claims, are also subject to further FDA review and approval.

 

   

 
38

 

 

U.S. Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements for Medical Devices

 

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to distribute commercially in the United States will require either prior premarket notification, or 510(k) clearance, or prior approval of a PMA application from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose low to moderate risk are placed in either class I or II, which, absent an exemption, requires the manufacturer to file with the FDA a 510(k) submission requesting permission for commercial distribution. This process is known as 510(k) clearance. Some low-risk devices are exempt from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or certain implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in class III, requiring approval of a PMA application.

 

Regulation of CardiAMP through the PMA Pathway

 

Combination products are therapeutic and diagnostic products that combine drugs, devices, and/or biological products. Because combination products involve components that would normally be regulated under different types of regulatory authorities, and frequently by different centers of the FDA, they raise regulatory, policy, and review management challenges. Differences in regulatory pathways for each component of the product can impact the regulatory processes for all aspects of product development and management, including preclinical testing, clinical investigation, marketing applications, manufacturing and quality control, adverse event reporting, promotion and advertising, and post-approval modifications.

 

A combination product is assigned to an FDA Agency Center or alternative organizational component that will have primary jurisdiction for its premarket review and regulation. For cell-based therapy and related products, the FDA established the Office of Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies within CBER to consolidate the review of such products, and the Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee to advise CBER on its review. In our case, CardiAMP involves minimal manipulation of cells within the procedure room, enabling it to be the first cardiac cell-based therapy that CBER has indicated it will regulate through the PMA pathway. Because CardiAMP will be approved through the PMA pathway, it is expected to only require a single pivotal clinical trial as opposed to two pivotal clinical trials generally required for approval of biologics.

 

PMA applications must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical and manufacturing data, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the cell-based therapy. After a PMA application is deemed complete, the FDA will accept the application for filing and begin an in-depth review of the submitted information. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. As part of its review of the PMA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. FDA review of an initial PMA application is required by statute to take between six to ten months, although the process typically takes longer, and may require several years to complete. If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure the final approval of the PMA. If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. A not approvable letter will outline the deficiencies in the application and, where practical, will identify what is necessary to make the PMA approvable. The FDA may also determine that additional clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and then the data submitted in an amendment to the PMA. Once granted, PMA approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if compliance with post-approval requirements, conditions of approval or other regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

 

 
39

 

 

The FDA may approve a PMA application with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution, collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical trial that supported approval, or new post-approval studies. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in materially adverse enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval. PMA supplements are required for modifications that could affect device safety or effectiveness, including, for example, certain types of modifications to the device’s indication for use, manufacturing process, labeling and design. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an original PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes to the device covered by the original PMA application, and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

 

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application. We expect that CardiAMP will require a single pivotal trial for PMA approval. In the United States, absent certain limited exceptions, human clinical trials intended to support product clearance or approval require an Investigational Device Exemption application, or IDE, which the FDA reviews. Some types of trials deemed to present “non-significant risk” are deemed to have an approved IDE once certain requirements are addressed and IRB approval is obtained. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, as defined by FDA regulations, the sponsor must submit an IDE application to the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trials. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory trial results, showing that it is safe to evaluate the device in humans and that the trial protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of subjects, unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the responsible institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. There can be no assurance that submission of an IDE will result in the ability to commence clinical trials. Additionally, after a trial begins, the FDA may place it on hold or terminate it if, among other reasons, it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to unacceptable health risks that outweigh the benefits of participation in the trial. During a trial, we are required to comply with the FDA’s IDE requirements for investigator selection, trial monitoring, reporting, record keeping and prohibitions on the promotion or commercialization of investigational devices or making safety or efficacy claims for them, among other things. We are also responsible for the appropriate labeling and distribution of investigational devices. Our clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with FDA regulations and federal and state regulations concerning human subject protection, including informed consent and healthcare privacy. The investigators must also obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and trial protocol, control the disposition of investigational devices and comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements, among other things. The FDA’s grant of permission to proceed with clinical trials does not constitute a binding commitment that the FDA will consider the trial design adequate to support marketing clearance or approval. In addition, there can be no assurance that the data generated during a clinical trial will meet the chosen study endpoints or otherwise produce results that will lead the FDA to grant marketing clearance or approval. Similarly, in Europe, the clinical trial must be approved by the local ethics committee and in some cases, including trials of high-risk devices, by the Ministry of Health in the applicable country.

 

After a device is placed on the market, it remains subject to significant regulatory requirements. Medical devices may be marketed only for the uses and indications for which they are cleared or approved. Device manufacturers must also establish registration and device listings with the FDA. A medical device manufacturer’s manufacturing processes and those of its suppliers are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging and shipping of medical devices. Domestic facility records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by the FDA. The FDA also may inspect foreign facilities that export products to the United States.

 

Failure by us or our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which may result in sanctions and related consequences including, but not limited to:

 

 

adverse publicity, untitled letters or warning letters;

 

 

fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

 

recall, detention or seizure of our products;

 

 
40

 

 

 

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

 

refusal of or delay in granting our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products or modified products;

 

 

withdrawing 510(k) clearance or premarket approvals that are already granted;

 

 

refusal to grant export approval for our products;

 

 

criminal prosecution; and

 

 

unanticipated expenditures to address or defend such actions.

 

Because elements of the broader CardiAMP therapy are already approved or cleared and manufactured for commercial use, we believe regulatory approval risks are primarily those of clinical efficacy.

 

Regulation of Companion Diagnostics

 

Companion diagnostics are subject to regulation by the FDA, the EMA and other foreign regulatory authorities as medical devices and require separate regulatory clearance or approval prior to commercial use. We anticipate that the CardiAMP potency assay will require approval under a PMA submitted to the CDRH prior to commercialization. We and our third-party collaborators who may develop our companion diagnostics will work cooperatively to generate the data required for submission with the PMA application, and will remain in close contact with the CDRH to ensure that any changes in requirements are incorporated into the development plans. We further anticipate that regulatory approval of the CardiAMP potency assay will be a prerequisite to our ability to market CardiAMP. Representatives of CDRH have participated in our meetings with CBER regarding CardiAMP to discuss the potential use of the CardiAMP potency assay, and we anticipate that future meetings will include representatives from both CBER and CDRH to ensure that the PMA submissions (for CardiAMP and the CardiAMP potency assay) are coordinated and subject to parallel review by these respective FDA centers. Accordingly, our objective is to align the development programs such that the CardiAMP potency assay will be developed and approved contemporaneously with CardiAMP.

 

In the United States, companion diagnostic tests used in conjunction with drug or biological products are classified as medical devices under the FD&C Act. We anticipate that our CardiAMP potency assay we are developing in conjunction with our CardiAMP therapeutic candidate will be subject to the PMA approval process.

 

On July 14, 2011, the FDA issued for comment a draft guidance document addressing the development and approval process for “In Vitro Companion Diagnostic Devices.” According to the draft guidance, for novel products such as CardiAMP, the PMA for a companion diagnostic device should be developed and approved contemporaneously with the biological product. While this draft guidance is not yet finalized, we believe our programs for the development of the CardiAMP potency assay are consistent with the draft guidance as proposed.

 

Coverage and Reimbursement

 

Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. These third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for medical products and services. In addition, the U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have continued implementing cost containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our therapeutic candidates or a decision by a third-party payor to not cover our therapeutic candidates could reduce physician usage of our products once approved and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

 

 

   

 
41

 

 

 

Affordable Care Act

 

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the Affordable Care Act, was enacted, which includes measures that have or will significantly change the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the Affordable Care Act of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are the following:

 

 

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. Effective in 2010, the Affordable Care Act made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs and biologic agents from 15.1% of average manufacturer price (AMP) to 23.1% of AMP and adding a new rebate calculation for “line extensions” ( i.e. , new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The Affordable Care Act also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization as of 2010. Per a ruling by the U.S. Supreme Court in 2012, states have the option to expand their Medicaid programs which in turn expands the population eligible for Medicaid drug benefits. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, has proposed to expand Medicaid rebate liability to the territories of the United States as well. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides for the public availability of retail survey prices and certain weighted average AMPs under the Medicaid program. The implementation of this requirement by the CMS may also provide for the public availability of pharmacy acquisition of cost data, which could negatively impact our sales.

 

 

In order for a pharmaceutical product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicare Part B and Medicaid programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. Effective in 2010, the Affordable Care Act expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, under the current state of the law, with the exception of children’s hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs when used for the orphan indication. In July 2013, the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) issued a final rule allowing the newly eligible entities to access discounted orphan drugs if used for non-orphan indications. While the final rule was vacated by a federal court ruling, HRSA has stated it will continue to allow discounts for orphan drugs when used for any indication other than for orphan indications. In addition, as 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase.

 

 

Effective in 2011, the Affordable Care Act imposed a requirement on manufacturers of branded drugs and biologic agents to provide a 50% discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to Medicare Part D patients in the coverage gap ( i.e. , “donut hole”).

 

 

Effective in 2011, the Affordable Care Act imposed an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications.

 

 

The Affordable Care Act required pharmaceutical manufacturers to track certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, including any “transfer of value” made or distributed to such entities, as well as any ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Manufacturers were required to begin tracking this information in 2013 and to report this information to CMS by March 2014.

 

 

 

 

As of 2010, a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute was established pursuant to the Affordable Care Act to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. The research conducted by the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute may affect the market for certain pharmaceutical products.

 

 
42

 

 

Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

 

If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we may be subject to various federal and state laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry. These laws may impact, among other things, our proposed sale, marketing and education programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulations by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws may affect our ability to operate include:

 

 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce, or in return for, the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

 

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent;

 

 

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

 

the federal transparency laws, including the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, that requires drug manufacturers to disclose payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and ownership and investment interest held by such physicians and their immediate family members;

 

 

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; and

 

 

State law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our future business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. In addition, the Affordable Care Act broadened the reach of the fraud and abuse laws by, among other things, amending the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal healthcare fraud statutes. Pursuant to the statutory amendment, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims laws or the civil monetary penalties statute.

 

We are also subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which prohibits improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business.

 

Safeguards we implement to discourage improper payments or offers of payments by our employees, consultants, and others may be ineffective, and violations of the FCPA and similar state laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, or other liabilities or proceedings against us, any of which would likely harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 
43

 

 

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid and imprisonment, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operation.

 

In addition to the foregoing, state and federal laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservancy and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith will not have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.

 

Government Regulation Outside the United States

 

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales and distribution of our products. Because biologically sourced raw materials are subject to unique contamination risks, their use may be restricted in some countries.

 

Whether or not we obtain FDA approval or clearance for a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals or clearances from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application much like the PMA or IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In Europe, for example, a Clinical Trial Authorization, or CTA, must be submitted to each country’s national health authority and an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and the IRB, respectively. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country’s requirements, clinical trial development may proceed.

 

The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

 

To obtain regulatory approval of an investigational biological product under European regulatory systems, we must submit a marketing authorization application. The application used to file the PMAs for CardiAMP and BLA for CardiALLO in the United States are similar to that required in Europe, with the exception of, among other things, country-specific document requirements. Europe also provides opportunities for market exclusivity. For example, in Europe, upon receiving marketing authorization, new chemical entities generally receive eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity. If granted, data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in Europe from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic application. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. However, there is no guarantee that a product will be considered by Europe’s regulatory authorities to be a new chemical entity, and products may not qualify for data exclusivity.

 

 
44

 

 

 

The 10-year market exclusivity may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation, for example, if the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Additionally, marketing authorization may be granted to a similar product for the same indication at any time if:

 

 

the second applicant can establish that its product, although similar, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior;

 

 

the applicant consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or

 

 

the applicant cannot supply enough orphan medicinal product.

 

For other countries outside of Europe, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, again, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

 

In Europe, we expect both CardiAMP and CardiALLO to be regulated as advanced therapy medicinal products, or ATMPs. To provide for a common framework for the marketing of ATMPs, Regulation (EC) No 1394/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on advanced therapy medicinal products, or ATMP Regulation, was adopted in 2007. The ATMP Regulation was designed to ensure a high level of human health protection as well as the free movement of ATMPs in Europe. The cornerstone of the ATMP Regulation is that a marketing authorization must be obtained prior to the marketing of ATMPs. In turn, the marketing authorization can only be granted if, after a scientific assessment of the quality, efficacy and safety profile, it is demonstrated that the benefits outweigh the risks. The application for a marketing authorization must be submitted to the EMA and the final decision is taken by the European Commission. This procedure ensures that these products are assessed by a specialized body (the Committee for Advanced Therapies, or CAT) and that the marketing authorization is valid in all the European Union Member States.

 

The ATMP Regulation empowered the EMA to make scientific recommendations as to whether a given product should be considered an ATMP (hereinafter “classifications”). Additionally, it provided for a new instrument, the so-called certification procedure, designed as an incentive for small and medium sized enterprises, or SMEs, that were involved in the first stages of the development of ATMPs but lacked the resources to conduct clinical trials. Specifically, the certification that the quality and preclinical aspects of the development are in conformity with the relevant regulatory requirements was expected to help SMEs attract capital and to facilitate the transfer of research activities to entities with the capacity to market medicinal products.

 

The ATMP Regulation builds on the procedures, concepts, and requirements designed for chemical-based medicinal products. However, ATMPs present very different characteristics. Additionally, in contrast to chemical-based medicinal products, research in advanced therapies is –for the most part- conducted by academia, non-for-profit organizations, and SMEs, which only have limited financial resources and often lack exposure to the regulatory system that governs medicines.

 

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

 

The advertising and promotion of our products in the EEA is subject to the provisions of the Medical Devices Directive, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well as other national legislation in the EEA countries governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. The European Commission has submitted a Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the Council on medical devices, amending Directive 2001/83/EC, Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 and Regulation (EC) No 1223/2009, to replace, inter alia, Directive 93/42/EEC and to amend regulations regarding medical devices in the European Union, which could result in changes in the regulatory requirements for medical devices in Europe. In Germany, the advertising and promotion of our products can also be subject to restrictions provided by the German Act Against Unfair Competition (Gesetzgegen den unlauteren Wettbewerb) and the law on the advertising of medicines (Heilmittelwerbegesetz), criminal law, and some codices of conduct with regard to medical products and medical devices among others. These laws may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.

 

 
45

 

 

Sales of medical devices are subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. In order to market our products outside the United States, we must obtain regulatory approvals or CE Certificates of Conformity and comply with extensive safety and quality regulations. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country or to obtain a CE Certificate of Conformity may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may differ. In the EEA, we are required to obtain Certificates of Conformity before drawing up an EC Declaration of Conformity and affixing the CE Mark of conformity to our medical devices. Many other countries accept CE Certificates of Conformity or FDA clearance or approval although others, such as Brazil, Canada and Japan require separate regulatory filings.  

 

Employees

 

As of September 30, 2016, we had 12 full-time employees, consisting of clinical development, regulatory, research, manufacturing, quality, finance, administration, business development and sales personnel. We also regularly use independent contractors across the organization to augment our regular staff. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and we consider relations with our employees to be good. We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel.

 

 
46

 

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our C ommon S tock involves a high degree of risk. Investors should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information set forth in this Report, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” b efore deciding to invest in our Common S tock. If any of the events or developments described below occur, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be negatively affected. In that case, the market price of our Common S tock could decline, and investors could lose all or part of their investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We have incurred operating losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial operating losses for the foreseeable future. We may never achieve or sustain profitability.

 

We are a clinical-stage regenerative medicine company and we have not yet generated a profit. We have incurred net losses during each of our fiscal years since our inception. The net loss for BioCardia, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 were $6.7 million and $3.5 million, respectively. We do not know whether or when we will become profitable, if ever. We currently expect operating losses and negative cash flows to continue through at least 2018.

 

To date, our only approved or cleared products are our Morph universal deflectable guide catheters and Morph AccessPro sheaths, or Morph, in the United States and Europe and our Helix biotherapeutic delivery system, or Helix, in Europe. Our limited commercialization experience and number of approved products makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future prospects. Our short commercialization experience and limited number of approved products also makes it difficult for us to forecast our future financial performance and growth and such forecasts are limited and subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to successfully complete our Phase III pivotal trial and obtain FDA approval for, and then successfully commercialize, CardiAMP.

 

Our ability to generate sufficient revenue to achieve profitability depends on our ability, either alone or with strategic collaboration partners, to successfully complete the development of, and obtain the regulatory approvals necessary to commercialize our therapeutic candidates. We do not anticipate generating revenues from sales of CardiAMP, CardiALLO or any other therapeutic candidates within the next few years, and we may never generate sales of these products.

 

We anticipate that our expenses will increase in the future as we continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations, seek regulatory approvals for our therapeutic candidates, scale-up manufacturing capabilities and hire additional personnel to support the development of our therapeutic candidates and commercialization efforts. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. To achieve and maintain profitability, we must successfully develop our therapeutic candidates, obtain regulatory approvals and manufacture, market and sell those products for which we obtain regulatory approvals. If we obtain regulatory approval to market a product candidate, our future revenue will depend upon the size of any markets in which our therapeutic candidates may receive approval, and our ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, pricing, reimbursement from third-party payors and adequate market share for our therapeutic candidates in those markets. We may not succeed in these activities, and we may never generate revenue from product sales that is significant enough to achieve profitability. Our failure to become or remain profitable would depress our market value and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, discover or develop other product candidates or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could cause you to lose part or all of your investment.

 

Based upon our current operating plan, we believe that the cash on hand as a result of the Merger, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operations through 2018.

 

 
47

 

 

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our 2015 financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern, and we will need additional financing to execute our business plan, to fund our operations and to continue as a going concern.

 

Since inception, we have experienced recurring operating losses and negative cash flows and we expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources for the foreseeable future. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our 2015 financial statements with respect to this uncertainty. Substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern may materially and adversely affect the price per share of our Common Stock and we may have a more difficult time obtaining financing.

 

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain approval for, and successfully commercialize, CardiAMP.

 

The long-term viability of our company is largely dependent on the successful development and commercialization of the CardiAMP Cell Therapy System, or CardiAMP. We are currently working toward enrolling patients in a Phase III pivotal trial that will be used to support regulatory approval of CardiAMP, and we do not have significant long term data on CardiAMP’s safety and efficacy. While we expect to successfully complete our Phase III pivotal trial of CardiAMP, there can be no guarantee that the study will be completed, that the primary endpoints will be achieved, or that we will receive regulatory approval for the sale and marketing of CardiAMP in the United States. A number of companies in similar fields have suffered significant setbacks during clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or unacceptable safety issues, notwithstanding promising preliminary results. Because we are depending heavily on sales of CardiAMP to achieve our revenue goals, failure to successfully complete the study and receive U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval, in a timely manner or at all, will harm our financial results and ability to become profitable. Even if we obtain regulatory approval, our ability to successfully market this product will be limited due to a number of factors, including regulatory restrictions in our labeling or requirements to obtain additional post-approval data, if any. In addition, there can be no guarantee that CardiAMP will be accepted by the medical community as a valid alternative to currently available products. If we cannot sell CardiAMP as planned, our financial results will be harmed.

 

Although we have obtained FDA acceptance of a Phase III pivotal trial of CardiAMP for the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure, this does not guarantee any particular outcome from regulatory review. CardiAMP is the first cardiac cell-based therapy with an accepted pivotal trial that is to be regulated by the FDA Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER, via the pre-market approval or PMA, pathway requiring a single pivotal trial. All other cardiac cell-based therapies in clinical trials are regulated by the same agency, but as biologics which generally require two separate pivotal trials. There is no guarantee that the FDA will grant us regulatory clearance or approval to market CardiAMP on the basis of a single pivotal trial, or that the FDA will continue to allow us to develop CardiAMP via the PMA pathway. Two well-controlled pivotal studies could be necessary to provide FDA assurance of safety or effectiveness.

 

FDA acceptance of a Phase III pivotal trial is not a guarantee of an approval of a product candidate or any permissible claims about the product candidate. Failure to successfully complete our Phase III trial of CardiAMP would significantly impair our financial results. Such a failure could (i) delay or prevent CardiAMP from obtaining regulatory approval, (ii) require us to perform another clinical trial, which will be expensive, may not be successful and will significantly delay our ability to commercialize CardiAMP and (iii) impair our ability to convince hospitals and physicians of the benefits of our CardiAMP product. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for CardiAMP, which may limit the market for this product.

 

Our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapeutic candidates are based on novel technology, which makes it difficult to accurately and reliably predict the time and cost of product development and subsequently obtaining regulatory approval. At the moment, no cell-based therapies have been approved in the United States for a cardiac indication.

 

The success of our business depends on our ability to develop and commercialize our therapeutic candidates, including CardiAMP. We have concentrated our product research and development efforts on our CardiAMP therapeutic candidate, a novel type of cell-based therapy. Our future success depends on the successful development of this therapeutic approach. There can be no assurance that any development problems we experience in the future related to our therapeutic candidates and products will not cause significant delays or unanticipated costs, or that such development problems can be solved. We may be unable to maintain and further develop sustainable, reproducible and scalable manufacturing processes, or transfer these processes to collaborators, which may prevent us from completing our clinical studies or commercializing our products on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.

 

 
48

 

 

In addition, the clinical study requirements of the FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and other regulatory agencies and the criteria these regulators use to determine the safety and efficacy of a product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty, intended use and market of the potential product candidates. The regulatory approval process for novel product candidates such as our CardiAMP and CardiALLO Cell Therapy System, or CardiALLO, can be more expensive and take longer than other, better known or extensively studied pharmaceutical or other product candidates to develop. In addition, adverse developments in clinical trials of cell-based products or therapies conducted by others may cause the FDA or other regulatory bodies to change the requirements for approval of any of our therapeutic candidates. At the moment, no other cell-based therapies have been approved in the United States for a cardiac indication, which makes it difficult to determine how long it will take or how much it will cost to obtain regulatory approvals for our therapeutic candidates in either the United States or elsewhere.

 

Regulatory requirements governing cell-based therapy products have changed frequently and may continue to change in the future. For example, the FDA established the Office of Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies within CBER to consolidate the review of gene therapy and related products, and the Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee to advise CBER on its review. These regulatory authorities and advisory groups and the new requirements or guidelines they promulgate may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to perform additional studies, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of our product candidates or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our product candidates, we will be required to consult with the FDA and other regulatory authorities, and our products could be reviewed by the FDA’s advisory committee. We also must comply with applicable requirements, and if we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of our product candidates.

 

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and our failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or commercialization efforts.

 

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future in connection with our planned research, development and product commercialization efforts, including our planned clinical trials for our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapeutic candidates. In addition, we will require additional financing to achieve our goals and our failure to do so could adversely affect our commercialization efforts. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

 

continue the research and clinical development of our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapeutic candidates;

 

 

initiate and advance our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapeutic candidates into larger and more expensive clinical studies, including a Phase III pivotal trial for our CardiAMP therapeutic candidate;

 

 

seek to identify, assess, acquire, and/or develop other product candidates and technologies;

 

 

seek regulatory and marketing approvals in multiple jurisdictions for our therapeutic candidates that successfully complete clinical studies;

 

 

build and maintain a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval, or otherwise establish collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of our therapeutic candidates;

 

 

further develop and implement our manufacturing processes and expand our manufacturing capabilities and resources for commercial production;

 

 
49

 

 

 

seek coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, including government and private payors for future products;

 

 

make milestone or other payments under our agreements pursuant to which have licensed or acquired rights to intellectual property and technology;

 

 

seek to maintain, protect and expand our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

 

seek to attract and retain skilled personnel.

 

If we were to experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above, including clinical holds, failed studies, inconclusive or complex results, safety or efficacy issues, or other regulatory challenges that require longer follow-up of existing studies, additional major studies, or additional supportive studies in order to pursue marketing approval, it could further increase the costs associated with the above. Further, the net operating losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year, such that a period-to-period comparison of our results of operations may not be a good indication of our future performance.

 

We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical studies.

 

We cannot guarantee that any preclinical testing or clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. As a result, we may not achieve the expected clinical milestones outlined in this Report. A failure can occur at any stage of testing. Events that may prevent successful or timely commencement, enrollment or completion of clinical development include:

 

 

delays in raising, or inability to raise, sufficient capital to fund the planned trials;

 

 

delays in reaching a consensus with regulatory agencies on trial design;

 

 

changes in trial design;

 

 

inability to identify, recruit and train suitable clinical investigators;

 

 

inability to add new clinical trial sites;

 

 

delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms for the performance of the trials with prospective clinical research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites;

 

 

delays in obtaining required Institutional Review Board, or IRB, approval at each clinical trial site;

 

 

delays in recruiting suitable clinical sites and patients ( i.e. , subjects) to participate in clinical trials;

 

 

imposition of a clinical hold by regulatory agencies for any reason, including negative clinical results, safety concerns or as a result of an inspection of manufacturing or clinical operations or trial sites;

 

 

failure by us, CROs or other third parties to adhere to clinical trial requirements;

 

 

failure to perform in accordance with the FDA’s current Good Clinical Practices, or GCP, or applicable regulatory guidelines in other countries;

 

 

delays in the testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery to the clinical sites;

 

 

delays caused by patients not completing participation in a trial or not returning for post-treatment follow-up;

 

 

delays caused by clinical trial sites not completing a trial;

 

 

failure to demonstrate adequate efficacy;

 

 

occurrence of serious adverse events in clinical trials that are associated with the therapeutic candidates or products that are viewed to outweigh its potential benefits;

 

 

changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols; or

 

 

disagreements between us and the FDA or other regulatory agencies interpreting the data from our clinical trials.

 

 
50

 

 

Delays, including those caused by the above factors, can be costly and could negatively affect our ability to complete clinical trials for our therapeutic candidates. If we are not able to successfully complete clinical trials or are not able to do so in a timely and cost-effective manner, we will not be able to obtain regulatory approval and/or will not be able to commercialize our therapeutic candidates or products, which would have an adverse effect on our business. Clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our therapeutic candidates or products or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our therapeutic candidates or products and may harm our business and results of operations.

 

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials, which could delay or prevent development of our therapeutic candidates.

 

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our therapeutic candidates is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical trials depends on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our therapeutic candidates as well as completion of required follow-up periods. In general, if patients are unwilling to participate in our cell-based therapy trials because of negative publicity from adverse events in the biotechnology or cell-based industries or for other reasons, including competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting trials and obtaining regulatory approval for our therapeutic candidates may be delayed. These delays could result in increased costs, delays in advancing our product development, delays in testing the effectiveness of our therapeutic candidates or termination of the clinical trials altogether.

 

Patient enrollment and completion of clinical trials are affected by factors including:

 

 

size of the patient population;

 

 

severity of the disease under investigation;

 

 

design of the trial protocol;

 

 

eligibility criteria for the particular trial;

 

 

perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate being tested;

 

 

proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients;

 

 

availability of competing therapies and clinical trials;

 

 

efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

 

patient referral practices of physicians;

 

 

ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment; and

 

 

the degree of treatment effect in event-driven trials.

 

Once enrolled, patients may choose to discontinue their participation at any time during the trial, for any reason. Participants also may be terminated from the study at the initiative of the investigator, for example if they experience serious adverse clinical events or do not follow the study directions. If we are unable to maintain an adequate number of patients in our clinical trials, we may be required to delay or terminate an ongoing clinical trial, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

 

We depend on our license and distribution agreement with Biomet Biologics, LLC, and if we fail to comply with our obligations under this agreement, or if our rights under this agreement are otherwise reduced or terminated, we could lose intellectual property rights that are important to our business.

 

In October 2012, we entered into a license and distribution agreement with Biomet Biologics, LLC under which we obtained an exclusive, nontransferable, worldwide distribution right, patent license and trademark license to Biomet Biologic, LLC’s point of care cell processing platform. Under the terms of the agreement, we are obligated to pay Biomet Biologics, LLC a royalty based on the price of the disposables in the CardiAMP cell processing platform. A breach or termination of this agreement would materially adversely affect the clinical development or commercialization strategy of our CardiAMP therapeutic candidate as currently planned. A reduction or elimination of our rights under this agreement may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated arrangements on less favorable terms, or our not having sufficient intellectual property rights to operate our business as currently planned. The occurrence of such events could materially harm our business and financial condition.

 

 
51

 

 

 

We rely on third parties to conduct some or all aspects of our product manufacturing, diagnostic protocol development, research, and preclinical and clinical testing, and these third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

 

We do not currently, and do not expect to in the future, independently conduct all aspects of our product manufacturing, anticipated companion diagnostic testing, protocol development, research and monitoring and management of our ongoing preclinical and clinical programs. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties with respect to these items, and control only certain aspects of their activities.

 

Any of these third parties may terminate their engagements with us at any time. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, our commercialization activities or our therapeutic candidate or companion diagnostic development activities may be delayed or suspended. Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities, including the conduct of any IDE and IND-enabling studies, reduces our control over these activities but does not relieve us of our responsibility to ensure compliance with all required legal, regulatory and scientific standards and any applicable trial protocols. For example, for therapeutic candidates that we develop and commercialize on our own, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our IDE and IND-enabling studies and clinical trials are conducted in accordance with the trial plan and protocols.

 

If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our studies in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated study plans and protocols, we may be delayed in completing, or unable to complete, the preclinical studies and clinical trials required to support future IDE and IND submissions and approval of our therapeutic candidates.

 

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails exposure to risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured the therapeutic candidates or companion diagnostic ourselves, including:

 

 

we may be unable to negotiate manufacturing agreements with third parties under commercially reasonable terms;

 

 

reduced control over the manufacturing process for our therapeutic candidates and companion diagnostic as a result of using third-party manufacturers for many aspects of manufacturing activities;

 

 

termination or nonrenewal of manufacturing agreements with third parties in a manner or at a time that may be costly or damaging to us or result in delays in the development or commercialization of our therapeutic candidates or companion diagnostic; and

 

 

disruptions to the operations of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers caused by conditions unrelated to our business or operations, including the bankruptcy of the manufacturer or supplier.

 

Any of these events could lead to delays in the development of our therapeutic candidates, including delays in our clinical trials, or failure to obtain regulatory approval for our therapeutic candidates, or it could impact our ability to successfully commercialize our current therapeutic candidates, companion diagnostic or any future products. Some of these events could be the basis for FDA or other regulatory action, including injunction, recall, seizure or total or partial suspension of production.

 

We rely on third parties to conduct, supervise and monitor our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

 

We rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure our clinical trials are conducted properly and on time. While we will have agreements governing their activities, we will have limited influence over their actual performance. We will control only certain aspects of our CROs’ activities. Nevertheless, we will be responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities.

 

 
52

 

 

We and our CROs are required to comply with the FDA’s GCPs for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that the data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. The FDA, the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the EEA, and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and clinical trial sites. If we or our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our future clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, the EMA, or other foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving any marketing applications. Upon inspection, the FDA may determine that our clinical trials did not comply with GCPs. In addition, our future clinical trials will require a sufficient number of test subjects to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of our therapeutic candidates. Accordingly, if our CROs fail to comply with these regulations or fail to recruit a sufficient number of patients, we may be required to repeat such clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

 

Our CROs are not our employees, and we are therefore unable to directly monitor whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical and nonclinical programs. These CROs may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other product development activities that could harm our competitive position. If our CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations, fail to meet expected deadlines, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements, or for any other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, our therapeutic candidates. If any such event were to occur, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our therapeutic candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

 

If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or to do so on commercially reasonable terms. Further, switching or adding additional CROs involves additional costs and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which could materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

 

We also rely on other third parties to store and distribute our products for the clinical trials that we conduct. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our therapeutic candidates or commercialization of our products, if approved, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

 

We depend on third party vendors to manufacture some of our components and sub-assemblies, which could make us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations that could harm our business.

 

We currently manufacture some of our components and sub-assemblies internally and rely on third party vendors for other components and sub-assemblies used in our products and therapeutic candidates. Our reliance on third party vendors subjects us to a number of risks that could impact our ability to manufacture our products and therapeutic candidates and harm our business, including:

 

 

interruption of supply resulting from modifications to, or discontinuation of, a supplier’s operations;

 

 

delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues or a supplier’s failure to consistently produce quality components;

 

 

price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements with our suppliers for key components;

 

 

inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;

 

 

difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative suppliers for components in a timely manner;

 

 

inability of the manufacturer or supplier to comply with Quality System Regulations, or QSRs, enforced by the FDA and state regulatory authorities;

 

 

inability to control the quality of products manufactured by third parties;

 

 
53

 

 

 

 

production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers and corresponding regulatory qualifications; and

 

 

delays in delivery by our suppliers due to changes in demand from us or their other customers.

 

Any significant delay or interruption in the supply of components or sub-assemblies, or our inability to obtain substitute components, sub-assemblies or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and harm our business.

 

Our future commercial success depends upon attaining significant market acceptance of our therapeutic candidates, if approved, among physicians, patients and healthcare payors.

 

Even when product development is successful and regulatory approval has been obtained, our ability to generate significant revenue depends on the acceptance of our products by physicians, payors and patients. Many potential market participants have limited knowledge of, or experience with, cell-based products and therapies, so gaining market acceptance and overcoming any safety or efficacy concerns may be more challenging than for more traditional therapies. Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our therapeutic candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. Such efforts to educate the marketplace may require more resources than are required by conventional therapies marketed by our competitors. We cannot assure you that our products will achieve the expected market acceptance and revenue if and when they obtain the requisite regulatory approvals. Alternatively, even if we obtain regulatory approval, that approval may be for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired or may require labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings. The market acceptance of each of our therapeutic candidates will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

 

the efficacy and safety of the therapeutic candidate, as demonstrated in clinical trials;

 

 

the clinical indications for which the product is approved and the label approved by regulatory authorities for use with the product, including any warnings that may be required on the label;

 

 

acceptance by physicians and patients of the product as a safe and effective treatment;

 

 

the cost, safety and efficacy of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

 

the continued projected growth of markets for our various indications;

 

 

relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

 

the prevalence and severity of adverse side effects; and

 

 

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

 

Market acceptance is critical to our ability to generate significant revenue. Any therapeutic candidate, if approved and commercialized, may be accepted in only limited capacities or not at all. If any approved products are not accepted by the market to the extent that we expect, we may not be able to generate significant revenue and our business would suffer.

 

If we fail to attract and keep senior management and key scientific personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop our therapeutic candidates, conduct our clinical trials and commercialize our therapeutic candidates.

 

We are highly dependent on the members of our executive team listed under “Management” located elsewhere in this Report, the loss of whose services may adversely impact the achievement of our objectives. Any of our executive officers could leave our employment at any time, as all of our employees are “at will” employees. Recruiting and retaining other qualified employees, consultants and advisors for our business, including scientific and technical personnel, will also be critical to our success.

 

 
54

 

 

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing, sales and marketing personnel will also be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us.

 

We will need to expand our organization and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth, which could disrupt our operations.

 

As of September 30, 2016, we had 12 full-time employees. As we mature and expand our research and development and other pre-commercialization activities, we expect to expand our full-time employee base and to hire more consultants and contractors. In addition, we currently plan to commercialize CardiAMP, if approved, using an internal sales force to selected cardiologists, heart failure specialists and third-party payors in the United States. Our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities. We may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, which may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of additional product candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and/or grow revenues could be reduced, and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize product candidates and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth.

 

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before, or more successfully, than we do.

 

Our industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change. The industry continues to expand and evolve as an increasing number of competitors and potential competitors enter the market. Some of the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies we expect to potentially compete with include Athersys, Capricor, Celyad, Juventas Therapeutics, and Mesoblast among others. Many of our competitors, potentially including the aforementioned, have significantly greater development, financial, manufacturing, marketing, technical and human resources than we do. Large pharmaceutical and medical device companies, in particular, have extensive experience in clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals, recruiting patients and in manufacturing pharmaceutical and medical device products. Recent and potential future merger and acquisition activity in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Established companies may also invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel products that could make our therapeutic candidates obsolete. As a result of all of these factors, our competitors may succeed in obtaining patent protection and/or FDA approval or discovering, developing and commercializing our therapeutic candidates or competitors to our therapeutic candidates before we do. Specialized, smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly those with a focus and expertise in the stem cell industry and/or those with collaboration arrangements and other third party payors. In addition, any new product that competes with an approved product must demonstrate compelling advantages in efficacy, convenience, tolerability and safety in order to overcome price competition and to be commercially successful. If we are not able to compete effectively against potential competitors, our business will not grow and our financial condition and results of operations will suffer.

 

 
55

 

 

 

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate, including our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapeutic candidates, these products or therapies, along with our other regulated products, will be subject to ongoing regulatory scrutiny.

 

Even if we obtain regulatory approval or clearance in a jurisdiction, regulatory authorities may still impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses or marketing of our therapeutic candidates, or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies or post-market surveillance. For example, once a product receives regulatory approval or clearance for sale, we are obligated to monitor and report adverse events and any failure of a product to meet the specifications in the applicable regulatory approval or clearance. We must also submit new or supplemental applications and obtain FDA approval or clearance for certain changes to the approved or cleared product, product labeling or manufacturing process. Advertising and promotional materials must comply with FDA rules and are subject to FDA review, in addition to other potentially applicable federal and state laws.

 

In addition, product manufacturers and their facilities are subject to payment of user fees and continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with good manufacturing practices or QSRs and adherence to commitments made in the applicable regulatory approval. If we or a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions relative to that product or the manufacturing facility, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing.

 

If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements following approval of any of our therapeutic candidates, a regulatory agency may impose the following:

 

 

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of our products from the market, or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

 

costly regulatory inspections;

 

 

fines, warning letters, or holds on clinical trials;

 

 

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or our collaborators, or suspension or revocation of applicable regulatory approvals;

 

 

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; and

 

 

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties by FDA or other regulatory bodies.

 

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our therapeutic candidates and generate revenues.

 

Our ability to compete is highly dependent on demonstrating the benefits of CardiAMP to physicians, hospitals and patients.

 

In order to generate sales, we must be able to clearly demonstrate that CardiAMP is both a more effective treatment system and less costly than alternative products and treatments offered by our competitors. If we are unable to convince physicians that CardiAMP leads to significant improvement in functional capacity, improved quality of life and reduced hospitalization, our business will suffer.

 

We may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory agencies.

 

We have not obtained regulatory approval for either our CardiAMP or CardiALLO therapeutic candidates. We must conduct extensive testing of our therapeutic candidates to demonstrate their safety and efficacy, including human clinical trials and, if applicable, preclinical animal testing, before we can obtain regulatory approval to market and sell them. Conducting such testing is a lengthy, time-consuming, and expensive process and there is a high rate of failure. Our current and completed preclinical and clinical results for our therapeutic candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of our ongoing or future clinical trials. Promising results in preclinical studies of a therapeutic candidate may not be predictive of similar results in humans during clinical trials, and successful results from early human clinical trials of a therapeutic candidate may not be replicated in later and larger human clinical trials or in clinical trials for different indications. If the results of our ongoing or future clinical trials are negative or inconclusive with respect to the efficacy of our therapeutic candidates or if we or they do not meet the clinical endpoints with statistical significance or if there are safety concerns or adverse events associated with our therapeutic candidates, we may be prevented or delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our therapeutic candidates.

 

 
56

 

 

If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for our therapeutic candidates or products, or if clearances or approvals for our therapeutic candidates or products in additional indications are delayed or not issued, our commercial operations would be harmed.

 

We are required to timely file various reports with the FDA, require that we report to the regulatory authorities if our therapeutic candidates or products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. If these reports are not filed timely, regulators may impose sanctions and sales may suffer, and we may be subject to product liability or regulatory enforcement actions, all of which could harm our business.

 

If we initiate a correction or removal to reduce a risk to health posed, we would be required to submit a publically available Correction and Removal report to the FDA and in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a product recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA, other international regulatory agencies and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our therapeutic candidates or products. Furthermore, the submission of these reports has been and could be used by competitors against us in competitive situations and cause customers to delay purchase decisions or cancel orders and would harm our reputation.

 

The FDA and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, also regulate the advertising and promotion of our therapeutic candidates or products to ensure that the claims we make are consistent with our regulatory approvals, that there are adequate and reasonable data to substantiate the claims and that our promotional labeling and advertising is neither false nor misleading in any respect. If the FDA or FTC determines that any of our advertising or promotional claims are misleading, not substantiated or not permissible, we may be subject to enforcement actions, including warning letters, and we may be required to revise our promotional claims and make other corrections or restitutions.

 

FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

 

adverse publicity, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

 

repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products;

 

 

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

 

refusing our requests for premarket approval of new products, new intended uses or modifications to existing products;

 

 

withdrawing premarket approvals that have already been granted; and

 

 

criminal prosecution.

 

If any of these events were to occur, our business and financial condition would be harmed.

 

 
57

 

 

 

Serious adverse events or other safety risks could require us to abandon development and preclude, delay or limit approval of our therapeutic candidates or products, or limit the scope of any approved indication or market acceptance.

 

Participants in clinical trials of our investigational cell-based therapies and products may experience adverse reactions or other undesirable side effects. While some of these can be anticipated, others may be unexpected. We cannot predict the frequency, duration, or severity of adverse reactions or undesirable side effects that may occur during clinical investigation. If any of our therapeutic candidates or products, prior to or after any approval for commercial sale, cause adverse events or are associated with other safety risks, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

 

regulatory authorities may suspend ( e.g. , through a clinical hold) or terminate clinical trials;

 

 

regulatory authorities may deny regulatory approval of our therapeutic candidates or products;

 

 

regulators may restrict the indications or patient populations for which a therapeutic candidate or products is approved;

 

 

regulatory authorities may require certain labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications or limitations on the indications for use, and/or impose restrictions on distribution in the form of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, in connection with approval, if any;

 

 

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval, require more onerous labeling statements or impose a more restrictive REMS than any therapeutic candidate or product that is approved;

 

 

we may be required to change the way the therapy or therapeutic candidate or product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

 

 

patient recruitment into our clinical trials may suffer;

 

 

we could be required to provide compensation to subjects for their injuries, e.g. , if we are sued and found to be liable or if required by the laws of the relevant jurisdiction or by the policies of the clinical site; or

 

 

our reputation may suffer.

 

There can be no assurance that adverse events associated with our therapeutic candidates or products will not be observed, even where no prior adverse events have occurred. We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to participants or if preliminary data demonstrate that our therapeutic candidates or products are unlikely to receive regulatory approval or are unlikely to be successfully commercialized. Regulatory agencies, IRBs or data safety monitoring boards may at any time recommend the temporary or permanent discontinuation of our clinical trials or request that we cease using investigators in the clinical trials if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, or that they present an unacceptable safety risk to participants. If we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate a clinical trial for any reason this would have an adverse effect on our business.

 

Our therapeutic candidates are intended to treat patients who are extremely ill, and patient deaths that occur in our clinical trials could negatively impact our business even if they are not shown to be related to our therapeutic candidates.

 

Generally, patients remain at high risk following their treatment with our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapeutic candidates. As a result, it is likely that we will observe severe adverse outcomes during our clinical trials for these therapeutic candidates, including patient death. If a significant number of study subject deaths were to occur, regardless of whether such deaths are attributable to our therapeutic candidates, our ability to obtain regulatory approval for the applicable therapeutic candidate may be adversely impacted and our business could be materially harmed.

 

 
58

 

 

 

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with FDA’s QSRs, our manufacturing operations could be delayed or shut down and product sales could suffer.

 

Our manufacturing processes and those of our third party suppliers are required to comply with FDA’s QSRs, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses. In addition, we must engage in extensive record keeping and reporting and must make available our manufacturing facilities and records for periodic unannounced inspections by governmental agencies, including FDA, state authorities and comparable agencies in other countries. If we fail a Quality System inspection, our operations could be disrupted and our manufacturing interrupted. Failure to take adequate corrective action in response to an adverse Quality System inspection could result in, among other things, a shut-down of our manufacturing operations, significant fines, suspension of marketing clearances and approvals, seizures or recalls, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which would cause our business to suffer. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, which may result in manufacturing delays and cause our revenues to decline.

 

We have registered with FDA as a medical device manufacturer and have obtained a manufacturing license from the California Department of Health Services, or CDHS. FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of CDHS to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers. If FDA or CDHS inspect our facility and discover compliance problems, we may have to shut down our facility and cease manufacturing until we can take the appropriate remedial steps to correct the audit findings. Taking corrective action may be expensive, time consuming and a distraction for management and if we experience a shutdown or delay at our manufacturing facility we may be unable to produce our products, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

 

The requirements to obtain regulatory approval of the FDA and regulators in other jurisdictions can be costly, time-consuming, and unpredictable. If we are unable to obtain timely regulatory approval for our therapeutic candidates, our business may be substantially harmed.

 

The regulatory approval process is expensive and the time and resources required to obtain approval from the FDA or other regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions to sell any therapeutic candidate or product is uncertain and approval may take years. Whether regulatory approval will be granted is unpredictable and depends upon numerous factors, including the discretion of the regulatory authorities. For example, governing legislation, approval policies, regulations, regulatory policies, or the type and amount of preclinical and clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a therapeutic candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. It is possible that none of our existing or future therapeutic candidates will ever obtain regulatory approval, even if we expend substantial time and resources seeking such approval.

 

Further, regulatory requirements governing cell-based therapy products in particular have changed frequently and may continue to change in the future. For example, in November 2014, Japan’s parliament enacted new legislation to promote the safe and accelerated development of treatments using stem cells. The new Pharmaceuticals, Medical Devices and Other Therapeutic Products Act, or PMD Act, establishes a framework for expedited approval in Japan for regenerative medical products. As this is a new regulation, it is not clear yet what impact it will have on the operation of our business. Any regulatory review committees and advisory groups and any contemplated new guidelines may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to perform additional studies, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of our therapeutic candidates or products or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our therapeutic candidates or products, we will be required to consult with these regulatory and advisory groups, and comply with applicable guidelines. If we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of our therapeutic candidates or products. Delay or failure to obtain, or unexpected costs in obtaining, the regulatory approval necessary to bring a therapeutic candidate or product to market could decrease our ability to generate sufficient revenue to maintain our business.

 

 
59

 

 

 

Our therapeutic candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

 

 

we may be unable to successfully complete our ongoing and future clinical trials of therapeutic candidates;

 

 

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or other regulatory authorities that a therapeutic candidate is safe, pure, and potent for any or all of a therapeutic candidate’s proposed indications;

 

 

we may be unable to demonstrate that a therapeutic candidate’s benefits outweigh the risk associated with the therapeutic candidate;

 

 

the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

 

the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities for approval;

 

 

the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

 

a decision by the FDA, other regulatory authorities or us to suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time;

 

 

the data collected from clinical trials of our therapeutic candidates may be inconclusive or may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

 

the inability to obtain sufficient quantities of the therapeutic candidates for use in clinical trials;

 

 

our third party manufacturers of supplies needed for manufacturing therapeutic candidates may fail to satisfy FDA or other regulatory requirements and may not pass inspections that may be required by FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

 

the failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements following approval of any of our therapeutic candidates may result in the refusal by the FDA or similar foreign regulatory agency to approve a pending PMA or a biologics license application, or BLA, or supplement to a PMA or BLA submitted by us for other indications or new therapeutic candidates or products; and

 

 

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or other regulatory authorities outside of the United States may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

 

We may gain regulatory approval for any of our therapeutic candidates in some but not all of the territories available and any future approvals may be for some but not all of the target indications, limiting their commercial potential. Regulatory requirements and timing of product approvals vary from country to country and some jurisdictions may require additional testing beyond what is required to obtain FDA approval. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or by the FDA. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, regulatory approval does not specify pricing or reimbursement which may not match our expectations based on the results of our clinical data.

 

Even if we obtain and maintain approval for our therapeutic candidates or products from the FDA, we may never obtain approval for our therapeutic candidates or products outside of the United States, which would limit our market opportunities and adversely affect our business.

 

Approval in the United States by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. Sales of our therapeutic candidates or products, if approved, outside of the United States will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical trials and marketing approval.

 

 
60

 

 

Even if the FDA grants marketing approval, comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries must also approve the manufacturing and marketing in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials. In many countries outside the United States, a therapeutic candidate or product must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge, if approved, is also subject to approval. While we may decide to submit a request to the EMA for approval of our therapeutic candidates, including CardiAMP, as Advanced Therapeutic Medicinal Products, or ATMPs, in Europe, obtaining such approval is a lengthy and expensive process and the EMA has its own procedures for approval. Even if a therapeutic candidate or product is approved, the FDA or the EMA, as the case may be, may limit the indications for which it may be marketed, require extensive warnings on the product labeling or require expensive and time-consuming clinical trials or reporting as conditions of approval. Regulatory authorities in countries outside of the United States and Europe also have requirements for approval of therapeutic candidates or products with which we must comply prior to marketing in those countries. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction in certain countries. Further, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries and regulatory approval in one country does not ensure approval in any other country, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. Also, regulatory approval may be withdrawn. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our therapeutic candidates or products will be harmed and our business will be adversely affected.

 

We may face competition from biosimilars due to changes in the regulatory environment.

 

We may face competition for CardiALLO from biosimilars due to the changing regulatory environment. In the United States, the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are demonstrated to be “highly similar,” or biosimilar to, or “interchangeable” with an FDA-approved innovator (original) biological product. This new pathway could allow competitors to reference data from innovator biological products already approved after 12 years from the time of approval. In his proposed budget for fiscal years 2014 and 2015, President Obama proposed to cut-down this 12-year period of exclusivity to seven years. The President has also proposed to prohibit additional periods of exclusivity due to minor changes in product formulations, a practice often referred to as “evergreening.” In Europe, the European Commission has granted marketing authorizations for several biosimilars pursuant to a set of general and product class-specific guidelines for biosimilar approvals issued over the past few years. In Europe, a competitor may reference data from biological products already approved, but will not be able to get on the market until 10 years after the time of approval. This 10-year period will be extended to 11 years if, during the first eight of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an approval for one or more new therapeutic indications that bring significant clinical benefits compared with existing therapies. In addition, companies may be developing biosimilars in other countries that could compete with CardiALLO, if approved. Additionally, the FDA may approve our competitors’ products through a PMA pathway, similar to CardiAMP. If competitors are able to obtain marketing approval for biosimilars referencing CardiALLO, if approved, it may become subject to competition from such biosimilars with the attendant competitive pressure and consequences.

 

 
61

 

 

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

 

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and/or interrupt our business operations. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions. We do not currently carry biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage.

 

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities.

 

We are subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act.

 

Even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse will be applicable to our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex and can be subject to varying interpretations as to whether or not a statute has been violated. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

 

 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute which prohibits, among other things, the knowing and willful payment of remuneration to induce or reward patient referrals or the generation of business involving any item or service which may be payable by the federal health care programs ( e.g. , drugs, supplies, or health care services for Medicare or Medicaid patients);

 

 

the federal False Claims Act which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment for government funds ( e.g. , payment from Medicare or Medicaid) or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim for government funds;

 

 

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HIPAA imposes civil and criminal liability for the wrongful access or disclosure of protected health information;

 

 

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under Section 6002 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended, the ACA, requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report information related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians and teaching hospitals, or to entities or individuals at the request of, or designated on behalf of, those physicians and teaching hospitals and to report annually certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;

 

 

the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act which prohibits, among other things, the adulteration or misbranding of drugs and devices;

 

 

the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act which prohibits corrupt payments, gifts or transfers of value to non-U.S. officials; and

 

 

 

non-U.S. and U.S. state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

 

 
62

 

 

The federal fraud and abuse laws have been interpreted to apply to arrangements between medical device and pharmaceutical manufacturers and a variety of health care professional. Although the federal Anti-Kickback Statute has several statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution, all elements of the potentially applicable exemption or safe harbor must be met in order for the arrangement to be protected, and prosecutors have interpreted the federal healthcare fraud statutes to attack a wide range of conduct by medical device and pharmaceutical companies. In addition, most states have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback and federal false claims laws, which apply to items and services covered by Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor. Administrative, civil and criminal sanctions may be imposed under these federal and state laws.

 

Further, the ACA, among other things, amended the intent standard under the Anti-Kickback Statute such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the ACA makes clear that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the federal False Claims Act. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements will comply with applicable healthcare laws may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could harm our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. In addition, the clearance or approval and commercialization of any of our products outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

 

A failure to adequately protect private health information could result in severe harm to our reputation and subject us to significant liabilities, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Throughout the clinical trial process, we may obtain the private health information of our trial subjects. There are a number of state, federal and international laws protecting the privacy and security of health information and personal data. As part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, Congress amended the privacy and security provisions of HIPAA. HIPAA imposes limitations on the use and disclosure of an individual’s healthcare information by healthcare providers conducting certain electronic transactions, healthcare clearinghouses, and health insurance plans, collectively referred to as covered entities. The HIPAA amendments also impose compliance obligations and corresponding penalties for non-compliance on certain individuals and entities that provide services to or perform certain functions on behalf of healthcare providers and other covered entities involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information, collectively referred to as business associates. ARRA also made significant increases in the penalties for improper use or disclosure of an individual’s health information under HIPAA and extended enforcement authority to state attorneys general. The amendments also create notification requirements to federal regulators, and in some cases local and national media, for individuals whose health information has been inappropriately accessed or disclosed. Notification is not required under HIPAA if the health information that is improperly used or disclosed is deemed secured in accordance with certain encryption or other standards developed by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS. Most states have laws requiring notification of affected individuals and state regulators in the event of a breach of personal information, which is a broader class of information than the health information protected by HIPAA. Many state laws impose significant data security requirements, such as encryption or mandatory contractual terms to ensure ongoing protection of personal information. Activities outside of the United States implicate local and national data protection standards, impose additional compliance requirements and generate additional risks of enforcement for noncompliance. The European Union’s Data Protection Directive, Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act and other data protection, privacy and similar national, state/provincial and local laws may also restrict the access, use and disclosure of patient health information abroad. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to ensure ongoing compliance with applicable privacy and data security laws, to protect against security breaches and hackers or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches.

 

 
63

 

 

A recall of any of our commercialized products, or the discovery of serious safety issues, could have a significant negative impact on us.

 

The FDA and other relevant regulatory agencies have the authority to require or request the recall in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, also initiate a recall. A government-mandated or voluntary recall could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

 

Further, under the FDA’s reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any event that reasonably suggests that our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction of the same or similar product marketed by us were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. The FDA also requires reporting of serious, life-threatening, unexpected and other adverse experiences and the submission of periodic safety reports and other information. Malfunctions or other adverse event reports may result in a voluntary or involuntary recall and other adverse actions, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to manufacture in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results. Similar reporting requirements exist in Europe and other jurisdictions.

 

Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or regulatory agency action, which could include inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results. For example, in 2014 we notified the FDA that we were going to initiate a voluntary recall of our Morph AccessPro product, which has been completed to the FDA’s satisfaction. Although we have subsequently reintroduced this product to the market, there can be no guarantee that we will not experience similar product recalls in the future with this product or our other products or therapeutic candidates, if approved.

 

Modifications to our products may require reclassifications, new regulatory approvals or clearances, or may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until new CE marking is obtained.

 

Currently there are six Morph product family model numbers approved for commercial use in the United States via a 510(k) clearance and three in Europe under CE Mark. A modification to these products could lead to a reclassification and could result in further requirements (including additional clinical trials) to maintain the each respective clearance or approval. If we fail to comply with such further requirements we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

 

The financial performance of our enabling and delivery products may be adversely affected by medical device tax provisions in the healthcare reform laws in the United States.

 

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the Affordable Care Act, imposes, among other things, an annual excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States beginning with tax year 2013. Under these provisions, the Congressional Research Service predicts that the total cost to the medical device industry may be up to $20 billion over the next decade. On December 18, 2015, President Obama signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016 (H.R. 2029), which includes a two-year moratorium on the medical device excise tax. It amends section 4191 of the Internal Revenue Code to exempt medical device sales during the period of January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2017. Absent further legislative action, the tax will be automatically reinstated for medical device sales starting on January 1, 2018.  The financial impact this tax may have on our business is unclear and there can be no assurance that our business will not be materially adversely affected by it.

 

 
64

 

 

We work with outside scientists and their institutions in developing therapeutic candidates and products. These scientists may have other commitments or conflicts of interest, which could limit our access to their expertise.

 

We work with scientific advisors and collaborators at academic research institutions in connection with our development programs. These scientific advisors serve as our link to the specific pools of trial participants we are targeting in that these advisors may:

 

 

identify individuals as potential candidates for study;

 

 

obtain their consent to participate in our research;

 

 

perform medical examinations and gather medical histories;

 

 

conduct the initial analysis of suitability of the individuals to participate in our research based on the foregoing; and

 

 

collect data and biological samples from trial participants periodically in accordance with our study protocols.

 

These scientists and collaborators are not our employees, rather they serve as either independent contractors or the primary investigators under research collaboration agreements that we have with their sponsoring academic or research institution. Such scientists and collaborators may have other commitments that would limit their availability to us. Although our scientific advisors generally agree not to do competing work, if an actual or potential conflict of interest between their work for us and their work for another entity arises, we may lose their services. It is also possible that some of our valuable proprietary knowledge may become publicly known through these scientific advisors if they breach their confidentiality agreements with us, which would cause competitive harm to our business.

 

The use, misuse or off-label use of our products or therapies, if approved, may result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business.

 

We are not permitted to make claims about the use of our marketed products and will not be permitted to make claims about the use of our therapeutic candidates, if approved, outside of their approved indications. Further, we are not and will not be able to proactively discuss or provide information on off-label uses of such products, with very specific and limited exceptions. However, we cannot prevent a physician from using our products or therapeutic candidates, if approved, for off-label applications. Off-label use of our products or therapies, if approved, is more likely to result in complications that have serious consequences. Product liability claims are especially prevalent in our industry and could harm our reputation, divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend and may result in sizable damage awards against us. Although we maintain product liability insurance, the amount or breadth of our coverage may not be adequate for the claims that may be made against us. In addition, failure to follow FDA rules and guidelines relating to promotion and advertising can result in, among other things, the FDA’s refusal to approve a product or therapeutic candidate, the suspension or withdrawal of an approved product or therapy from the market, product recalls, fines, disgorgement of money, operating restrictions, injunctions or criminal prosecutions.

 

 
65

 

 

Our employees, principal investigators, consultants and collaboration partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with laws and regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

 

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include failures to comply with FDA regulations, to provide accurate information to the FDA, to comply with manufacturing standards we have established, to comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, to report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations restrict or prohibit a wide range of activity relating to pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commissions, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation, or a breach of insider trading laws. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

 

If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our therapeutic candidates, if approved, we may be unable to generate any revenues.

 

We currently have a limited organization for the sales, marketing and distribution of products and the cost of establishing and maintaining such an organization may exceed the cost-effectiveness of doing so. In order to market any products that may be approved, including CardiAMP and CardiALLO, we must build our sales, distribution, marketing, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services. We have limited prior experience in the marketing, sale or distribution of approved products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain, and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel, and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of our therapeutic candidates.

 

Our strategy is to obtain FDA approval and market CardiAMP for potential heart failure indications using a dedicated direct sales model focused on selected cardiologists and heart failure specialists. We may in the future, choose to align ourselves with collaborators as part of our commercialization strategy, particularly outside of the United States, and our future collaboration partners, if any, may not dedicate sufficient resources to the commercialization of our therapeutic candidates or companion diagnostic or may otherwise fail in their commercialization due to factors beyond our control. If we are unable to establish effective collaborations to enable the sale of our therapeutic candidates and companion diagnostic to healthcare professionals and in geographical regions, including the United States, that will not be covered by our own marketing and sales force, or if our potential future collaboration partners do not successfully commercialize our therapeutic candidates or companion diagnostic, our ability to generate revenues from product sales, including sales of CardiAMP and CardiALLO, will be adversely affected.

 

Building an internal sales force involves many challenges, including:

 

 

recruiting and retaining talented people;

 

 

training employees that we recruit;

 

 

setting the appropriate system of incentives;

 

 

managing additional headcount; and

 

 

integrating a new business unit into an existing corporate architecture.

 

If we are unable to build our own sales force or negotiate a strategic partnership for the commercialization of CardiAMP or CardiALLO in the United States, we may be forced to delay the potential commercialization of CardiAMP or CardiALLO or reduce the scope of our sales and marketing activities for CardiAMP or CardiALLO. To fund commercialization activities we will need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we will not be able to bring CardiAMP or CardiALLO to market or generate product revenue.

 

 
66

 

 

If we are unable to establish adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, whether independently or with third parties, we may not be able to generate sufficient product revenue and may not become profitable. We will be competing with many companies that currently have extensive and well-funded marketing and sales operations. Without an internal team or the support of a third party to perform marketing and sales functions, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies.

 

In addition, there are risks involved with both establishing our own sales and marketing capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time-consuming and could delay any launch. If the commercial launch of a therapeutic candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

 

We have limited experience manufacturing our therapeutic candidates or products in commercial quantities, which could harm our business.

 

Because we have only limited experience in manufacturing therapeutic candidates or products in commercial quantities, we may encounter production delays or shortfalls. Such production delays or shortfalls may be caused by many factors, including the following:

 

 

we intend to significantly expand our manufacturing capacity, and our production processes may have to change to accommodate this growth;

 

 

key components and sub-assemblies of our products and therapeutic candidates are currently provided by a single supplier or limited number of suppliers, and we do not maintain large inventory levels of these components and sub-assemblies; if we experience a shortage in any of these components or sub-assemblies, we would need to identify and qualify new supply sources, which could increase our expenses and result in manufacturing delays;

 

 

we may experience a delay in completing validation and verification testing for new controlled-environment rooms at our manufacturing facilities;

 

 

we have limited experience in complying with FDA’s QSRs, which applies to the manufacture of our products and therapeutic candidates; and

 

 

to increase our manufacturing output significantly, we will have to attract and retain qualified employees, who are in short supply, for our manufacturing operations.

 

 
67

 

 

 

If we are unable to keep up with demand for our products, our revenues could be impaired, market acceptance for our products could be harmed and our customers might instead purchase our competitors’ products. Our inability to successfully manufacture our products would materially harm our business.

 

If we fail to obtain and sustain an adequate level of reimbursement for our products by third-party payors, sales and profitability would be adversely affected.

 

Our ability to commercialize any therapeutic candidates or products successfully will depend, in part, on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for our therapeutic candidates or products and related treatments will be available from government healthcare programs, private health insurers, managed care plans, and other organizations. Additionally, even if there is a commercially viable market, if the level of third-party reimbursement is below our expectations, our revenue and profitability could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Third-party payors, such as government programs, including Medicare in the United States, or private healthcare insurers, carefully review and increasingly question the coverage of, and challenge the prices charged for medical products and services, and many third-party payors limit coverage of or reimbursement for newly approved therapies or products. Reimbursement rates and coverage from private health insurance companies vary depending on the company, the insurance plan and other factors. As a result, the coverage determination process will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our therapeutic candidates to each private health insurance company separately, with no assurance that adequate coverage and reimbursement will be obtained.

 

A current trend in the U.S. healthcare industry as well as in other countries around the world is toward cost containment, including a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the health care system that could impact our ability to sell our approved therapies or products profitably. In particular, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 revised the payment methodology for many products under Medicare in the United States, which has resulted in lower rates of reimbursement. In 2010, the Affordable Care Act was enacted. This expansion in the government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may further lower rates of reimbursement.

 

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2012 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, which delayed for another two months the budget cuts mandated by these sequestration provisions of the Budget Control Act of 2011. On March 1, 2013, the President signed an executive order implementing sequestration, and on April 1, 2013, the 2% Medicare payment reductions went into effect. The ATRA also, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

 

In Europe, the European Commission has submitted a Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the Council on medical devices, amending Directive 2001/83/EC, Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 and Regulation (EC) No 1223/2009, to replace, inter alia, Directive 93/42/EEC and to amend regulations regarding medical devices in the European Union, which could result in changes in the regulatory requirements for medical devices in Europe.

 

Large public and private payors, managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations and similar organizations are exerting increasing influence on decisions regarding the use of, and reimbursement levels for, particular treatments. In particular, third-party payors may limit the covered indications. Cost-control initiatives could decrease the price we might establish, which could result in revenue and profitability being lower than anticipated.

 

 
68

 

 

There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved therapies or products, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the therapy or product is approved by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that a therapy or product will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution expenses. Interim reimbursement levels, if applicable, may also be insufficient to cover our and any partner’s costs and may not be made permanent. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and profitable payment rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved therapies or products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize therapies or products and our overall financial condition.

 

Furthermore, reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region, and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. In many countries, therapies or products cannot be commercially launched until reimbursement is approved and the negotiation process in some countries can exceed 12 months. In addition, pricing and reimbursement decisions in certain countries can be affected by decisions taken in other countries, which can lead to mandatory price reductions and/or additional reimbursement restrictions across a number of other countries, which may thereby adversely affect our sales and profitability. In the event that countries impose prices which are not sufficient to allow us to generate a profit, this would adversely affect sales and profitability.

 

Price controls may be imposed in foreign markets, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

 

In some countries, particularly European Union member states, Japan, Australia and Canada, the pricing of therapies and products is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after receipt of marketing approval for a therapy or product. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various European Union member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. In some countries, we or our partners may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our therapeutic candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If reimbursement of our therapies or products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business, revenues or profitability could be adversely affected.

 

If the market opportunities for our therapeutic candidates or products are smaller than we believe they are, our revenues may be adversely affected and our business may suffer.

 

It is very difficult to estimate the future commercial potential of CardiAMP, CardiALLO and our commercialized products due to factors such as safety and efficacy compared to other available treatments, changing standards of care, third-party payor reimbursement standards, patient and physician preferences, and the availability of competitive alternatives that may emerge. We believe that approximately 70% of the NYHA Class II and Class III ischemic heart failure patients in the United States will be eligible for CardiAMP due to a sufficient CardiAMP potency assay score. However, if considerably less than approximately 70% of NYHA Class II and Class III ischemic heart failure patients are eligible for CardiAMP due to an insufficient CardiAMP potency assay score, it would significantly and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our therapeutic candidates or products.

 

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the human clinical use of our therapeutic candidates and products and will face an even greater risk if we continue to commercialize our therapeutic candidates and products. For example, we may be sued if any therapy or product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of inherent dangers, negligence, strict liability, and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization. Even a successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

 

decreased demand, even if such products or therapies are approved;

 

 
69

 

 

 

injury to our reputation;

 

 

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

 

costs to defend the related litigations;

 

 

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

 

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

 

recalls, withdrawals, or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

 

increased cost of liability insurance;

 

 

loss of revenue;

 

 

the inability to receive regulatory approvals or commercialize our approved products or therapies; and

 

 

a decline in our share price.

 

Although we maintain product liability insurance with coverage that we believe is consistent with industry norms for companies at our stage of development, the amount or breadth of our coverage may not be adequate for the claims that may be made against us. Failure to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products or therapies we develop. Additionally, our insurance policies have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage or reduced coverage. Any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

 

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

 

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future CROs and other contractors, consultants and potential collaborators are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. For example, our systems have been impacted by computer viruses in the past, and while we have not experienced any material system failure, accident or security breach that has resulted in lasting impacts to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we rely on third parties for manufacturing our therapeutic candidates and conducting clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our therapeutic candidates could be delayed.

 

Interruptions in supply or inventory loss may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our therapeutic candidates and products are manufactured and distributed using technically complex processes requiring specialized facilities, highly specific raw materials and other production constraints. The complexity of these processes, as well as strict company and government standards for manufacture and storage, subjects us to production risks. While batches released for use in clinical trials or for commercialization undergo sample testing, some defects may only be identified following release. In addition, process deviations or unanticipated effects of approved process changes may result in these intermediate products not complying with stability requirements or specifications. The investigation and remediation of any identified problems can cause production delays, substantial expense, lost sales and delays of new product or therapy launches. Any supply interruption or the loss thereof could hinder our ability to timely distribute our approved products and satisfy demand. Any unforeseen storage failure or loss in supply could delay our clinical trials and, if our therapeutic candidates are approved, result in a loss of our market share and negatively affect our revenues and operations.

 

 
70

 

 

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

 

Earthquakes or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. A majority of our management operates in our principal executive offices located in San Carlos, California and we currently manufacture our Helix and Morph products at this facility and use it for storage of our clinical trial materials. If our San Carlos offices were affected by a natural or man-made disaster, particularly those that are characteristic of the region, such as wildfires and earthquakes, or other business interruption, our ability to manage our domestic and foreign operations could be impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business. The ultimate impact of any such events on us, our significant suppliers and our general infrastructure is unknown.

 

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

 

We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology in the marketplace.

 

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain patents, protect our trade secrets and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others. We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection, and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property of our therapeutic candidates and products. Patents might not be issued or granted with respect to our patent applications that are currently pending, and issued or granted patents might later be found to be invalid or unenforceable, be interpreted in a manner that does not adequately protect our current therapeutic candidates or products or any future therapeutic candidates or products, or fail to otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. As such, we do not know the degree of future protection that we will have on our therapeutic candidates or products and technology, if any, and a failure to obtain adequate intellectual property protection with respect to our therapeutic candidates or products could have a material adverse impact on our business.

 

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, so our policy is to patent technology in jurisdictions with significant or otherwise relevant commercial opportunities or activities. However, patent protection may not be available for some of the therapeutic candidates or products we are developing. If we must spend significant time and money protecting or enforcing our patents, designing around patents held by others or licensing, potentially for large fees, patents or other proprietary rights held by others, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.

 

 
71

 

 

The patent protection of biotherapeutics is complex and uncertain.

 

The scope and extent of patent protection for our therapeutic candidates and products are particularly uncertain. To date, our principal therapeutic candidates have been based on specific subpopulations of known and naturally occurring adult stem cells. We anticipate that the therapeutic candidates or products we develop in the future will continue to include or be based on the same or other naturally occurring stem cells or derivatives or products thereof. Although we have sought and expect to continue to seek patent protection for our therapeutic candidates and products, their methods of use, methods of manufacture, and methods of delivery, any or all of them may not be subject to effective patent protection. Publication of information related to our therapeutic candidates and products by us or others may prevent us from obtaining or enforcing patents relating to these products and therapeutic candidates. Furthermore, others may independently develop similar therapeutic candidates or products, may duplicate our therapeutic candidates or products, or may design around our patent rights. In addition, any of our issued patents may be declared invalid. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, we may face competition from companies who attempt to create a generic therapeutic candidate or product to compete with our therapeutic candidates or products.

 

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on therapeutic candidates or products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own therapeutic candidates or products and further, may export otherwise infringing therapeutic candidates or products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These therapeutic candidates or products may compete with our current or future therapeutic candidates or products, if any, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

 

 
72

 

 

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing therapeutic candidates or products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

 

We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

 

We maintain certain of our proprietary know-how and technological advances as trade secrets, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable, including, but not exclusively, with respect to certain aspects of the manufacturing of our therapeutic candidates or products. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We take a number of measures to protect our trade secrets including, limiting disclosure, physical security and confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements. We enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturing partners, sponsored researchers and other advisors and third parties to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could enable competitors to develop generic products or use our proprietary information to develop other therapeutic candidates or products that compete with our therapeutic candidates or products or cause additional, material adverse effects upon our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may be forced to litigate to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, and/or the intellectual property rights of our licensors.

 

We may be forced to litigate to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights against infringement by competitors, and to protect our trade secrets against unauthorized use. In so doing, we may place our intellectual property at risk of being invalidated, unenforceable, or limited or narrowed in scope and may no longer be used to prevent the manufacture and sale of competitive product. Further, an adverse result in any litigation or other proceedings before government agencies such as the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, may place pending applications at risk of non-issuance. Further, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, entitlement proceedings, ex parte reexamination, inter partes reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review, and opposition proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO or any foreign patent authority may be used to challenge inventorship, ownership, claim scope, or validity of our patent applications. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential and proprietary information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

 

Intellectual property disputes could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

 

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and/or management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our shares. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of litigation proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and personnel. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to conduct our clinical trials, continue our internal research programs, in-license needed technology or enter into strategic collaborations that would help us bring our therapeutic candidates to market. As a result, uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

 

 
73

 

 

Patent reform legislation and recent court decisions could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

 

On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The USPTO has and continues to develop and implement regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act. The full effect of these changes are currently unclear as the USPTO has not yet adopted all pertinent final rules and regulations, the courts have yet to address these provisions and the applicability of the Leahy-Smith Act and new regulations on specific patents, including our patents discussed herein, have not been determined and would need to be reviewed. Accordingly, it is not yet clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. As a result, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

On June 13, 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court decision in Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc. , held that isolated DNA sequences are not patentable because they constitute a product of nature. The Supreme Court did not address stem cells in particular, and as a result, it is not yet clear what, if any, impact this recent Supreme Court decision or future decisions will have on the operation of our business.

 

If third parties claim that our therapeutic candidates or other products infringe upon their intellectual property, commercialization of our therapeutic candidates or products and our operating profits could be adversely affected.

 

There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biopharmaceutical industry. We may, from time to time, be notified of claims that we are infringing upon patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties, and we cannot provide assurances that other companies will not, in the future, pursue such infringement claims against us or any third-party proprietary technologies we have licensed. Any such claims could also be expensive and time consuming to defend and divert management’s attention and resources, and could delay or prevent us from commercializing our therapeutic candidates or products. Our competitive position could suffer as a result. Although we have reviewed certain third-party patents and patent filings that we believe may be relevant to our therapeutic candidates or products, we have not conducted a freedom-to-operate search or analysis for our therapeutic candidates or products, and we may not be aware of patents or pending or future patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing our therapeutic candidates or products. Thus, we cannot guarantee that our therapeutic candidates or products, or our commercialization thereof, do not and will not infringe any third party’s intellectual property.

 

From time to time, we have reviewed the claims of specific patents owned by third parties. While we have concluded that no claims of any of these patents would be infringed by our products, that all relevant claims would expire before our products would be commercialized, or both, we cannot guarantee that the patent owners would not disagree and conclude that our products would infringe these claims.

 

 
74

 

 

 

If we do not obtain patent term extension in the United States under the Hatch-Waxman Act and in foreign countries under similar legislation, thereby potentially extending the term of our marketing exclusivity of our therapeutic candidates or products, our business may be materially harmed.

 

Depending on the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our therapeutic candidates or products, if any, one of the U.S. patents covering each of such approved therapeutic candidate or product or the use thereof may be eligible for up to five years of patent term restoration under the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act allows a maximum of one patent to be extended per FDA approved product. Patent term extension also may be available in certain foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our therapeutic candidates, including by the EMA in the European Union or the Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices Agency in Japan. Nevertheless, we may not be granted patent term extension either in the United States or in any foreign country because of, for example, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the term of extension, as well as the scope of patent protection during any such extension, afforded by the governmental authority could be less than we request. In addition, if a patent we wish to extend is owned by another party and licensed to us, we may need to obtain approval and cooperation from our licensor to request the extension.

 

If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration, or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our therapeutic candidates or products will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially.

 

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

 

Because we rely on third parties for manufacturing, and because we collaborate with various organizations and academic institutions on the advancement of our clinical trials, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. For example, any academic institution that we may collaborate with in the future will usually expect to be granted rights to publish data arising out of such collaboration, provided that we are notified in advance and given the opportunity to delay publication for a limited time period in order for us to secure patent protection of intellectual property rights arising from the collaboration, in addition to the opportunity to remove confidential or trade secret information from any such publication. In the future we may also conduct joint research and development programs that may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our research and development partnerships or similar agreements. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

 

 
75

 

 

 

Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock and the Merger

 

There is not now, and there may never be, an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our Common Stock, which may make it difficult to sell shares of our Common Stock.

 

Our Common Stock is quoted on the OTC Markets Group Inc.'s over-the-counter inter-dealer quotation system, known as OTC Markets, and there is not any significant trading activity in our Common Stock or a market for shares of our Common Stock, and an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained. As a result, investors in our Common Stock must bear the economic risk of holding those shares for an indefinite period of time. We do not now, and may not in the future, meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange, and our Common Stock may be quoted on the OTC Market's or another over-the-counter quotation system for the foreseeable future. In these marketplaces, our stockholders may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of their shares of our Common Stock, and may find few buyers to purchase their stock and few market makers to support its price. As a result of these and other factors, investors may be unable to resell shares of our Common Stock at or above the price for which they purchased them, at or near quoted bid prices, or at all. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling additional equity in the future, and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using shares of our Common Stock as consideration.

 

The market price and trading volume of our Common Stock may be volatile and may be affected by economic conditions beyond our control.

 

The market price of our Common Stock is likely to be volatile. Some specific factors that could negatively affect the price of our Common Stock or result in fluctuations in its price and trading volume include:

 

 

results of clinical trials of our therapeutic candidates;

 

 

results of clinical trials of our competitors’ products;

 

 

regulatory actions with respect to our therapeutic candidates or products or our competitors’ products;

 

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results or those of our competitors;

 

 

publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors in the industry;

 

 

our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;

 

 

issuances by us of debt or equity securities;

 

 

litigation involving our company, including: stockholder litigation; investigations or audits by regulators into the operations of our company; or proceedings initiated by our competitors or clients;

 

 

strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;

 

 

the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry; fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

 

trading volume of our Common Stock;

 

 

sales or perceived potential sales of our Common Stock by us, our directors, senior management or our stockholders in the future;

 

 

short selling or other market manipulation activities;

 

 

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

 

terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;

 

 

natural disasters and other calamities;

 

 

changes in market conditions for biopharmaceutical stocks; and

 

 

conditions in the U.S. financial markets or changes in general economic conditions.

 

 
76

 

 

Our Common Stock may be subject to the “penny stock” rules of the SEC, and the trading market in our Common Stock is limited, which makes transactions cumbersome and may reduce the value of an investment in the stock.

 

Rule 15g-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, establishes the definition of a “penny stock,” for the purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require: (i) that a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks in accordance with the provisions of Rule 15g-9; and (ii) the broker or dealer receive from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased, provided that any such purchase shall not be effected less than two business days after the broker or dealer sends such written agreement to the investor.

 

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must: (i) obtain financial information, investment experience and investment objectives of the person; and (ii) make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters to be reasonably expected to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

 

The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, which: (i) sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination; and (ii) in highlight form, confirms that the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction. Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our Common Stock and cause a decline in the market value of our Common Stock.

 

Disclosure also has to be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading, the commissions payable to both the broker or dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities and the rights and remedies available to an investor in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions. Finally, monthly statements must be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information regarding the limited market in penny stocks. As a result, if our Common Stock becomes subject to the “penny stock” rules, it may be more difficult to execute trades of our Common Stock which may have an adverse effect on the liquidity of our Common Stock.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our Common Stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our clinical trials and operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

 

Following the Merger, our executive officers, directors, 5% stockholders and their affiliates beneficially own approximately 59.8% of our voting stock. Therefore, these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our Common Stock that you may believe are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

 

 
77

 

 

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, have imposed various requirements on public companies. In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact (in ways we cannot currently anticipate) the manner in which we operate our business. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage.

 

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of this material weakness is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our Common Stock .

 

Prior to the Merger, BioCardia was a private company with limited accounting personnel and systems to adequately execute our accounting processes and other supervisory resources with which to address internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness related to an insufficient number of qualified personnel and inadequate processes within our accounting function impacting our ability to appropriately segregate duties and to perform timely and effective review over general ledger account reconciliations and non-routine transactions.

 

We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness, including the following:

 

 

we are formalizing our processes and internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our management; and

 

 

we are in the process of adding additional qualified accounting personnel and segregating duties amongst accounting personnel.

 

We cannot provide assurance that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weakness in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

 
78

 

 

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our management report on internal control over financial reporting be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent we are no longer a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in the Exchange Act. We do not expect our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to our management report on internal control over financial reporting for so long as we are a smaller reporting company.

 

We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify any additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Common Stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our Common Stock .

 

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to the Merger, BioCardia was not required to test its internal controls within a specified period and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.

 

 

We may discover weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

 

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

 

Our annual and quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.

 

We expect our operating results to be subject to annual and quarterly fluctuations. Our net loss and other operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

 

variations in the level of expenses related to our therapeutic candidates, products or future development programs;

 

 

if any of our therapeutic candidates receives regulatory approval, the level of underlying demand for these therapeutic candidates and wholesalers’ buying patterns;

     

 

 

addition or termination of clinical trials or funding support;

 

 
79

 

 

 

our execution of any collaborative, licensing or similar arrangements, and the timing of payments we may make or receive under these arrangements;

 

 

any intellectual property infringement lawsuit in which we may become involved;

 

 

regulatory developments affecting our therapeutic candidates or products or those of our competitors;

 

 

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to our therapeutic candidates, which may change from time to time;

 

 

our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

 

 

expenditures that we will or may incur to acquire or develop additional therapeutic candidates and technologies;

 

 

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

 

 

the timing and success or failure of clinical studies for our therapeutic candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

 

 

the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to our therapeutic candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future therapies or biologics that compete with our products or therapeutic candidates; and

 

 

the changing and volatile U.S., European and global economic environments.

 

If our annual or quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our Common Stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any annual or quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our stock to fluctuate substantially. We believe that annual and quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

 

Raising additional funds through debt or equity financing could be dilutive and may cause the market price of our Common Stock to decline.

 

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest may be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic collaborations or partnerships, or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to limit valuable rights to our intellectual property, technologies, therapeutic candidates or future revenue streams, or grant licenses or other rights on terms that are not favorable to us. Furthermore, any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our therapeutic candidates.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Common Stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Common Stock.

 

Stockholders holding 286,566,412 shares of our Common Stock entered into to lock-up agreements in connection with the Merger that restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our Common Stock for twelve months from the date of the effective date of the Merger, subject to certain exceptions. The lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of our Common Stock that may be sold immediately following the Merger. Subject to certain limitations, including sales volume limitations with respect to shares held by our affiliates, substantially all of our outstanding shares prior to the Merger will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, as calculated and described in more detail in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our Common Stock.

 

 
80

 

 

Future sales and issuances of our Common Stock or rights to purchase our Common Stock , including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

 

We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. We may sell our Common Stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell our Common Stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. These sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights superior to our existing stockholders.

 

We are at risk of securities class action litigation.

 

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biotechnology companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

 

We have broad discretion in the use of the cash that was acquired as a result of the Merger and may not use this effectively.

 

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of cash on hand, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the cash on hand is being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of cash on hand, the ultimate use may vary substantially from the currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. If we do not invest or apply the cash on hand in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

 

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

 

We have incurred substantial losses during our history and do not expect to become profitable in the near future and we may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. The merger, our prior equity offerings and other changes in our stock ownership may have resulted in ownership changes. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.

 

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Common Stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.

 

 
81

 

 

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following management’s discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and the related notes thereto contained in this Report. The management’s discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Any statements that are not statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. When used, the words “believe,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “target,” “estimate,” “expect” and the like, and/or future tense or conditional constructions (“will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” etc.), or similar expressions, identify certain of these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including those under “Risk Factors” in this Report that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The Company’s actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this R eport.

 

On October 24, 2016, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Icicle Acquisition Corp., a corporation formed in the State of Delaware on July 29, 2016, or the Acquisition Sub, merged with and into BioCardia, Inc., a corporation incorporated in March 2002 in the state of Delaware as BioCardia DeviceCo, Inc,. and subsequently renamed BioCardia, Inc., which is referred to herein as BioCardia. Pursuant to this transaction, BioCardia was the surviving corporation and became our wholly-owned subsidiary under the name BioCardia Lifesciences, Inc. All of the outstanding stock of BioCardia was converted into shares of our Common Stock. Also on October 24, 2016, we filed a Certificate of Amendment to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to change our name to BioCardia, Inc., which became effective on October 26, 2016.

 

As a result of the Merger, we discontinued our pre-Merger business and acquired the business of BioCardia and will continue the existing business operations of BioCardia as a publicly-traded company under the name BioCardia, Inc.

 

As the result of the Merger and the change in business and operations of the Company, a discussion of the past financial results of the Company is not pertinent, and under applicable accounting principles the historical financial results of BioCardia, the accounting acquirer, prior to the Merger are considered the historical financial results of the Company.

 

The following discussion highlights BioCardia’s results of operations and the principal factors that have affected our financial condition as well as our liquidity and capital resources for the periods described, and provides information that management believes is relevant for an assessment and understanding of the statements of financial position and results of operations presented herein. The following discussion and analysis are based on BioCardia’s audited and unaudited financial statements attached to this Report as Exhibit 99.1 and Exhibit 99.2, which we have prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. You should read the discussion and analysis together with such financial statements and the related notes thereto.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The audited financial statements of BioCardia for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the unaudited condensed financial statements of BioCardia for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, contained herein include a summary of our significant accounting policies and should be read in conjunction with the discussion below. In the opinion of management, all material adjustments necessary to present fairly the results of operations for such unaudited interim periods have been included in these unaudited financial statements. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

 

 
82

 

 

Overview

 

We are a clinical-stage regenerative medicine company developing novel therapeutics for cardiovascular diseases with large unmet medical needs. Our lead therapeutic candidate is the CardiAMP Cell Therapy System, or CardiAMP. We anticipate enrolling the first patient in our U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, accepted Phase III pivotal trial for CardiAMP in ischemic systolic heart failure in 2016 and obtaining top-line data in the first half of 2019. If our Phase III pivotal trial is successful, we believe we will be the first company to reach the market with a cell-based therapy to treat heart failure. Our second therapeutic candidate is the CardiALLO Cell Therapy System, or CardiALLO. We anticipate preparation of an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application for submission to the FDA for a Phase II trial for CardiALLO for the treatment of ischemic systolic heart failure. This IND is expected to have improved Chemistry Manufacturing Controls, or CMC, in the IND relative to our previous co-sponsored investigations. We are committed to applying our expertise in the fields of autologous and allogeneic cell-based therapies to improve the lives of patients with cardiovascular conditions. Autologous cell therapies use autologous cells, which mean the patient’s own cells, while allogeneic cell therapies use allogeneic cells, which means cells from a third party donor.

 

To date, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to research and development efforts relating to our therapeutic candidates and biotherapeutic delivery systems, including conducting clinical trials, developing manufacturing and sales capabilities, in-licensing related intellectual property, providing general and administrative support for these operations and protecting our intellectual property. We have also generated modest revenues from sales of our approved products. From our inception through June 30, 2016, we have funded our operations primarily through the sales of equity and convertible debt securities totaling approximately $49.6 million and certain government and private grants totaling approximately $481,000. All convertible debt securities converted into shares of our Common Stock in connection with the Merger.

 

We have incurred net losses in each year since our inception. Our net losses were approximately $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and $3.5 million for the six month period ended June 30, 2016. As of June 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $53.3 million. Substantially all of our net losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs, clinical trials, intellectual property matters, building our manufacturing and sales capabilities, and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations.

 

We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

 

commence enrollment in our Phase III pivotal trial for CardiAMP;

 

 

advance CardiALLO, our second program in heart failure using allogeneic cells;

 

 

further build our sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure in the United States to commercialize any therapies or products for which we obtain marketing approval;

 

 

seek to identify, assess, acquire or develop other products, therapeutic candidates or technologies;

 

 

seek regulatory and marketing approvals in multiple jurisdictions for our therapeutic candidates that successfully complete clinical studies;

 

 

establish collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of our products and therapeutic candidates;

 

 

seek coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, including government and private payors for future therapeutics and products;

 

 

make milestone or other payments under our agreements pursuant to which we have licensed or acquired rights to intellectual property and technology;

 

 

seek to maintain, protect, and expand our intellectual property portfolio;

 

 

seek to attract and retain skilled personnel;

 

 

create additional infrastructure to support our operations as a commercial-stage public company and our ongoing and new product development and planned future commercialization efforts; and

 

 

experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above.

 

 
83

 

 

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing losses for at least the next several years. Accordingly, we anticipate that we will need to raise additional capital prior to the commercialization of CardiAMP and CardiALLO. Until such time that we can generate meaningful revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operating activities through public or private equity or debt financings, government or other third-party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or a combination of these approaches. In any event, we will require additional capital to obtain regulatory approval for, and to commercialize, our therapeutic candidates. If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue one or more of our research and development programs or the commercialization of any approved therapies or products or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as desired, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Financial Overview

 

Revenue

 

We currently have a portfolio of enabling and delivery products, from which we have generated modest revenue.

 

Cost of Goods Sold

 

Cost of goods sold includes the costs of raw materials and components, manufacturing personnel and facility costs and other indirect and overhead costs associated with manufacturing our enabling and delivery products.

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of:

 

 

salaries and related overhead expenses, which include stock-based compensation and benefits for personnel in research and development functions;

 

 

fees paid to consultants and contract research organizations, or CROs, including in connection with our preclinical studies and clinical trials and other related clinical trial fees, such as for investigator grants, patient screening, laboratory work, clinical trial material management and statistical compilation and analysis;

 

 

costs related to acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial materials;

 

 

costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements; and

 

 

payments related to licensed products and technologies.

 

 

We expense all research and development costs in the periods in which they are incurred. Costs for certain development activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided to us by our vendors and clinical sites. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in future periods for use in research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are then expensed as the related goods are delivered and the services are performed.

 

From our inception through June 30, 2016, we have incurred approximately $24.7 million in research and development expenses. We plan to increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue to develop CardiAMP, and subject to the availability of additional funding, further advance the development of CardiALLO and any other therapeutic candidates for additional indications. We typically use our employee and infrastructure resources across multiple research and development programs, and accordingly we have not historically allocated resources specifically to our individual programs.

 

 
84

 

 

The process of conducting the necessary clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time-consuming, and the successful development of our therapeutic candidates is highly uncertain. As a result, we are unable to determine the duration and completion costs of our research and development projects or when and to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of any of our therapeutic candidates.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs for employees in executive, finance and administration, sales, corporate development and administrative support functions, including stock-based compensation expenses and benefits. Other significant selling, general and administrative expenses include sales commissions, rent, accounting and legal services, obtaining and maintaining patents, the cost of consultants, occupancy costs, insurance premiums and information systems costs.

 

We expect that our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase as we operate as a public company, conduct our Phase III pivotal trial for CardiAMP, and subject to the availability of additional funding, conduct our Phase II trial for CardiALLO and prepare for commercialization. We believe that these increases will likely include increased costs for director and officer liability insurance, costs related to the hiring of additional personnel to support product commercialization efforts and operations as a public company and increased fees for outside consultants, attorneys and accountants. We also expect to incur increased costs to comply with corporate governance, internal controls, investor relations and disclosures, and similar requirements applicable to public companies.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Other income and expense consists primarily of interest charges we incur in periods when we have convertible debt outstanding, interest income we earn on our cash and cash equivalents and changes in the fair value of our warrant and convertible shareholder note derivative liabilities. We expect our interest income to increase following the completion of the Merger as we invest our cash on hand pending its use in our operations.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements, as well as the reported expenses during the periods presented. We evaluate these estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

 

We define our critical accounting policies as those that require us to make subjective estimates and judgments about matters that are uncertain and are likely to have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations as well as the specific manner in which we apply those principles. The following discussion addresses what we believe to be the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements that require significant estimates and judgments.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collection from the customer is reasonably assured.

 

 

Net Product Revenue. We recognize revenues from product sales when title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, which typically occurs upon delivery. Product sale transactions are evidenced by customer purchase orders, customer contracts, invoices, and/or the related shipping documents. Revenue is recognized net of provisions made for discounts, expected sales returns and allowances. Estimated returns and allowances are based on historical experience and other relevant factors. We accept returns for unused, unopened and resellable product in its original packaging, subject to a 20% restocking fee.

 

 
85

 

 

 

Collaboration Agreement Revenue. Collaboration agreement revenue is income from agreements under which we provide biotherapeutic delivery systems and customer training and support on their use in clinical trials and studies. We evaluate activities under these agreements to determine if they represent a multiple element arrangement by identifying the deliverables included within the agreement. We account for these deliverables as separate units of accounting if the following two criteria are met:

 

 

°

the delivered items have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and

 

 

°

if there is a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and within our control.

 

Factors considered in this determination include, among other things, whether any other vendors sell the items separately and if the customer could use the delivered item for its intended purpose without receipt of the remaining deliverables. A change in these assumptions could impact our reported revenue which could have a material impact to our financial statements.

 

If multiple deliverables included in an arrangement are separable into different units of accounting, we allocate the arrangement consideration to those units of accounting based on their relative selling prices and recognize the associated revenue when the appropriate recognition criteria are met for those deliverables. The amount of allocable arrangement consideration is limited to the amounts that are fixed and determinable.

 

Research and Development—Clinical Trial Accruals

 

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our expenses resulting from our obligations under contracts with vendors and consultants and clinical site agreements in connection with conducting clinical trials. The financial terms of these contracts are subject to negotiations which vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided to us under such contracts. Our clinical trial accrual is dependent upon the timely and accurate reporting of expenses of our CROs and other third-party vendors.

 

Our objective is to reflect the appropriate clinical trial expenses in our financial statements by matching those expenses with the period in which services and efforts are expended. We account for these expenses according to the progress of the trial as measured by patient progression and the timing of various aspects of the trial. We determine accrual estimates through discussion with applicable personnel and outside service providers as to the progress or state of completion of clinical trials, or the services completed. During the course of a clinical trial, we adjust the rate of clinical trial expense recognition if actual results differ from the estimates. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known at that time. Although we do not expect that our estimates will be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in our reporting amounts that are too high or too low for any particular period. Through June 30, 2016, there had been no material adjustments to our prior period estimates of accrued expenses for clinical trials. However, due to the nature of estimates, we cannot provide assurance that we will not make changes to our estimates in the future as we become aware of additional information about the status or conduct of our clinical trials.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

BioCardia granted stock-based compensation under its 2002 Stock Plan. The exercise price of options granted in 2014 and 2015 was equivalent to the fair market value of our stock at the date of grant. The number of shares, terms, and vesting periods are determined by BioCardia’s board of directors or a committee thereof on an option-by-option basis. Options generally vest ratably over service periods of four years and expire 10 years from the date of grant. Compensation cost for employee stock-based awards is based on the grant-date fair value and will be recognized over the vesting period of the applicable award on a straight-line basis. Stock based compensation expense was approximately $283,000 and $238,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Stock compensation expense for the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $58,000 and $128,000 respectively. Unrecognized stock-based compensation for employee options granted through June 30, 2016 is approximately $387,000 to be recognized over a remaining weighted average service period of 1.9 years.

 

 
86

 

 

We measure and recognize stock-based compensation expense for equity awards to employees, directors and consultants based on fair value at the grant date. Nonemployee awards are remeasured at each reporting date. We use the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, or BSM, to calculate fair value. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statements of operations is based on options ultimately expected to vest, taking into consideration estimated forfeitures, and is recognized in the period the services are performed. Stock-based compensation expense is revised in subsequent periods, if necessary, if actual forfeitures differ from these estimates. When estimating forfeitures, we consider historic voluntary termination behaviors as well as trends of actual option forfeitures. For options granted to nonemployees, we revalue the stock-based compensation and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in the statements of operations over the period the related services are rendered.

 

The BSM option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility in the value of our Common Stock, and the expected term of the option. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on the zero-coupon U.S. treasury instruments appropriate for the expected term of the stock option grants.

 

 

Volatility. As we do not have a trading history for our Common Stock following the Merger, the expected stock price volatility is estimated based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies by taking the average historic volatility for these peers for a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. The peer group was developed based on companies in the biotechnology industry whose shares are publicly-traded.

 

 

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock options awards granted, the expected life is determined using the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual terms of the option and its ordinary vesting period.

 

 

Expected Dividend. BioCardia never paid dividends on its common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on its Common Stock. Therefore, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

 

Fair Value of Common Stock. In the absence of a public trading market for our Common Stock, the estimated fair value is determined using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the AICPA Practice Aid.

 

To assist BioCardia’s board of directors with the determination of the exercise price of stock options and the fair value of BioCardia’s common stock underlying the options, it obtained third-party valuations of BioCardia’s common stock as of March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014, December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015, and June 30, 2016 with concluded fair values of $0.17 per share, $0.17 per share, $0.33 per share, $0.39 per share, and $0.07 per share, respectively. BioCardia’s board of directors considered the fair values of BioCardia’s common stock derived in the third-party valuations as one of the factors it considered when setting the exercise prices for options granted. The valuations were performed in accordance with applicable elements of the AICPA Practice Aid. The AICPA Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of BioCardia’s common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the AICPA Practice Aid, we considered the following methods:

 

 

Option Pricing Method.  Under the option pricing method, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

 

Hybrid Method. The hybrid method blends the concepts of the probability-weighted expected return method with the concepts of the option pricing method.

 

 
87

 

 

BioCardia’s board of directors also considered a range of objective and subjective factors and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its common stock on the date of grant, including:

 

 

progress of our research and development efforts;

 

 

our operating results and financial condition, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

 

rights and preferences of its common stock compared to the rights and preferences of our other outstanding equity securities;

 

 

our stage of development and material risks related to our business;

 

 

our commercial success in regard to our catheter sales;

 

 

the achievement of enterprise milestones, including a favorable ruling by the FDA which allows us to enroll our first patient in a Phase III pivotal trial;

 

 

the valuation of publicly-traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

 

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies;

 

 

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of its common stock, such as an initial public offering given prevailing market and biotechnology sector conditions; and

 

 

that the grants involved illiquid securities in a private company.

 

Convertible Shareholder Notes Derivative Liability

 

We issued convertible notes in 2015, or the 2015 Notes, that have redemption features that were determined to be a compound embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and separate accounting at estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of these derivative instruments was recognized as a debt discount and as an embedded derivative liability on the balance sheet upon issuance of the notes. The debt discount is amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method. At the end of each reporting period, we recorded changes in fair value during the period as a component of other income / (expense). We continue to adjust the liability for changes in the estimated fair value of the embedded derivatives until the redemption feature is forfeited or expires or the 2015 Notes are converted or settled. We use a Monte Carlo simulation to calculate potential liability in each of the conversion scenarios. In scenarios where the liability includes created equity shares and warrants, the Black-Scholes based option pricing method is used to calculate the amounts due to investors.

 

The derivative liability was remeasured to fair market value immediately prior to the Merger and then reclassified to stockholders’ equity upon conversion of the 2015 Notes in the Merger.

 

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

We classify freestanding warrants for shares that are either puttable or redeemable as liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. Therefore, the freestanding warrants that gave the holders the right to purchase our convertible preferred stock were liabilities that we recorded at estimated fair value. At the end of each reporting period, we recorded changes in fair value during the period as a component of other income (expense).

 

 
88

 

 

We continue to adjust the liability for changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock or the completion of a liquidation event.

 

We use the BSM to estimate the fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities utilizing assumptions that include the estimated fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends, and the expected volatility of the price of the underlying convertible preferred stock. The contractual term of the warrants represents the period of time remaining before the warrants expire. Because our shares are not publicly traded and our shares are rarely traded privately, expected volatility is estimated based on the average historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve with a maturity equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrant.

 

Most of the warrants were voluntarily exchanged for shares of BioCardia common stock immediately prior to the Merger. The warrants were revalued immediately prior to the Merger and then reclassified to stockholder’s equity upon consummation of the Merger.

 

Income Taxes

 

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

As of December 31, 2015, our total deferred tax assets, less our total deferred tax liabilities, were $18.9 million. Due to our lack of earnings history and uncertainties surrounding our ability to generate future taxable income, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards.

 

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership changes that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and similar state provisions. These ownership change limitations may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an ownership change as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points (by value) of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders. Since our formation, we have raised capital through the issuance of capital stock on several occasions, which separately or combined with the purchasing stockholders’ subsequent disposition of those shares, may have resulted in such ownership changes, or could result in ownership changes in the future.

 

We have not completed an analysis to assess whether an ownership change has occurred. If we have experienced an ownership change at any time since our formation, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Code, which is determined by first multiplying the value of our stock at the time of the ownership change by the applicable long-term, tax-exempt rate, and then applying any additional adjustments that are required. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. Further, until a study is completed and any limitation known, no amounts are being considered as an uncertain tax position or disclosed as an unrecognized tax benefit. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in our unrecognized tax benefits will not impact our effective tax rate. Any carryforwards that will expire prior to utilization as a result of such limitations will be removed from deferred tax assets, with a corresponding reduction of the valuation allowance.

 

 
89

 

 

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

   

Year Ended
December 31,

   

Six Months
Ended June 30,

 
             
   

2015

   

2014

   

2016

   

2015

 

Revenue:

                               

Net product revenue

  $ 860     $ 787     $ 306     $ 454  

Collaboration agreement revenue

    44       35       16       34  

Total revenue

    904       822       322       488  
                                 

Cost and expenses:

                               

Cost of goods sold

    1,061       1,181       382       420  

Research and development

    1,518       1,523       938       868  

Selling, general and administrative

    3,734       4,467       1,456       2,339  

Total cost and expenses

    6.363       7,171       2,776       3,627  
                                 

Operating loss

    (5,409 )     (6,349 )     (2,454 )     (3,139 )

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    (1,634 )     -       -       -  

Interest expense

    (1,386 )     (269 )     (1,107 )     (307 )

Other income (expense)

    1,732       56       87       (109 )

Net loss

  $ (6,697 )   $ (6,562 )   $ (3,474 )   $ (3,555 )

 

 

Revenue.     Revenue increased by approximately $0.1 million from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due primarily to increased sales of two models of Morph vascular access products, both of which were not available commercially for a period of approximately six months in 2014 as a result of our voluntary recall. Revenue decreased by approximately $166,000 from $488,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $322,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 due primarily to an overall reduction in sales volumes for the Morph vascular access products.

 

Cost of Goods Sold.     Cost of goods sold decreased by approximately $0.1 million from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due primarily to a change in product mix from the higher cost Morph products to lower cost vascular access products in 2015. Cost of goods sold decreased by $38,000 from $420,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $382,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to a decrease in sales volumes, partially offset by the change in product mix from higher cost Morph products to lower cost Morph products in 2016.

 

Research and Development Expenses.     Research and development expenses were essentially unchanged year over year, with research and development expenses totaling $1.5 million for the years ending December 31, 2015 and 2014. Research and development expenses increased by approximately $70,000 from $868,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $938,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 due primarily to expense incurred in the planning and preparation for the CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial. We expect research and development expenses to increase as we begin enrollment of the CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial later this year.

 

 
90

 

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by approximately $0.8 million from $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due primarily to a decrease in payroll and related expenses from a reduction in workforce in August 2015. Similarly, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by approximately $0.8 million from $2.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 primarily due to the workforce reduction in August 2015. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase due to expenses to be incurred as we build our infrastructure to support the CardiAMP Phase III pivotal trial and public company operations.

 

Write Off of Deferred Financing Costs.    The Company deferred costs incurred for a planned initial public offering, or the IPO, which included legal, accounting and other professional fees. The IPO was delayed and subsequently withdrawn, and as a result, the Company recorded a write-off of deferred offering costs of $1.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Interest Expense.    Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 consisted primarily of interest expense related to convertible notes. We expect to incur additional interest expense related to future financings.

 

Other Income (Expense). Other income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 consisted primarily of the changes in value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities and the change in value of the convertible shareholder note derivative liability.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We have incurred net losses each year since our inception and as of June 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $53.3 million. We anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses for at least the next several years. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our 2015 financial statements with respect to this uncertainty. We have prepared our financial statements on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitment in the normal course of business. Our 2015 financial statements do not include any adjustment to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty. We expect that our research and development and selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may obtain through one or more public or private equity offerings, debt financings, government or other third-party funding, strategic alliances and licensing or collaboration arrangements.

 

Since our inception through June 30, 2016, we have funded our operations principally through the sales of equity and convertible debt securities totaling approximately $49.6 million. As of June 30, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments of approximately $1.7 million. Cash in excess of immediate requirements is invested in accordance with our investment policy, primarily with a view to liquidity and capital preservation. Subsequent to June 30, 2016, BioCardia issued $4.4 million aggregate principal amount of convertible promissory notes, all of which converted into shares of BioCardia’s common stock immediately prior to the Merger.

 

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

   

Year Ended
December 31, 2015

   

Year Ended
December 31, 2014

   

Six Months
Ended June 30, 2016

   

Six Months
Ended June 30, 2015

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

                               

Operating activities

  $ (7,023 )   $ (5,948 )   $ (1,870 )   $ (4,206 )

Investing activities

    (125 )     (53 )     -       (17 )

Financing activities

    7,521       7,812       -       7,436  
                                 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 373     $ 1,811     $ (1,870 )   $ 3,213  

 

 
91

 

 

Ca sh Flows from Operating Activities .    Net cash used in operating activities was $7.0 million and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The increase in overall spending for operating activities of approximately $1.1 million was due primarily to increased spending related to the IPO.

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $1.9 million and $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. The decrease in overall spending for operating activities of approximately $2.3 million relates primarily to the spending for the IPO in 2015 coupled with reductions in operating costs attributable to the reduction in workforce that occurred in August 2015.

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities .    We had no significant investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014, or the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities .    Net cash provided by financing activities of $7.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily a result of proceeds received from the issuance of convertible notes in May 2015.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities of $7.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily a result of proceeds received from the issuance of convertible notes throughout 2014. The notes converted into Series F preferred stock in January 2015.

 

We had no significant financing activities during the six month period ended June 30, 2016.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities of $7.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily the result of proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes.

 

Future Funding Requirements

 

To date, we have generated modest revenue from sales of our approved products. We do not know when, or if, we will generate any revenue from our development stage biotherapeutic programs. We do not expect to generate any revenue from sales of our CardiAMP or CardiALLO therapeutic candidates unless and until we obtain regulatory approval. At the same time, we expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing development activities, particularly as we continue the research, development and clinical trials of, and seek regulatory approval for, our therapeutic candidates. Upon the closing of the Merger, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. In addition, subject to obtaining regulatory approval for any of our therapeutic candidates and companion diagnostic, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses for product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. We anticipate that we will need additional funding in connection with our continuing operations.

 

Based upon our current operating plan, we believe that the cash on hand resulting from the Merger, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operations through 2018. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive in connection with the Merger for the FDA accepted Phase III pivotal trial of CardiAMP, and working capital, research and development of additional future products or therapies and general corporate purposes. We have based our estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we may use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of our therapeutic candidates, we are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenditures necessary to complete the development of our therapeutic candidates.

 

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

 

the progress, costs, results and timing of our CardiAMP and CardiALLO clinical trials;

 

 

FDA acceptance of our CardiAMP and CardiALLO therapies for heart failure and for other potential indications;

 

 

the outcome, costs and timing of seeking and obtaining FDA and any other regulatory approvals;

 

 

the costs associated with securing, establishing and maintaining commercialization and manufacturing capabilities;

     
 

the number and characteristics of product candidates that we pursue, including our product candidates in preclinical development;

 

 
92

 

 

 

the ability of our product candidates to progress through clinical development successfully;

 

 

our need to expand our research and development activities;

 

 

the costs of acquiring, licensing or investing in businesses, products, product candidates and technologies;

 

 

our ability to maintain, expand and defend the scope of our intellectual property portfolio, including the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make, or that we may receive, in connection with the licensing, filing, prosecution, defense and enforcement of any patents or other intellectual property rights;

 

 

our need and ability to hire additional management and scientific, medical and sales personnel;

 

 

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

 

 

our need to implement additional internal systems and infrastructure, including financial and reporting systems.

 

Until such time that we can generate meaningful revenue from the sales of approved therapies and products, if ever, we expect to finance our operating activities through public or private equity or debt financings, government or other third-party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements, and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or a combination of these approaches. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interests of our Common Stock holders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our Common Stock holders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include conversion discounts or covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through government or other third-party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, or strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs, products or therapeutic candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

During the periods presented we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which provides comprehensive guidance for revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 affects any entity which either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets. The core principle of the guidance provides that a company should recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, qualitative and quantitative disclosures are required about customer contracts, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. Companies can adopt the new standard either using the full retrospective approach, a modified retrospective approach with practical expedients, or a cumulative effect upon adoption approach.

 

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which deferred the effective date for implementation of the standard. Nonpublic companies must apply the standard for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption for nonpublic entities is permitted as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Public entities are to apply the new standard for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

 
93

 

 

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, which requires management to evaluate, in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued and provide related disclosures. This ASU will be effective for the Company in fiscal year 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-11, “Inventory: Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory”, that requires inventory not measured using either the last in, first out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method to be measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost of completion, disposal and transportation. The new standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases in “Leases (Topic 840)” and generally requires all leases to be recognized in the balance sheet. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. The provisions of ASU 2016-02 are to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The standard is intended to simplify several areas of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements, including the income tax impact, classification in the statement of cash flows and forfeitures. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

ITEM 3. PROPERTIES

 

Our principal executive office is located at 125 Shoreway Road, Suite B, San Carlos, CA 94070 in a facility we lease encompassing 13,718 square feet of office, lab, and manufacturing space. The lease for this facility expires in December 2016, with an option to extend through December 2019. We are evaluating new facilities for lease.

 

 
94

 

 

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission rules, shares of our Common Stock which may be acquired upon exercise of stock options which are currently exercisable or which become exercisable within 60 days of the date of the applicable table below are deemed beneficially owned by the holders of such options and are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of ownership of such person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of ownership of any other person.

 

Upon completion of the Merger there were 457,426,640 shares of Common Stock outstanding. The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of the effective date of the Merger, by (i) each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Common Stock (our only class of voting securities), (ii) each of our directors and executive officers, and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. To the best of our knowledge, except as otherwise indicated, each of the persons named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of our Common Stock beneficially owned by such person, except to the extent such power may be shared with a spouse. To our knowledge, none of the shares listed below are held under a voting trust or similar agreement, except as noted. Other than the Merger, to our knowledge, there is no arrangement, including any pledge by any person of our securities or any of our parents, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.

 

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o BioCardia, Inc., 125 Shoreway Road, Suite B, San Carlos, CA 94070.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

 

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

   

Percentage
of Beneficial
Ownership

 

5% Stockholders:

               

Entities affiliated with Stertzer Family Trust (1)

    43,115,765       9.41%  

Sabiah Ltd. (2)

    27,065,159       5.92%  

Frost Gamma Investments Trust (3)

    149,734,604       32.73%  

Entities affiliated with Gerald P. Peters (4)

    28,131,315       6.15%  
                 

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

               

Peter Altman, Ph.D. (5)

    12,269,149       2.66%  

David McClung

    337,792       *  

Phil Pesta

    1,029,571       *  

Fernando L. Fernandez

    -       *  

Richard Krasno

    -       *  

Jay M. Moyes (6)

    376,257       *  

Richard C. Pfenniger, Jr.

    600,000       *  

Thomas Quertermous, M.D.

    1,305,466       *  

Simon H. Stertzer, M.D. (7)

    43,115,765       9.41%  

Allan R. Tessler (8)

    9,775,256       2.14%  

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 people)

    68,831,261       15.01%  

                                                 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

 
95

 

 

(1)

Consists of (i) 30,956,710 shares of Common Stock held by the Stertzer Family Trust, (ii) 4,716,171 shares of our Common Stock held by Windrock Enterprises L.L.C., (iii) 1,258,925 shares of our Common Stock held by the Stertzer Gamma Trust, (iv) 5,386,743 shares our Common Stock held by Stertzer Holdings LLC, and (v) 797,216 shares subject to options, held by Dr. Stertzer. Dr. Stertzer and his spouse are co-trustees of the Stertzer Family Trust, and sole members and managers of Windrock Enterprises L.L.C., and share voting and dispositive control over the shares held by the Stertzer Family Trust and Windrock Enterprises L.L.C. Dr. Stertzer is the grantor of the Stertzer Gamma Trust and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares held by the Stertzer Gamma Trust. Dr. Stertzer may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Stertzer Holdings LLC.

   

(2)

Luis M de la Fuente, his wife and child are the stockholders of Sabiah Ltd. and share voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Sabiah Ltd. The address for this entity is P.O. Box 438, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

   

(3)

Dr. Phillip Frost is the trustee and Frost Gamma Limited Partnership is the sole and exclusive beneficiary of Frost Gamma Investments Trust. Dr. Frost is one of two limited partners of Frost Gamma Limited Partnership. The general partner of Frost Gamma Limited Partnership is Frost Gamma, Inc. and the sole shareholder of Frost Gamma, Inc. is Frost-Nevada Corporation. Dr. Frost is also the sole shareholder of Frost-Nevada Corporation. The address for these entities is 4400 Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 1500, Miami, Florida 33137.

   

(4)

Consists of (i) 9,296 shares of our Common Stock held by Gerald P. Peters, (ii) 9,664,629 shares of our Common Stock held by The Peters Corporation, (iii) 3,613,351 shares of our Common Stock held by the Peters Family Art Foundation, (iv) 5,778,011 shares of our Common Stock held in the Kathleen K. Peters & Gerald P. Peters III Revocable Trust UTA dtd. Sept. 29, 2008, (v) 8,290,038 shares of our Common Stock held in an account for the benefit of Mr. Peters, and (vi) 775,990 shares of our Common Stock held in an account for the benefit of his spouse. Gerald P. Peters, President, Chief Executive Officer and Financial & Fiscal Officer of the Peters Family Art Foundation may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares held by the Peters Family Art Foundation. The address for the Peters Family Art Foundation is P.O. Box 2437, Santa Fe, NM 87504. Mr. Peters may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares held by The Peters Corporation.

   

(5)

Consists of 8,338,109 shares of our Common Stock held by Dr. Altman and 3,931,040 shares subject to options.

   

(6)

Consists of 159,006 shares of our Common Stock held by Drayton Investments LLC and 217,244 shares subject to options held by Mr. Moyes. Mr. Moyes and Dr. Gregory Critchfield are the managing members of Drayton Investments, LLC and share voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Drayton Investments LLC.

   

(7)

Consists of (i) 30,956,710 shares of Common Stock held by the Stertzer Family Trust, (ii) 4,716,171 shares of our Common Stock held by Windrock Enterprises L.L.C., (iii) 1,258,925 shares of our Common Stock held by the Stertzer Gamma Trust, (iv) 5,386,743 shares our Common Stock held by Stertzer Holdings LLC, and (v) 797,216 shares subject to options, held by Dr. Stertzer. Dr. Stertzer and his spouse are co-trustees of the Stertzer Family Trust, and sole members and managers of Windrock Enterprises L.L.C., and share voting and dispositive control over the shares held by the Stertzer Family Trust and Windrock Enterprises L.L.C. Dr. Stertzer is the grantor of the Stertzer Gamma Trust and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares held by the Stertzer Gamma Trust. Dr. Stertzer may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Stertzer Holdings LLC.

   

(8)

Consists of (i) 162,941 shares subject to options held by Mr. Tessler and (ii) 6,965,106 shares of our Common Stock held by ART/FGT Family Limited Partnership, (iii) 1,405,075 shares of our Common Stock held by International Financial Group, and (iv) 1,405,075 shares of our Common Stock held by The Tessler Family Limited Partnership. Mr. Tessler and his spouse are limited partners of the ART/FGT Family Limited Partnership and share voting and dispositive control over the shares held by the ART/FGT Family Limited Partnership. The address for the ART/FGT Family Limited Partnership is 2500 Moose Wilson Road, Wilson, Wyoming 83014. Mr. Tessler may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares held by the Tessler Family Limited Partnership and International Financial Group.

 

 
96

 

 

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Below are the names of and certain information regarding our executive officers and directors effective immediately following the closing of the Merger:

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Peter Altman, Ph.D.

 

50

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

David McClung

 

53

 

Vice President of Finance

Phil Pesta

 

50

 

Vice President of Operations

Fernando L. Fernandez

 

55

 

Director

Richard Krasno, Ph.D.

 

74

 

Director

Jay M. Moyes

 

62

 

Director

Richard C. Pfenniger, Jr.

 

61

 

Director

Thomas Quertermous, M.D.

 

64

 

Director

Simon H. Stertzer, M.D.

 

80

 

Chairman of the Board

Allan R. Tessler

 

80

 

Director

 

Peter Altman, Ph.D. has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2002, where he has global responsibility for the development, manufacture and marketing of our therapeutic candidates and products. He was founding Chief Executive Officer from 1999 to 2003 and board member of CareDx, a developer of a gene based diagnostics to be used in chronic inflammatory diseases, including cardiac transplantation, coronary artery disease and systemic lupus erythematosus. He was also founding Chief Executive Officer for Lumen Therapeutics from 2004 to 2005, an early-stage pharmaceutical company. He received his Ph.D. in Bioengineering/Pharmaceutical Chemistry from the University of California, San Francisco and University of California, Berkeley, his Management of Technology certificate from the Walter A. Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley, and both his Master of Science and Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from the Columbia University School of Engineering and Applied Sciences. Dr. Altman has been elected Fellow of the American Heart Association. He has 30 years of experience in life science research and product development, is named inventor in 45 U.S. patents, and has authored 40 scientific publications in cardiology, ophthalmology and spine.

 

We believe that Dr. Altman possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive experience in the biotechnology, medical device and diagnostic industries and the operational insight and expertise he has accumulated as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

David McClung has served as our Vice President of Finance since March 2016 and has been with the Company since September 2013.  Mr. McClung has more than 20 years of finance and accounting experience in publicly and privately financed organizations, including startup enterprises, large public companies and middle-market businesses. Before joining our company, Mr. McClung served as Director of Finance and Controller at Sonitus Medical, Inc., a privately-held non-surgical and removable hearing device company, from June 2011 to August 2013.  Prior to that, Mr. McClung served as Controller at NextWave Pharmaceuticals, Inc. a specialty pharmaceutical company acquired by Pfizer, Inc., from April 2010 to June 2011.  Mr. McClung spent his early career in public accounting and finance functions at other companies, including Matson Navigation, Inc., The Clorox Company and KPMG LLP.  Mr. McClung earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Accounting from Georgia State University, graduating with honors. He is an actively licensed CPA and member of the AICPA and the California Society of CPAs.

 

 
97

 

 

Phil Pesta has served as our Vice President, Operations since July 2011. Mr. Pesta has more than 19 years of experience in the medical device industry, primarily in manufacturing and operations roles. Before joining our company, Mr. Pesta was with Boston Scientific. He was most recently responsible for developing the operations transfer plan for the divestiture of their neurovascular division to Stryker Corporation. Prior to that, Mr. Pesta held simultaneous roles as Director of Engineering at Boston Scientific’s electrophysiology division and Plant Manager at the embolic protection division. Earlier in his career, Mr. Pesta held positions in project management and manufacturing engineering at other companies, including Conceptus, Novare Surgical Systems, Medtronic Anneurx and Modified Polymer Components. He has facilitated the commercial launch of multiple products and is listed as an inventor on three U.S. patents. Mr. Pesta earned a Bachelor of Arts Degree in General Design Studies from San Jose State University.

 

Fernando L. Fernandez was appointed to our board of directors immediately following the completion of the Merger in October 2016. Mr. Fernandez has served as the Market Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Care Delivery segment of Humana, Inc. (NYSE: HUM), a health and well-being company, since December 2012. From June 2004 to December 2012, Mr. Fernandez served as the Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Continucare Corporation, a medical care service company. Mr. Fernandez spent his early career in public accounting and finance functions at other companies, including Whitman Education Group, Inc., Frost-Nevada LP, and PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP. He has previously served on the Board of Directors of ERBA Diagnostics, Inc. (NYSEMKT: ERB), Bristol Bank and SSE Investments, Inc. Mr. Fernandez holds a Bachelor of Business Administration, Accounting from the University of Miami.

 

We believe that Mr. Fernandez possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his expertise in accounting and finance.

 

Richard Krasno, Ph.D. was appointed to our board of directors immediately following the completion of the Merger in October 2016. Dr. Krasno served as the executive director of the William R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust from 1999 to 2014 and, from 1999 to 2010, as president of the four affiliated William R. Kenan, Jr. Funds. Prior to that, Dr. Krasno was the president of the Monterey Institute of International Studies in Monterey, California. From 2004 to 2012, Dr. Krasno also served as a director of the University of North Carolina Health Care System and served as chairman of the board of directors from 2009 to 2012. From 1981 to 1998, he served as president and chief executive officer of the Institute of International Education in New York. He also served as Deputy Assistant Secretary of Education in Washington, D.C. from 1979 to 1980. Since March 2015, Dr. Krasno serves as a director of Ladenburg Thalmann (NYSEMKT: LTS) and has served as a director of Castle Brands, Inc. (NYSEMKT: ROX). Mr. Krasno holds a Bachelor of Science from the University of Illinois and a Ph.D. from Stanford.

 

We believe that Mr. Krasno possesses specific attributes including his qualifications and skills, including financial literacy and expertise, his managerial experience and the knowledge and experience he has attained through his service as a director of publicly-traded corporations, which qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

 

Jay M. Moyes has served on our board of directors since 2011. He has served on the board of directors of Puma Biotechnologies since April 2012 (NYSE: PBYI). Since May 2006, he has been a member of the board of directors and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Osiris Therapeutics, a stem cell therapeutics company (NASDAQ: OSIR). He has also been a member of the board of directors and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Integrated Diagnostics, a privately held molecular diagnostics company, since 2011. From 2013 to 2014, Mr. Moyes served as Chief Financial Officer of Amedica, a publicly traded orthopaedics company. From 2008 to 2009, Mr. Moyes served as Chief Financial Officer of CareDx, a publicly traded molecular diagnostics company. Prior to that, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Myriad Genetics, a publicly held healthcare diagnostics company, from June 1996 until his retirement in November 2007, and as Vice President of Finance from July 1993 until July 2005. From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Moyes served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Genmark, a privately held genetics company. Mr. Moyes held various positions with the accounting firm of KPMG from 1979 to 1991. He also served as a member of the Board of Trustees of the Utah Life Science Association from 1999 to 2006. Mr. Moyes holds a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Utah, a Bachelor of Arts in economics from Weber State University, and is formerly a Certified Public Accountant.

 

We believe that Mr. Moyes possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his extensive background in finance and accounting in the life sciences industry.

 

 
98

 

 

Richard C. Pfenniger, Jr. was appointed to our board of directors immediately following the completion of the Merger in October 2016. From May 2014 to February 2015, Mr. Pfenniger served as Interim Chief Executive Officer of IntegraMed America, Inc., (NASDAQ: INMD) and an operator of the largest U.S. network of fertility centers. From January 2013 to May 2013, Mr. Pfenniger served as Interim Chief Executive Officer to Vein Clinics of America, Inc., a medical group specializing in the treatment of vein disease. From 2003 until October 2011, when it was acquired by Metropolitan Health, Inc., he served as Chairman of the Board of Directors and President and Chief Executive Officer of Continucare Corporation. Mr. Pfenniger currently serves as a director on the Board of Directors of OPKO Health, Inc. (NASDAQ: OPK) a pharmaceutical and medical diagnostic company, TransEnterix, Inc. (NYSEMKT: TRXC), a medical device company, GP Strategies, Inc. (NYSE: GPX), a corporate training and performance improvement company, Wright Investors’ Service Holdings, Inc. (WISH), a financial services company, Vein Clinics of America, Inc., and IntegraMed America, Inc. Mr. Pfenniger holds a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Florida and a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Florida Atlantic University.

 

We believe that Mr. Pfenniger possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his expertise with public companies and the healthcare industry.

 

Thomas Quertermous, M.D. has served on our board of directors since 2002. Dr. Quertermous is the William G. Irwin Professor of Medicine and Director of the Division of Cardiovascular Medicine at Stanford University. Dr. Quertermous came to Stanford from Vanderbilt University where he served as H.J. Morgan Professor of Medicine and Director of the Division of Cardiology. Dr. Quertermous received both a Master of Science degree in biophysics and theoretical biology and his Doctor of Medicine degree from the University of Chicago, where he also completed residency training in internal medicine. Subsequently, he served as clinical fellow in the Cardiac Unit at the Massachusetts General Hospital. He also completed a research fellowship in the Department of Genetics at Harvard Medical School. From 2006 to 2013, Dr. Quertermous served as a board member at Aviir, a company providing metabolic tests and services for the prevention and management of cardiovascular diseases.

 

We believe that Dr. Quertermous possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his expertise in the cardiovascular, biotechnology and therapeutic development industries.

 

Simon H. Stertzer, M.D. is Chairman of our board of directors and has served on our board of directors since 2002. Dr. Stertzer is a Professor of Medicine, Emeritus at the Stanford University School of Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Medicine, and a Professor at the Stanford University Biodesign Program. He served as Assistant Resident in Medicine at New York University and later as Chief Medical Resident at New York University Division of Bellevue Hospital. He had a fellowship at New York University Hospital in Cardiovascular Disease. Dr. Stertzer pioneered the subspecialty of Interventional Cardiology and, in 1978, was the first to perform a coronary angioplasty in the United States. Dr. Stertzer has performed more than 12,000 coronary interventions and has been a visionary in his efforts working with others to develop new technologies for the improvement of patient care. He is responsible for scientific research and advancements in rotational atherectomy, cardiac stents, drug delivery stents, cardiac transplant molecular diagnostics, drugs to treat vein grafts, and most recently, transendocardial stem cell implantation in ischemic heart failure. Dr. Stertzer was a founder and board member of Arterial Vascular Engineering, an angioplasty balloon and stent company that became a public entity in 1996 and was subsequently acquired by Medtronic. Earlier in his career, Dr. Stertzer performed the first coronary arteriogram in New York. Dr. Stertzer’s bibliography contains more than 140 original articles presenting his research. Dr. Stertzer served as Director of the Catheterization Laboratory at Lenox Hill Hospital from 1971 to 1983. He was the Director of Medical Research and Director of the Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory at the San Francisco Heart Institute from 1983 until 1993. He was appointed Professor of Medicine at Stanford University in 1998, and became Professor Emeritus at Stanford University in 2011. Dr. Stertzer received his Doctor of Medicine degree from New York University. He also earned a Certificat de Physiologie from University of Paris (Sorbonne). Dr. Stertzer received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Humanities from Union College.

 

We believe that Dr. Stertzer possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as Chairman of our board of directors, including his historical association with our company and his expertise in interventional cardiology and the operational experience he has accumulated in the life sciences industry.

 

 
99

 

 

Allan R. Tessler has served on our board of directors since 2012. Mr. Tessler has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of International Financial Group, Inc. since 1987. He is also a board member of the online brokerage firm TD Ameritrade (NYSE: AMTD), and serves as Lead Director and Chair of the Finance Committee of L Brands (NYSE: LB) and has been a member of its board of directors since 1987. Mr. Tessler has served on the board of directors of Steel Partners Holding since July 2009. He also served as Chief Executive Officer of Epoch Holding Corporation (NASDAQ: EPHC), an investment management company, from February 2000 to June 2004, and was Chairman of the Board of Directors from May 1994 to December 2013 when the firm was sold to Toronto Dominion Bank. Previously, Mr. Tessler was Co-Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Interactive Data Corporation, a securities market data supplier, from June 1992 to February 2000. He was co-founder and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Enhance Financial Services, a public insurance holding company, from 1986 to 2001. Since 2013 Mr. Tessler has served on the Board of Directors of Imperva Inc. (NYSE: IMPV). Mr. Tessler is also a member of the board of governors of the Boys & Girls Clubs of America. Mr. Tessler holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Cornell University and a Bachelor of Laws degree from Cornell University Law School.

 

We believe that Mr. Tessler possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including an array of executive management and board positions he has served for publicly traded companies during his career.

 

Board Composition

 

Our board of directors is currently composed of eight members. Following the completion of the Merger we intend to solicit stockholder approval to file an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws to provide for a classified board of directors, with each director serving a three-year term.

 

The Class I directors will be Peter Altman and Fernando L. Fernandez and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this Report.

 

The Class II directors will be Thomas Quertermous, Richard Pfenniger, and Allan R. Tessler and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this Report.

 

The Class III directors will be Richard Krasno, Jay M. Moyes, Simon H. Stertzer, and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this Report.

 

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. Under the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that we plan to file upon receipt of shareholder approval, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % in voting power of our voting stock, and stockholders will not have the power to call special meetings.

 

 
100

 

 

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2015 are Peter Altman, our President and Chief Executive Officer, David McClung, our Vice President of Finance and Phil Pesta, our Vice President of Operations. The Summary Compensation Table below sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to or earned by our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

Year  

 

Salary

   

Bonus (1)

   

Option
Awards
(2)

   

Total

 

Peter Altman, Ph.D.

2015

  $ 210,688     $ 43,115       -     $ 253,803  
President and Chief Executive Officer 2014   $ 203,383     $ 41,160     $ 303,476     $ 548,019  
(principal executive officer)                                  
                                   

David McClung

2015

  $ 169,125     $ 34,650       -     $ 203,775  
Vice President of Finance 2014   $ 169,900       -     $ 21,618     $ 191,518  
                                   

Phil Pesta

2015

  $ 202,292     $ 41,300       -     $ 243,592  
Vice President of Operations 2014   $ 195,756     $ 19,808     $ 42,624     $ 258,188  

 

                                    

(1)

2015 bonus amounts represent bonuses approved in 2016, which will be paid following the effectiveness of the Merger subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through such date.

 

(2)

Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, rather than amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Critical Accounting Policies–Stock-Based Compensation” and Note 13 to the audited financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2015

 

The following table presents certain information concerning equity awards held by the named executive officers at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

Option Awards

   
Name

Grant Date

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable*

   

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable*

   

Option
Exercise
Price
($)**

 

Option
Expiration
Date

Peter Altman, Ph.D. (1)

06/19/2008

    48,632       0     $ 2.85  

06/19/2018

Peter Altman, Ph.D. (2)

04/10/2010

    4,206       0     $ 3.57  

04/10/2020

Peter Altman, Ph.D. (3)

07/05/2014

    69,696       127,093     $ 3.14  

07/05/2024

David McClung (4)

06/23/2014

    5,551       8,472     $ 3.14  

07/05/2024

Phil Pesta (5)

07/28/2011

    33,655       -     $ 2.35  

07/28/2021

Phil Pesta (6)

07/09/2013

    847       555     $ 3.14  

07/09/2023

Phil Pesta (7)

07/05/2014

    9,293       16,945     $ 3.14  

07/05/2024

 

 
 101

 

                                

*

All numbers reflect pre-Merger amounts. In connection with the Merger, each option was converted into an option to purchase a number of shares of our Common Stock equal to the number of shares of BioCardia common stock subject to the option immediately prior to the Merger multiplied by 19.3678009.

 

**

Prior to the Merger, the exercise price was reduced to $2.85 per share for all outstanding BioCardia options with an exercise price in excess of $2.85 per share. See “Stock Option Repricing” below. All numbers reflect pre-Merger amounts. In connection with the Merger, the exercise price per share was divided by 19.3678009.

 

(1)

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: equal monthly installments over four years commencing June 26, 2008.

 

(2)

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: equal monthly installments over four years commencing February 1, 2010.

 

(3)

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: equal monthly installments over four years commencing August 1, 2014.

 

(4)

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: 25% vest on May 1, 2015; thereafter 1/48 th of the total vest in equal monthly installments over three years.

 

(5)

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: 25% vest on July 18, 2012; thereafter 1/48 th of the total vest in equal monthly installments over three years.

 

(6)

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: equal monthly installments over four years commencing August 1, 2013.

 

(7)

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: equal monthly installments over four years commencing August 1, 2014.

 

Executive Employment Arrangements

 

Peter Altman, Ph.D.

 

We have not entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Altman. Accordingly, he is employed on an at-will basis. Dr. Altman’s current annual base salary is $310,000 and he is eligible for an annual bonus equal to 40% of his base salary.

 

Dr. Altman is also eligible for equity compensation under our equity compensation plans, as determined from time to time by the compensation committee of our board of directors.

 

David McClung

 

We have not entered into an employment agreement with Mr. McClung. Accordingly, he is employed on an at-will basis. Mr. McClung’s current annual base salary is $210,000 and he is eligible for an annual bonus equal to 25% of his base salary.

 

 
102

 

 

Mr. McClung is also eligible for equity compensation under our equity compensation plans, as determined from time to time by the compensation committee of our board of directors.

 

Phil Pesta

 

We have not entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Pesta. Accordingly, he is employed on an at-will basis. Mr. Pesta’s current annual base salary is $230,000 and he is eligible for an annual bonus equal to 25% of his base salary.

 

Mr. Pesta is also eligible for equity compensation under our equity compensation plans, as determined from time to time by the compensation committee of our board of directors.

 

Change of Control and Severance Agreements

 

We entered into change of control and severance agreements with each of our named executive officers, effective as of the completion of the Merger. Under each of these agreements, if, within the period three months prior to and 12 months following a “change of control” (such period, the change in control period), we terminate the employment of the applicable employee other than for “cause,” death or disability, or the employee resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the employee’s change of control and severance agreement) and, within 60 days following the employee’s termination, the employee executes an irrevocable separation agreement and release of claims, the employee is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to the following percentage of the employee’s annual base salary: 150% for Mr. Altman, 100% for Mr. McClung, and 100% for Mr. Pesta, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to the following percentage of the employee’s target annual bonus: 150% for Mr. Altman, 100% for Mr. McClung, and 100% for Mr. Pesta, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for employee and employee’s dependents for 18 months for Mr. Altman, 12 months for Mr. McClung and 12 months for Mr. McClung, and (iv) accelerated vesting as to 100% of the employee’s outstanding unvested equity awards.

 

Additionally, under each of these agreements, if, outside of the change in control period, we terminate the employment of the applicable employee other than for cause, death or disability, or the employee resigns for good reason and, within 60 days following the employee’s termination, the employee executes an irrevocable separation agreement and release of claims, the employee is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to the following percentage of the employee’s annual base salary: 100% for Mr. Altman, 50% for Mr. McClung, and 50% for Mr. Pesta, (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for employee and employee’s dependents for 12 months for Mr. Altman, 6 months for Mr. McClung and 6 months for Mr. McClung, and (iii) the employee’s outstanding unvested equity awards will vest as to an additional 24 months for Mr. Altman, 12 months for Mr. McClung and 12 months for Mr. Pesta.

 

Pursuant to the change of control and severance agreements, in the event any payment or benefit provided to our named executive officers would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), the applicable employee will receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay him a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation

 

Directors who are employees do not receive any additional compensation for their service on our board of directors. We reimburse our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and travel expenses in connection with their attendance at board of directors and committee meetings. Directors are also eligible for equity awards under our 2002 Stock Plan and 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. In 2015, none of our non-employee directors received compensation.

 

 
103

 

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

2002 Stock Plan

 

We have granted stock-based compensation under our 2002 Stock Plan, as amended, or 2002 Plan. The 2002 Plan was last amended on October 31, 2014. Our 2002 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2002 Plan following the Merger; instead, we will grant awards in the future under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan discussed below. However, our 2002 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted thereunder.

 

Share Reserve .     As of the completion of the Merger, options to purchase 16,508,516 shares of our Common Stock were outstanding under the 2002 Plan and no shares will be available for future grant.

 

Administration .    Our board of directors currently administers our 2002 Plan. Under our 2002 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of the awards, including the employees, directors and consultants who received awards, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise.

 

Stock Options .    With respect to all incentive stock options granted under the 2002 Plan, the exercise price must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Common Stock on the date of grant. With respect to all nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2002 Plan, the exercise price must at least be equal to 85% of the fair market value of our Common Stock on the date of grant. However, with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the exercise price of any option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The term of an option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of ours or any parent or subsidiary corporation of ours as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option must not exceed five years.

 

After termination of an employee, director or consultant (other than due to death or disability), he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for a period of 30 days following such termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the stock option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for a period of six months following such termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the stock option agreement. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

Stock Purchase Rights .    Stock purchase rights could be granted alone, in addition to or in tandem with other awards granted under our 2002 Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the 2002 Plan. Stock purchase rights are rights to purchase shares of our Common Stock that vest in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator determined the number of shares subject to a stock purchase right granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator imposed such conditions to vesting it determined to be appropriate. Unless the administrator determines otherwise, we have a repurchase option exercisable upon termination of the purchaser’s service with us at the original price paid by the purchaser. Shares subject to stock purchase rights that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

 

Transferability .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2002 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards under the 2002 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or by gift or domestic relations order to family members (as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and only the recipient of an option may exercise the option during his or her lifetime.

 

Change in Control Transactions .    Our 2002 Plan provides that in the event of our merger with or into another corporation or a change in control, as defined in the 2002 Plan, the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award under the 2002 Plan. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, such awards will become fully vested and exercisable and the administrator will provide notice to the recipient that he or she has the right to exercise such outstanding awards for a period of 15 days from the date of such notice, and the awards will terminate upon the expiration of such stated notice period.

 

 
104

 

 

Plan Amendments and Termination .    According to its terms, the 2002 Plan will automatically terminate in September 2022, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2002 Plan, provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant unless mutually agreed to in writing by the participant and us.

 

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

On August 19, 2016, BioCardia’s board of directors adopted and BioCardia’s shareholders approved the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2016 Plan. The 2016 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants, and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

 

The following discussion summarizes the material terms of the 2016 Plan. This discussion is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2016 Plan, a copy of which is filed with this Report as Exhibit 10.2 .

 

Authorized Shares .    A total of 52,353,508 shares of our Common Stock is reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2016 Plan. The shares reserved for issuance under our 2016 Plan include (a) 33,893,651 shares authorized for issuance under the 2016 Plan, (b) 1,951,286 shares reserved but unissued under our 2002 Plan and (c) shares returned to our 2002 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of options, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2016 Plan from previously granted awards under the 2002 Plan equal to 16,508,571. The number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2017, equal to the least of:

 

 

1,500,000 shares;

 

 

4.0% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding year; or

 

 

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

 

Plan Administration .    We anticipate that our compensation committee will administer our 2016 Plan. In the case of options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

 

Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator will have the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also will have the authority to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price.

 

Stock Options .    The exercise price of options granted under our 2016 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Common Stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of ours or any parent or subsidiary corporation of ours, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator will determine the term of all other options.

 

After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she will be able to exercise his or her option or stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option or stock appreciation right will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option or stock appreciation right will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

 
105

 

 

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Common Stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2016 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Common Stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

 

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our Common Stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted and may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us). The administrator, in its sole discretion, will be able to accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

 

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our Common Stock. The administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us), and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, will be able to accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

Performance Units and Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2016 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, will be able to reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. The administrator, in its sole discretion, will be able to pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof.

 

Non-Employee Directors .    Our 2016 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2016 Plan. Please see the description of our non-employee director compensation above under “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

 

 

Non-Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2016 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2016 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in the 2016 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and the awards will become fully exercisable.

 

Amendment, Termination.     The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2016 Plan will automatically terminate in 2026, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

 
106

 

 

Tiger X 2010 Equity Incentive Plan

 

On June 16, 2010, the Company's stockholders approved the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2010 Plan, which provided for available awards up to 23,000,000 shares. 450,000 shares of our restricted Common Stock have been issued pursuant to this plan, and 22,550,000 awards remain available for issuance pursuant to the 2010 Plan. We do not intend to grant any future awards under the 2010 Plan.

 

Stock Option Repricing

 

On August 19, 2016, we amended certain of our outstanding stock options to reset their respective exercise prices to $2.85 per share, the fair market value of our Common Stock as of August 19, 2016, as determined by our board of directors. Options repriced included all then current employee options with an exercise price higher than $2.85 per share that remained outstanding and unexercised on August 19, 2016. Pursuant to this repricing, options to purchase 9,074,536 shares of our Common Stock held by our then current employees were repriced, including options to purchase 5,641,643 shares held by our named executive officers.

 

Retirement Plan

 

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the 401(k) plan upon attainment of age 21 participants are able to defer up to 75% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) plan permits us to make profit- sharing contributions to eligible participants who complete at least 500 hours of service in a plan year, although we have not made any such contributions to date. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

 
107

 

 

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed in “Executive Compensation,” we have been a party to the following transactions since January 1, 2014, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting stock, or any member of the immediate family of or entities affiliated with any of them, had or will have a material interest. The share numbers set forth in this section do not take into account the exchange of shares pursuant to the Merger.

 

 

Series F Preferred Stock and Warrant Financing

 

In 2013, BioCardia issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 583,530 shares of BioCardia Series F Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 72,209 shares of BioCardia Series F Preferred Stock, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $7.3 million which included the conversion of approximately $2.2 million of convertible notes issued in 2012 with the balance paid for in cash. In 2014, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 45,023 shares of BioCardia Series F Preferred Stock were exercised at $12.48 per share, for a total aggregate cash consideration of approximately $562,000. The following table presents the number of shares issued to our directors, officers and holders of more than 5% in these transactions:

 

Participants

 

Series F
Preferred
Stock

   

Warrants

 

Stertzer Entities (1)

    213,565       28,501  

Sabiah Ltd.

    130,681       10,454  

Affiliates with Gerald P. Peters (2)

    58,955       7,465  

                                           

 

(1)

Stertzer entities holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Stertzer Family Trust, Windrock Enterprises L.L.C. and Stertzer Holdings LLC. Dr. Stertzer is a director of our company and beneficially owns more than 5% of our Common Stock.

 

 

(2)

Affiliates with Gerald P. Peters holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Gerald P. Peters, Peters Family Art Foundation and shares held by and for the benefit of his spouse. Mr. Peters beneficially owns more than 5% of our Common Stock.

 

2014 Bridge Financing

 

In 2014, BioCardia issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million, which bore interest at a rate equal to 8% per annum and all of which matured on December 31, 2014. All of the outstanding principle and interest on these notes converted to an aggregate of 623,489 shares of BioCardia Series F Preferred Stock in January 2015. The following table presents the principal amount of the convertible notes issued and the number of BioCardia Series F Preferred Stock issued upon conversion thereof, to our directors, officers and holders of more than 5% for the 2014 bridge financing:

 

Participants

 

Principal
Amount of
Notes

   

Series F
Preferred
Stock

 

Stertzer Family Trust (1)

  $ 2,500,000       213,768  

                                   

 

(1)

Dr. Stertzer is a director of our company and beneficially owns more than 5% of our Common Stock.

 

 
108

 

 

2015 Bridge Financing

 

In 2015, BioCardia issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $7.2 million, which bear interest at a rate equal to 8% per annum and all of which mature in November 2016. All principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the notes converted automatically into shares of BioCardia Common Stock immediately prior to the Merger, and then into shares of our Common Stock upon completion of the Merger. The following table presents the principal amount of the convertible notes issued to our directors, officers and holders of more than 5% in these transactions:

 

Participants

 

Principal
Amount of
Notes

 

Stertzer Entities (1)

  $ 1,106,603  

Sabiah Ltd.

  $ 752,711  

Affiliates with Gerald P. Peters (2)

  $ 2,031,623  

Affiliates with Allan R. Tessler (3)

  $ 1,000,000  

                                         

 

(1)

Stertzer entities holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Stertzer Family Trust, Windrock Enterprises L.L.C. and Stertzer Holdings LLC. Dr. Stertzer is a director of our company and beneficially owns more than 5% of our Common Stock.

 

 

(2)

Affiliates with Gerald P. Peters holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are UBS Financial Services FBO Gerald P. Peters III, Peters Family Art Foundation and the Peters Corporation. Mr. Peters beneficially owns more than 5% of our Common Stock.

 

 

(3)

Affiliates with Allan R. Tessler holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership are Tessler Family Limited Partnership, ART/FGT Family Limited Partnership and International Financial Group. Mr. Tessler is a director of our company.

 

 

 

 

2016 Note Financing

 

In 2016, BioCardia issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $4.4 million, which bear interest at a rate equal to 8% per annum and all of which mature in December 2016. All principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the notes converted automatically into shares of BioCardia Common Stock immediately prior to the Merger, and then into shares of our Common Stock upon completion of the Merger. The following table presents the principal amount of the convertible notes issued to our directors, officers and holders of more than 5% in these transactions:

 

Participants

 

Principal
Amount of
Notes

 

Stertzer Entities (1)

  $ 1,000,000  

Sabiah Ltd.

  $ 500,000  

                                     

 

(1)

Stertzer entities holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Stertzer Family Trust and Stertzer Holdings LLC. Dr. Stertzer is a director of our company and beneficially owns more than 5% of our Common Stock.

 

 

 
109

 

 

Stock Option Repricing

 

In August 2016, BioCardia amended certain of its outstanding stock options to reset their respective exercise prices to $2.85 per share, the fair market value of BioCardia’s common stock as of August 19, 2016, as determined by BioCardia’s board of directors. Options repriced included all then current employee options with an exercise price higher than $2.85 per share that remained outstanding and unexercised on August 19, 2016. Pursuant to this repricing, options to purchase 291,590 shares of BioCardia’s common stock held by our directors and executive officers were repriced, as set forth below. The share numbers set forth in this section do not take into account the exchange of options pursuant to the Merger.

 

Participants

 

Number of

Shares

Underlying

Repriced

Options

 

Peter Altman, Ph.D.

    249,627  
David McClung     14,023  
Phil Pesta     27,640  

 

Related Party Transaction Policy

 

We have adopted a formal policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board of directors if it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

Director Independence

 

We are not currently subject to listing requirements of any national securities exchange that has requirements that a majority of the board of directors be “independent.” Nevertheless, we expect that our board of directors will determine that all of our directors, other than Mr. Altman, qualify as “independent” directors in accordance with listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ. Mr. Altman is not considered independent because he is an employee of BioCardia. The NASDAQ independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

 
110

 

 

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Company may be subject to various claims, complaints, and legal actions that arise from time to time in the normal course of business. Management does not believe that the Company is party to any currently pending legal proceedings, the outcome of which will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations or financial position. There can be no assurance that existing or future legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

 
111

 

 

ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Our Common Stock is quoted on the Pink tier of OTC Markets. It was formerly quoted under the symbol “CDOM,” and will now trade under the ticker symbol to “BCDA” going forward.

 

There has been very limited trading to date, and an active trading market may never develop.

 

The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low sales prices of our Common Stock for the periods indicated, as quoted on the OTC Markets. This information represents prices between dealers and does not include retail mark-ups, markdowns or commissions and may not represent actual transactions.

 

   

High

   

Low

 

Fiscal Year 2016

               

First Quarter

  $ 0.11     $ 0.07  

Second Quarter

  $ 0.16     $ 0.07  

Third Quarter

  $ 0.18     $ 0.11  

Fourth Quarter (Through October 13, 2016)

  $ 0.13     $ 0.10  
                 

Fiscal Year 2015

               

First Quarter

  $ 0.13     $ 0.09  

Second Quarter

  $ 0.11     $ 0.09  

Third Quarter

  $ 0.11     $ 0.07  

Fourth Quarter

  $ 0.08     $ 0.06  
                 

Fiscal Year 2014

               

First Quarter

  $ 0.11     $ 0.08  

Second Quarter

  $ 0.11     $ 0.08  

Third Quarter

  $ 0.14     $ 0.10  

Fourth Quarter

  $ 0.13     $ 0.10  

 

As of the date of this Report, we have 457,426,640 shares of our Common Stock outstanding. The closing price of our Common Stock on October 26, 2016 was $0.12.

 

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain future earnings to fund ongoing operations and future capital requirements. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as the board of directors deems relevant.

 

 
112

 

 

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

Future sales of our Common Stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after the Merger, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing price for our Common Stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our Common Stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after consummation of the Merger due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Future sales of our Common Stock in the public market either before (to the extent permitted) or after restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing price of our Common Stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

 

Upon the completion of the Merger, we had 457,426,640 shares of our Common Stock outstanding, of which our directors and executive officers beneficially own an aggregate of 68,809,256 shares. Of those outstanding shares held by directors and executive officers, none are freely tradeable, without restriction, as of the date of this Report. No shares issued in connection with the Merger can be publicly sold under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act until 12 months after the date of filing this Report. Of the 457,426,640 million shares of our Common Stock outstanding upon completion of the Merger, 376,418,103 million shares of our Common Stock will be subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

In connection with the Merger, each of our executive officers, directors and stockholders holding 2% or more of our Common Stock after giving effect to the Merger, or the Restricted Holders, holding at the Effective Time an aggregate of 286,566,412 shares of our Common Stock, entered into lock-up agreements, or the Lock-Up Agreements, whereby they are restricted for a period of 12 months after the Merger, or the Restricted Period, from offering, pledging, selling, contracting to sell, selling any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to sell, granting any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transferring or disposing of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Company Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Common Stock (including without limitation, Company Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Restricted Holders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition. In addition, the Lock-Up Agreements provide that each Restricted Holder will not enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company Common Stock or such other securities. The foregoing restrictions will not apply to certain other transfers customarily excepted.

 

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that no parties are released from these agreements and that there is no extension of the lock-up period, certain of the shares of our Common Stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of the Merger will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144

 

Pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, sales of the securities of a former shell company, such as us, under that rule are not permitted (i) until at least 12 months have elapsed from the date on which this Report, reflecting our status as a non-shell company, is filed with the SEC and (ii) unless at the time of a proposed sale, we are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and have filed all reports and other materials required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months, other than Form 8-K reports. As a result, unless we register such shares for sale under the Securities Act, most of our stockholders will be forced to hold their shares of our Common Stock for at least that 12-month period before they are eligible to sell those shares, and even after that 12-month period, sales may not be made under Rule 144 unless we and the selling stockholders are in compliance with other requirements of Rule 144.

 

 
113

 

 

In general, Rule 144 provides that (i) any of our non-affiliates that has held restricted common stock for at least 12 months is thereafter entitled to sell its restricted stock freely and without restriction, provided that we remain compliant and current with our SEC reporting obligations, and (ii) any of our affiliates, which includes our directors, executive officers and other person in control of us, that has held restricted common stock for at least 12 months is thereafter entitled to sell its restricted stock subject to the following restrictions: (a) we are compliant and current with our SEC reporting obligations, (b) certain manner of sale provisions are satisfied, (c) a Form 144 is filed with the SEC, and (d) certain volume limitations are satisfied, which limit the sale of shares within any three-month period to a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the total number of outstanding shares. A person who has ceased to be an affiliate at least three months immediately preceding the sale and who has owned such shares of common stock for at least one year is entitled to sell the shares under Rule 144 without regard to any of the limitations described above.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired our Common Stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement, in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act, before the effective date of the Merger (to the extent such shares of our Common Stock are not subject to a lock-up agreement) is entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, persons who are not our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under 2002 Stock Plan and 2016 Plan

 

BioCardia’s board of directors adopted, and BioCardia’s stockholders approved the 2002 Plan in 2002 and 2016 Plan in 2016. We assumed the 2002 Plan and 2016 Plan in connection with the Merger. As of the date of the Merger, 16,508,516 options were outstanding under the 2002 Plan, 23,067,117 options were outstanding under the 2016 Plan, and 12,777,809 options were reserved and available for issuance under the 2016 Plan. On June 16, 2010, Tiger X’s stockholders approved the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2010 Plan, which provided for available awards up to 23,000,000 shares. The Company does not plan to issue and future awards under the 2002 Plan or the 2010 Plan. The 2002 Plan, 2016 Plan and 2010 Plan allow for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants. See “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit and Stock Plans”.

 

 
114

 

 

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

The disclosure set forth under Item 3.02 of this Report is incorporated by reference.

 

 
115

 

 

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

General

 

The following is a summary of the rights of our Common Stock and preferred stock and of certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws in effect upon the completion of the Merger. For more detailed information, please see our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, which are filed an exhibits to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by us on March 18, 2008, and the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by us on February 1, 2008, respectively.

 

Our authorized capital stock currently consists of 750 million shares of common stock and 50 million shares of the preferred stock.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting

 

Each holder of our Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this absence of cumulative voting, the holders of a majority of the shares of our Common Stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

 

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage.

 

Dividends

 

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.”

 

Liquidation

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preferences that may be granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

Rights and Preferences

 

Holders of our Common Stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Common Stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our Common Stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock, which we may designate and issue in the future.

 

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

 

All of our outstanding shares of our Common Stock are, and the shares of our Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Merger will be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of which will have such distinctive designation or title as shall be determined by our board of directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The number of authorized shares of preferred stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors, voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the preferred stock, or any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to any preferred stock designation. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our Common Stock, diluting the voting power of our Common Stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our Common Stock, or delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our Common Stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

 
116

 

 

Stock Options

 

As of September 30, 2016, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 852,372 shares of BioCardia’s common stock pursuant to the 2002 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.71, after taking into account the option repricing that occurred on August 19, 2016. These were converted into options to purchase an aggregate of 16,508,516 shares of our Common Stock pursuant to the Merger, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.14.

 

As of September 30, 2016, there were no outstanding options to purchase shares pursuant to the 2010 Plan.

 

As of September 30, 2016, there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 1,191,004 shares of BioCardia’s common stock pursuant to the 2016 Plan, at an exercise price of $2.85. These were converted into options to purchase an aggregate of 23,067,117 shares of our Common Stock pursuant to the Merger, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.15.

 

On August 19, 2016, we issued an option to purchase an aggregate of 259,592 shares of BioCardia’s common stock, which was granted outside of the 2002 Plan and 2016 Plan. This option was converted into an option to purchase an aggregate of 5,027,726 shares of our Common Stock pursuant to the Merger, at an exercise price of $0.15.

 

 

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law

 

Certain provisions of Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our Common Stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

 

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

 

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

 

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not for determining the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

 

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

 
117

 

 

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage business combinations or other attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of our Common Stock held by our stockholders.

 

The provisions of Delaware law could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our Common Stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interest.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our Common Stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust. The transfer agent’s address is 17 Battery Place, 8th Floor, New York NY 10004. Shares of our Common Stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited exceptions.

 

 
118

 

 

ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions that limit the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that we indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation also provides that we may advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among others, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty of care. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

 

 

 

 

 
119

 

 

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The disclosure set forth under Item 9.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

The disclosure set forth under Item 4.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

 

The disclosure set forth under Item 9.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 
120

 

 

ITEM 3.02     UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

The disclosure set forth under “Sales of Restricted Shares” in Item 9 of Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Shares Issued in Connection with the Merger

 

On October 24, 2016, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, all of the shares of common stock of BioCardia and options were converted into 226,683,499 shares of our Common Stock and 44,603,359 options to purchase shares of our Common Stock, subject to adjustment as described in the Merger Agreement. This transaction was exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as not involving any public offering. None of the securities were sold through an underwriter and, accordingly, there were no underwriting discounts or commissions involved.

 

Sales of Unregistered Securities of BioCardia

 

Since January 1, 2013, BioCardia issued the following unregistered securities (all numbers on a pre-Merger basis):

 

 

An aggregate of 31,716 shares of BioCardia common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain of BioCardia’s directors, officers, employees and consultants under the 2002 Stock Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.71 to $3.28, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $73,080.

 

 

Stock options to purchase an aggregate of 716,707 shares of BioCardia common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $2.85 to $3.28 to certain of BioCardia’s directors, officers, employees, and consultants under BioCardia’s 2002 Stock Plan.

 

 

Stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,191,004 shares of BioCardia common stock at an exercise price per share of $2.85 to certain of BioCardia’s directors, officers, employees, and consultants under BioCardia’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

In 2013, BioCardia issued and sold to a group of accredited investors an aggregate of 583,530 shares of Series F Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 72,209 shares of Series F Preferred Stock, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $7.3 million, which included the conversion of approximately $2.2 million of convertible notes issued in 2012 with the balance paid for in cash.

 

 

In 2014, BioCardia issued to a group of accredited investors an aggregate of 45,023 shares of Series F Preferred Stock upon exercise of certain warrants at the exercise price of $12.48 per share, for a total aggregate cash consideration of approximately $562,000.

 

 

In 2014, BioCardia issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $7.5 million. In January 2015, BioCardia issued an aggregate of 623,489 shares of Series F Preferred Stock in 2015 at $12.48 per share, upon conversion in full of the principal amount of these notes and interest therein.

 

 

In 2015, BioCardia issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $7.2 million to a group of accredited investors.

 

 

In 2016, BioCardia issued convertible notes with an aggregate principal amount of $4.4 million to a group of accredited investors.

 

 

In 2016, BioCardia granted OPKO Health, Inc. a stock option to purchase up to 259,592 shares of BioCardia common stock at an exercise price of $2.85.

 

 
121

 

 

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

We believe the above transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, or Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about BioCardia .

 

 
122

 

 

ITEM 4.01     CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

On October 24, 2016, KPMG LLP replaced Anton & Chia, LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm. The board of directors of the Company approved the replacement of Anton & Chia, LLP with KPMG LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

None of the reports of Anton & Chia, LLP on our financial statements for either of the past two years or subsequent interim period contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except that our audited financial statements contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed with the SEC, included a going concern qualification in the report of Anton & Chia, LLP.

 

During the Company’s two most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the subsequent interim periods preceding their dismissal, there were no disagreements with Anton & Chia, LLP, whether or not resolved, on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Anton & Chia, LLP, would have caused them to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with their report on the Company’s financial statements.

 

The Company provided Anton & Chia, LLP with a copy of the disclosures it is making in this Report and has requested that Anton & Chia, LLP furnish it with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether they agree with the above statements. The letter is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Form 8-K. During the two most recent fiscal years and the interim periods preceding the engagement, and through the date of this Report, neither the Company nor anyone on its behalf has previously consulted with KPMG LLP regarding either (a) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and neither a written report was provided nor oral advice was provided to the Company that KPMG concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (b) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as defined in paragraph 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto) or a reportable event (as described in paragraph 304(a)(1)(v)) of Regulation S-K).

 

ITEM 5.01

CHANGES IN CONTROL OF REGISTRANT

 

The information regarding change of control of Tiger X Medical, Inc. in connection with the Merger set forth in Item 2.01, “Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets—The Merger and Related Transactions” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 5.02

DEPARTURE OF DIRECTORS OR CERTAIN OFFICERS; ELECTION OF DIRECTORS; APPOINTMENT OF CERTAIN OFFICERS; COMPENSATORY ARRANGEMENTS OF CERTAIN OFFICERS

 

The information regarding departure and election of directors and departure and appointment of principal officers of the Company in connection with the Merger set forth in Item 2.01, “Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets—The Merger and Related Transactions” and Item 5 of Item 2.01 “Directors and Executive Officers” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 5.03

  AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OR BYLAWS; CHANGE IN FISCAL YEAR

 

Following the consummation of the Merger, we amended our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to change our name to BioCardia, Inc. Our board of directors approved the amendment on October 24, 2016. The amendment to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed as Exhibit 3.1 hereto and became effective on October 26, 2016. 

 

ITEM 5.06

CHANGE IN SHELL COMPANY STATUS

 

Prior to the Merger, we were a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act). As a result of the Merger, we have ceased to be a shell company. The information contained in this Report, together with the information contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC, constitute the current “Form 10 information” necessary to satisfy the conditions contained in Rule 144(i)(2) under the Securities Act.

 

 
123

 

 

ITEM 9.01

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

(a)

Financial statements of business acquired.

 

In accordance with Item 9.01(a), BioCardia’s audited financial statements as of, and for the fiscal years ended, December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the accompanying notes are filed as Exhibit 99.1 hereto, and BioCardia’s unaudited condensed financial statements as of, and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 and the accompanying notes are filed as Exhibit 99.2 hereto .

 

(b)

Pro forma financial information.

 

In accordance with Item 9.01(b), unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements as of, and for the fiscal years ended, December 31, 2015, and for the six months ended, June 30, 2016, and the accompanying notes, are filed as Exhibit 99.3 hereto .

 

(c)

Shell Company Transactions.

 

Reference is made to Items 9.01(a) and 9.01(b) and the exhibits referred to therein, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(d)

Exhibits.

 

In reviewing the agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Report, please remember that they are included to provide investors with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements may contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the parties to the applicable agreement and:

 

 

should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;

 

 

have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;

 

 

may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to other investors; and

 

 

were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

 

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about the Company may be found elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 8-K and the Company’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov .

 

 
124

 

 

Exhibit No.

Exhibit Title

2.1 (1)

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated August 22, 2016

2.2* First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated October 21, 2016

3.1*

Certificate of Merger of Icicle Acquisition Corp. with and into BioCardia, Inc., filed October 24, 2016

3.2* Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed October 24, 2016

4.1*

Form of Common Stock Certificate

10.1*†

2002 Stock Plan, as amended, and related form agreements

10.2*†

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

10.3*†

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Plan

10.4*†

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers

10.5*

Lease Agreement, dated September 29, 2008, by and between the Company and ARE-San Francisco No. 29, LLC

10.6*

First Amendment to Lease, dated May 31, 2010, by and between the Company and ARE-San Francisco No. 29, LLC

10.7*

Second Amendment to Lease, dated May 29, 2013 by and between the Company and ARE-San Francisco No. 29, LLC

10.8*‡

License and Distribution Agreement, dated October 30, 2012, by and between the Company and Biomet Biologics, LLC

16.1*

Letter regarding change in certified public accountant

99.1*

Audited financial statements of BioCardia, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

99.2*

Unaudited financial statements of BioCardia, Inc. as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

99.3*

Pro forma financial information.

 

 

*     Filed herewith

†     Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

‡     Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this Current Report on Form 8-K and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

(1)

Previously filed on Form 8-K filed August 25, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 
125

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  BIOCARDIA , INC.
     
     

Dated: October 27, 2016

By:

/s/ Peter Altman

 

Name:

Peter Altman

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

126  

Exhibit 2.2

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (“ Amendment ”), effective this 21st day of October, 2016, is by and among Tiger X Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”); Icicle Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”); BioCardia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”); Jay Moyes, as the representative of the Company Securityholders hereunder (the “ Company Representative ”); and Steven Rubin, as the initial Parent Representative.

 

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, Parent, Merger Sub, the Company, the Company Representative and Parent Representative have previously entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 22, 2016, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, as amended by this Amendment (as may be further amended from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS , Parent, Merger Sub, the Company, the Company Representative and Parent Representative desire to amend certain provisions of the Agreement as set forth herein.

 

 

Agreement

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

The definition of “Company Capitalization” set forth in Article I of the Merger Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

Company Capitalization ” means the number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Merger, including shares issuable on conversion or exercise of (i) outstanding Company Preferred Stock, (ii) outstanding Company 2015 Convertible Notes and Company 2016 Convertible Notes, (iii) outstanding Company Stock Options (whether vested or unvested) or (iv) any other security or instrument convertible into or exercisable for Company Common Stock, but excluding up to 1,450,596 shares issuable upon exercise of options that begin vesting and become exercisable after the Closing.

 

2.

Subsections 3.3(a) , 3.3(b) and 3.3(e) of the Merger Agreement is hereby amended and restated in their entireties as follows:

 

“(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 60,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock and 43,502,124 shares of Company Preferred Stock. As of the date hereof, (i) 978,951 shares of Company Common Stock are issued and outstanding, (ii) 7,703,785 shares of Company Preferred Stock are designated as Series A Preferred Stock, of which 1,080,309 shares are issued and outstanding and convertible into an aggregate of 1,080,309 shares of Company Common Stock, (iii) 2,567,390 shares of Company Preferred Stock are designated as Series B Preferred Stock, of which 360,025 shares are issued and outstanding and convertible into an aggregate of 360,025 shares of Company Common Stock, (iv) 3,256,601 shares of Company Preferred Stock are designated as Series C Preferred Stock, of which 444,370 shares are issued and outstanding and convertible into an aggregate of 444,370 shares of Company Common Stock, (v) 11,773,243 shares of Company Preferred Stock are designated as Series D Preferred Stock, of which 1,600,821 shares are issued and outstanding and convertible into an aggregate of 1,600,821 shares of Company Common Stock, (vi) 2,212,960 shares of Company Preferred Stock are designated as Series E Preferred Stock, of which 310,315 shares are issued and outstanding and convertible into an aggregate of 310,315 shares of Company Common Stock, and (vii) 15,988,145 shares of Company Preferred Stock are designated as Series F Preferred Stock, of which 1,909,540 shares are issued and outstanding and convertible into an aggregate of 1,909,540 shares of Company Common Stock.

 

 
 

 

   

(b) The Company has outstanding convertible promissory notes issued in 2015 in the aggregate principal amount of $7,200,000 (the “Company 2015 Convertible Notes”). The principal and all accrued and unpaid interest under the Company 2015 Convertible Notes will be converted into Company Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time at a conversion price of $2.85697 per share, resulting in 3,482,275 additional shares of Company Common Stock being issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time assuming the Effective Time occurs on August 31, 2016.

 

(e)     As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has outstanding Company Stock Options exercisable for 2,302,968 shares of Company Common Stock (1,450,596 of which Company Stock Options only become exercisable if the Closing occurs). All Company Stock Options were issued under the Company Stock Plans (other than an option grant for 259,592 shares of Company Common Stock that becomes exercisable only if the Closing occurs). The Company has made available to Parent true and complete copies of the Company Stock Plans and all stock option agreements evidencing the Company Stock Options. All Company Stock Options have been offered, issued, and delivered by the Company in all material respects in compliance with all applicable Laws.”

 

3.

Section 5.8 of the Merger Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

Registration Statement . As soon as commercially practicable following the Closing, Parent shall file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (the “ Form S-8 ”) under the Securities Act covering the Parent Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Company Adjusted Options, Parent Stock Options and other equity awards granted under Parent’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (or on such other form as may be available, to the extent Form S-8 is unavailable for the registration of any Parent Common Stock issuable pursuant to any Company Adjusted Options, provided that Parent shall have a period of nine (9) months following the Closing to file any such other form), which Form S-8 (or such other form) shall also provide for the resale of restricted Parent Common Stock by the individuals and in the amounts listed on Schedule 5.8 to this Agreement in accordance with General Instruction C to Registration Statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act (or other applicable rules).”

 

 
 

 

   

4.

Section 9.1(b)(i) of the Merger Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“if the Merger shall not have been consummated by the date that is seventy-five (75) days from the date hereof (the “ Outside Termination Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b)(i) shall not be available to any party whose breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement, or failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, results in the failure of the Merger to be consummated by such time; or”

 

5.

Section 3.3(f) of the Company Disclosure Letter is hereby amended and restated as set forth in Exhibit 1 to this Amendment.

 

6.

Schedule 5.6 to the Merger Agreement is hereby amended and restated as set forth in Exhibit 2 to this Amendment.

 

7.

Except as amended by the terms of this Amendment, the Merger Agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

8.

Unless otherwise defined, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings given to them in the Merger Agreement.

 

 

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 
 

 

   

IN WITNESS THEREOF, this Amendment has been executed by the undersigned as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

 

PARENT:

 

     
  TIGER X MEDICAL, INC.  

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven D. Rubin 

 

 

Name: 

Steven D. Rubin

 

 

Title:

Interim CEO   

 

       
  MERGER SUB :  
     
  ICICLE ACQUISITION CORP.  
       
  By: /s/ Steven D. Rubin  
  Name: Steven D. Rubin  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  
       
  PARENT REPRESENTATIVE:  
     
  /s/ Steven D. Rubin  
  Steven Rubin  
     
  COMPANY:  
     
  BIOCARDIA, INC.  
       
  By: /s/ Peter Altman  
  Name: Peter Altman  
       
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  
       
  COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE:  
     
  /s/ Jay Moyes  
  Jay Moyes  

 

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

ICICLE ACQUISITION CORP.

WITH AND INTO

BIOCARDIA, INC.

 

 

Pursuant to Title 8, Section 251(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the undersigned corporation DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the names and states of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations of the merger are as follows:

 

NAME

STATE OF INCORPORATION

   

Icicle Acquisition Corp.

Delaware

   

BioCardia, Inc.

Delaware

 

SECOND: That an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 22, 2016, by and among Tiger X Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Icicle Acquisition Corp., BioCardia, Inc., and the other parties thereto (the “ Merger Agreement ”) has been approved, adopted, executed and acknowledged by each of the constituent corporations in accordance with the requirements of Section 251 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

THIRD: That under the terms of the Merger Agreement, Icicle Acquisition Corp. will merge with and into BioCardia, Inc. and the name of the surviving corporation of the merger is BioCardia, Inc. (the “ Surviving Corporation ”).

 

FOURTH: That the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall, by virtue of the merger, be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

FIFTH: That the executed Merger Agreement is on file at an office of the Surviving Corporation, the address of which is 125 Shoreway Road, Suite B, San Carlos, CA 94070.

 

SIXTH: That a copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of Icicle Acquisition Corp. or the Surviving Corporation.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 
 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surviving Corporation has caused this Certificate of Merger to be executed by an authorized officer, the 24 day of October, 2016.

 

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Altman

 

 

 

Name: Peter Altman

 

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page - Certificate of Merger]

 

 
 

 

   

Exhibit A

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BIOCARDIA LIFESCIENCES, INC.

 

 

FIRST :             The name of this corporation shall be: BIOCARDIA LIFESCIENCES, INC.

 

SECOND:       Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD:            The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOURTH:        The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is One Thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

FIFTH:             The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws.

 

SIXTH:            Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

 

SEVENTH:      Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the bylaws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the bylaws of the corporation.

 

EIGHTH:         No director shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit not otherwise known to and approved by the Board of Directors. No amendment to or repeal of this Eighth Article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

 

 
 

 

 

NINTH:            The corporation shall, to the fullest extent legally permissible under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any person who was or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification or advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or resolution adopted by the board of directors.

 

TENTH :           The corporation shall not be governed by or subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TIGER X MEDICAL, INC.

October 24, 2016

 

Tiger X Medical, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST : The name of this Corporation is Tiger X Medical, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) and that this Corporation was originally formed pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 12, 1994, under the name of NAM Corporation.

 

SECOND: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, is hereby further amended as follows to change the Corporation’s name:

 

“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is BioCardia, Inc.”

 

THIRD: The amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the DGCL.

 

FOURTH: Except as hereby amended, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, shall remain unchanged.

 

FIFTH: This amendment shall be effective as of 1:00 am Eastern Time on October 26, 2016.

 

[ Signature Page to Follow ]

 

 
 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Altman

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

 

 

 

 

  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer  
       
  Name:    Peter Altman  
    Print or Type  

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

 

2002 STOCK PLAN

 

(As amended January 29, 2007 – 600,000 Shares)
(As amended June 19, 2008 – 444,858 Shares)

(As amended March 17, 2009 – 250,000 Shares)

(As amended September 29, 2009 – 750,000 Shares)

(As amended November 11, 2010 – 500,000 Shares)

(As amended May 4, 2012 – 650,000 Shares)

 

 

1.      Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of BioCardia, Inc.'s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

 

2.      Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)     “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(b)     “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

 

(c)     “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of BioCardia, Inc..

 

(d)     “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)     Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of BioCardia, Inc. representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by BioCardia, Inc.’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(ii)     The consummation of the sale or disposition by BioCardia, Inc. of all or substantially all of BioCardia, Inc.’s assets; or

 

(iii)     The consummation of a merger or consolidation of BioCardia, Inc. with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of BioCardia, Inc. outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of BioCardia, Inc. or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

 
 

 

 

(e)     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)     “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(g)     “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of BioCardia, Inc.

 

(h)     “ Company ” means BioCardia, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(i)     “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

 

(j)      “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)     “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(l)     “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(m)     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(n)     “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)     If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)     If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

 

(iii)     In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(o)     “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

 
-2-

 

 

(p)     “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(q)     “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(r)     “ Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(s)     “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

 

(t)     “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

 

(u)     “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(v)     “ Plan ” means this 2001 Stock Plan.

 

(w)     “ Restricted Stock ” means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below or Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option.

 

(x)     “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to stock purchased under a Stock Purchase Right. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.

 

(y)     “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(z)     “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

 

(aa)     “ Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

 

(bb)     “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

3.      Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 3,694,858 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

 

 
-3-

 

 

4.      Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)      Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(b)      Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

 

(i)     to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)     to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)     to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)     to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)     to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

 

(vi)     to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

 

(vii)     to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

 

(viii)     to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(c)      Effect of Administrator's Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

 

 
-4-

 

 

5.      Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.      Limitations .

 

(a)      Incentive Stock Option Limit . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

 

(b)      At-Will Employment . Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company's right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

 

7.      Term of Plan . Subject to shareholder approval in accordance with Section 19, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 15, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the date of the most recent shareholder approval of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

8.      Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

9.      Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(a)      Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)     In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A)     granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

 
-5-

 

 

(B)     granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii)     In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

(A)     granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)     granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(iii)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

(b)      Forms of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired directly from the Company (x) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

10.      Exercise of Option .

 

(a)      Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. Except in the case of Options granted to officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.

 

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

 
-6-

 

 

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(b)      Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(c)      Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(d)     Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(e)      Leaves of Absence . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder to officers and Directors shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91st day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

 
-7-

 

 

11.      Stock Purchase Rights .

 

(a)      Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)      Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within 90 days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.

 

(c)      Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(d)      Rights as a Shareholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

12.      Limited Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right may only be transferred by (i) will, (ii) the laws of descent and distribution, (iii) instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the Optionee, or (iv) gift to a member of Optionee’s immediate family (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) of the Exchange Act). In addition, any transferable Option or Stock Purchase Right shall contain additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

 
-8-

 

 

13.      Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Change in Control .

 

(a)      Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number and type of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number and type of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per Share covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number or type of issued Shares resulting from a reorganization, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number, type or price of Shares subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

 

(b)      Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c)      Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right, then the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that this Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

 
-9-

 

 

14.      Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

15.      Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)      Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)      Shareholder Approval . The Board shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)      Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

16.      Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)      Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)      Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

17.      Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

18.      Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

 
-10-

 

 

19.      Shareholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

 

20.      Information to Optionees . The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee has one or more Options outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-11-

Exhibit 10.2

 

BIOCARDIA, INC .

 

201 6 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

1.

Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

 

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

 

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

 

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

 

 

2.

Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a)     “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)     “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

(c)     “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

 

(d)     “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(e)     “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f)     “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)     A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(ii)     A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

 
 

 

 

(iii)     A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(g)     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

(h)     “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(i)     “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(j)     “ Company ” means BioCardia, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

 
-2-

 

 

(k)     “ Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

(l)     “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(m)     “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time .

 

(n)     “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(o)     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(p)     “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

 

(q)     “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)     If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)     If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii)     In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(r)     “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 

(s)     “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

 
-3-

 

 

(t)     “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

 

(u)     “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(v)     “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(w)     “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(x)     “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

 

(y)     “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(z)     “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(aa)     “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

 

(bb)     “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

 

(cc)     “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(dd)     “ Plan ” means this 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(ee)     “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

 

(ff)     “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

(gg)     “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

 

(hh)     “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

(ii)     “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(jj)     “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

 

(kk)     “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

 
-4-

 

 

(ll)     “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

 

3.

Stock Subject to the Plan .

 

(a)      Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 1.75 million Shares, plus the sum of (i) any Shares that, as of the date hereof have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan (the “Existing Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Existing Plan that, on or after the date hereof, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan from previously granted awards under the Existing Plan equal to 852,372. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

(b)      Automatic Share Reserve Increase . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2017 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i)  1,500,000 Shares, (ii)  four percent ( 4.0%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board; provided, however, that such determination under clause (iii) will be made no later than the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

 

(c)      Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to, or repurchased by, the Company due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

 

(d)      Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

 
-5-

 

 

 

4.

Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)      Procedure .

 

(i)      Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

(ii)      Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(iii)      Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

 

(iv)      Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

(b)      Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)     to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)     to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)     to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)     to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

(v)     to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

(vi)     to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

 

(vii)     to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(viii)     to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

 

 
-6-

 

 

(ix)     to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

 

(x)     to allow Participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

 

(xi)     to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(xii)     to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

 

(xiii)     to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

(c)      Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

 

5.      Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.      Stock Options .

 

(a)      Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

 

(b)      Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(c)      Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(i)      Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

 

(1)     In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

 
-7-

 

 

(A)     granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)     granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(2)     In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(3)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

(ii)      Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

(iii)      Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

(d)      Exercise of Option .

 

(i)      Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

 

 
-8-

 

 

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(ii)      Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iii)      Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iv)      Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

 
-9-

 

 

7.      Restricted Stock .

 

(a)      Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b)      Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

(c)      Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d)      Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

(e)      Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

(f)      Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

(g)      Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

(h)      Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

8.      Restricted Stock Units .

 

(a)      Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(b)      Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

 
-10-

 

 

(c)      Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

 

(d)      Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

(e)      Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

9.      Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)      Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b)      Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

 

(c)      Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(d)      Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(e)      Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement, as determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(f)      Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

(i)     The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

(ii)     The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

 

 
-11-

 

   

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

10.      Performance Units and Performance Shares .

 

(a)      Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

 

(b)      Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

(c)      Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “ Performance Period .” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service) , applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(d)      Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

 

(e)      Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

 

(f)      Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

 

11.      Outside Director Limitations .

 

(a)      Cash-settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, cash-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of greater than $300,000, increased to $500,000 in the Fiscal Year of his or her initial service as an Outside Director.

 

 
-12-

 

 

(b)      Stock-settled Awards . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, no Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Awards covering more than (   ) Shares, increased to (   ) Shares in the Fiscal Year of his or her initial service as an Outside Director.

 

Any Awards granted to an individual while he or she was an Employee, or while he or she was a Consultant but not an Outside Director, will not count for purposes of the limitations under this Section 11.

 

12.      Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

13.      Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

14.      Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Change in Control .

 

(a)      Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Sections  3 and 11(b) of the Plan.

 

(b)      Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it previously has not been exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c)      Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards may be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 14(c), the Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

 

 
-13-

 

 

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property)  received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, thes type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

(d)      Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director, in the event of a Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which otherwise would not be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting , all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

 
-14-

 

 

15.      Tax .

 

(a)      Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

(b)      Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

(c)      Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A, the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

16.      No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

17.      Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

18.      Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the date of its adoption by the Board. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

 

19.      Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)      Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)      Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

 
-15-

 

 

(c)      Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

20.      Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)      Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)      Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

21.      Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

 

22.      Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

FORM

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

 

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.             NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

 
   

Vesting Commencement Date:

 
   

Exercise Price per Share:

 
   

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 
   

Total Exercise Price:

 

   

Type of Option:

 

Incentive Stock Option

     
   

Nonstatutory Stock Option

     

Term/Expiration Date:

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

 

[Insert vesting schedule]

 

 
 

 

 

Termination Period :

 

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

 

II.           AGREEMENT

 

1.            Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

 

2.             Exercise of Option .

 

(a)      Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

(b)      Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

 
-2-

 

 

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

3.         Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

4.         Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) .

 

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

5.         Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

 

(a)     cash;

 

(b)     check;

 

 
-3-

 

 

(c)     consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(d)     su rrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

 

6.         Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

 

7.         Non-Transferability of Option .

 

(a)     This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

 

(b)     Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

 

8.          Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

9.         Tax Obligations .

 

(a)      Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

 
-4-

 

   

(b)      Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

 

(c)      Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

 

10.          Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

11.          No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

 
-5-

 

 

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

BIOCARDIA, INC

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

     
    Title
     
Residence Address    

 

 
-6-

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

BioCardia, Inc.

125 Shoreway Road, Suite B

San Carlos, CA 94070

Attention: President

 

 

 

1.          Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of BioCardia, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ______________, _____ (the “Option Agreement”).

 

2.          Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3.          Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4.          Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

5.          Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

(a)      Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

 

 

 

(b)      Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

(c)      Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(d)      Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(e)      Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(f)      Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

 

(g)      Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

6.          Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

 
-2-

 

 

7.          Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)      Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

 

(b)      Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)      Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

 
-3-

 

   

8.           Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9.            Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

10.          Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

 

11.         Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

PARTICIPANT

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

Signature

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

Print Name

 

 

 

     
    Title

 

 

 

Address:   Address:
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Date Received

 

 
-4-

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

 

PARTICIPANT

  :  

 

     

COMPANY

  :  

BIOCARDIA, INC.

     

SECURITY 

  :  

COMMON STOCK

     
AMOUNT   :    
     
DATE   :    

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)     Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)     Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

 

 

 

 

(c)     Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

 

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)     Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

 

(f/k/a TIGER X MEDICAL, INC.)

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of ____________ (the “ Effective Date ”), and is between BioCardia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and _______________________ (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.     Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

 

B.     Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate assurance of protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

 

C.     Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

 

D.     In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

 

E.     This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

The parties therefore agree as follows:

 

1.            Definitions.

 

(a)     A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

(i)     Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

 

(ii)     Change in Board Composition. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the Effective Date), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then-still in office, who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

 

 
 

 

 

(iii)     Corporate Transactions. A merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least half of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;

 

(iv)     Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

(v)     Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1)     “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

(2)     “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

 

(b)     “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

 

(c)     “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(d)     “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(e)     “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

 
-2-

 

 

(f)     “ Expenses ” include all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses actually and reasonably, and of the types customarily, incurred by Indemnitee, or on his or her behalf, in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company . Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(g)     “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither currently is, as of the time the request for indemnification is made nor in the previous five (5) years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then-prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(h)     “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, or claim, issue or matter therein, whether brought in the right of the Company, a Subsidiary or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom, and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the Effective Date, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company or of a Subsidiary, or (ii) the fact or assertion that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company or of a Subsidiary as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, a Subsidiary or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

(i)     “ Subsidiary ” means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

 

(j)     Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of a Subsidiary which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

 
-3-

 

 

2.        Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if, and only if, such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) in connection with such Proceeding , if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

3.        Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses in connection with such Proceeding , if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery shall deem proper.

 

4.       Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but fewer than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issuer or matter. For purposes of this Section 4, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

5.        Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses in connection therewith.

 

6.        Additional Indemnification.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, above, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if, and only if, such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) in connection with the Proceeding .

 

(b)       For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

 

(i)     the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

 

 
-4-

 

 

(ii)     the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

7.       Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or provide any benefit to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

(a)     for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 15;

 

(b)     for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(c)     for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(d)     initiated by Indemnitee, including against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law or the Company’s bylaws; or

 

(e)     if prohibited by applicable law.

 

8.       Advances of Expenses. To the extent indemnity is provided pursuant to Sections 2, 3 or 4, above, or otherwise in this Agreement, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Reimbursements hereunder shall be deemed advances, and shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any such advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to prevent reimbursement to the extent advancement is prohibited by law, or with respect to Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

 
-5-

 

 

9.         Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

 

(a)     Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

(b)     If, at the time of the receipt of a written notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to such insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)     In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense, (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its defense obligations, or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding; provided that Indemnitee’s counsel conducts the defense of such Proceeding actively and diligently. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

 

(d)     Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

 

(e)     The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(f)     The Company shall have the right to settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the consent of Indemnitee.

 

 
-6-

 

 

10.        Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

 

(a)     To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary or as the Company may reasonably request to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

 

(b)     Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(c)     In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel,” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b), above. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a), below, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then-prevailing).

 

 
-7-

 

 

(d)     The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

11.        Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

(a)     In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by such person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

(b)     The termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or as required by applicable law) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)     For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors, or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors, or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors (including consultants or advisors formally engaged by the board or committee). The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(d)     Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

 
-8-

 

 

12.       Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)     Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10, above, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8, above, or 12(d), below, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10, above, within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4 or 5, above, and 12(d), below, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4, above. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b)     Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, may be asserted or offered into evidence as a defense to the action or to create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c)     To the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10, above, that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)     To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8, above.

 

 
-9-

 

 

(e)     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

13.      Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

 

14.      Non-exclusivity; No Limitation on Indemnity Rights. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of, or in any manner limit, any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

15.      Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by a third party (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitor ”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitor, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitor to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitor with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitor of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitor is an express third-party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 15.

 

16.      No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 15.

 

 
-10-

 

 

17.      Insurance.    The Company shall, to the extent that the Board determines it to be economically reasonable, maintain a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance, on such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Board.

 

18.      Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

19.      Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

 

20.      Duration. This Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a Subsidiary, or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable, or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then-pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12, above, relating thereto.

 

21.      Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

22.      Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

 
-11-

 

 

23.      Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

24.      Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee, as provided by its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and by applicable law.

 

25.      Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless and only to the extent executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

26.      Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(a)     if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

 

(b)     if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 125 Shoreway Rd B, San Carlos, CA 94070, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Michael J. Danaher, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

 
-12-

 

 

27.      Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a), above, or by the Company or Indemnitee pursuant to a written agreement between the Company and Indemnitee providing for such, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, Corporation Service Company, Wilmington, Delaware, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

28.      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

29.      Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

( signature page follows )

 

 
-13-

 

 

The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Title )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name )

   
   
   
  ( Street address )
   
   
  ( City, State and ZIP )

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this " Lease ") is made this 2 9 th day of September, 2008, between ARE-SAN FRANCISCO NO. 29, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (" Landlord "), and BIOCARDIA, INC ., a Delaware corporation (" Tenant ").

 

Address :

125 Shoreway Drive, San Carlos, California

 

Premises :

That portion of the Project, containing approximately 12,918 rentable square feet, as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A .

 

Project :

The real property on which the building (the " Building ") in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B .

 

Base Rent :

$1.60 per rentable square foot per month, subject to adjustment as provided for in Sections 3 and 4 below.

 

Rent Adjustment Percentage : 3%

 

Rentable Area of Premises : 12,918 sq. ft.

 

Rentable Area of Building : 45,668 sq. ft.

 

Building ' s Share of Project : 55.16%

 

Rentable Area of Project : 82,796 sq. ft.

 

Tenant ' s Share of Operating Expenses for the Building : 28.29%

 

Tenant ' s Share of Operating Expenses for the Project : 15.60%

 

Security Deposit : $42,629.40

 

Target Commencement Date : The date 60 days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease by the parties.

 

Base Term :

Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 60 months from the first day of the first full month following the Rent Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2 ).

 

Permitted Use :

Research and development laboratory, manufacturing, assembly, clean room, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof, provided; however, that such uses are permitted by the City of San Carlos.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 2

          

 

Address for Rent Payment :
P.O. Box 79840
Baltimore, MD 21279-0840

Landlord ' s Notice Address :
385 E. Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299
Pasadena, CA 91101
Attention: Corporate Secretary

Tenant ' s Notice Address
Prior to the Commencement Date :
384 Oyster Pt. Blvd. #5
S. San Francisco, California 94080
Attention: Vice President of Operations

Tenant ' s Notice Address
After the Commencement Date :
125 Shoreway Drive, Suite B
San Carlos, California 94070
Attention: Vice President of Operations

 

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

[X] EXHIBIT A -PREMISES DESCRIPTION

[X] EXHIBIT C -WORK LETTER

[X] EXHIBIT E -RULES AND REGULATIONS

[X] EXHIBIT G -AVAILABLE SPACE

[X] EXHIBIT I -EQUIPMENT OVER 500 POUNDS

[X] EXHIBIT B -DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

[X] EXHIBIT D -COMMENCEMENT DATE

[X] EXHIBIT F -TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY

[X] EXHIBIT H -SPACE PLAN

 

1.     Lease of Premises . Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the " Common Areas ." Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant's use of the Premises for the Permitted Use and provided that such modifications do not materially increase the obligations or materially decrease the rights of Tenant under this Lease.

 

2.     Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, with Landlord's Work substantially completed (" Delivery " or " Deliver "). If Landlord fails to substantially complete Landlord's Work on or before the Target Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 60 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than Force Majeure delays or Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord or Tenant by written notice to the other, and if so terminated by either: (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to void this Lease within 5 business days of the lapse of such 60 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. As used herein, " Landlord ' s Work " shall mean the following work to be completed by Landlord, at Landlord's cost and expense, (i) touch up or re-paint, as Landlord's reasonable discretion, the walls in the shared lobby and the restroom areas, (ii) repair or replace, at Landlord's reasonable discretion, the flooring in the shared lobby and the restroom areas, and (iii) install a locking door to the hallway accessing the restroom from the Premises (but not a security system).

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 3

        

 

The " Commencement Date " shall be the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant. The " Rent Commencement Date " shall be the earlier of: (i) 105 days after Landlord's Delivery of the Premises to Tenant, and (ii) the date the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Completed (as defined in the Work Letter) by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord of any of the following conditions immediately after Tenant's discovery of such condition and, in the case of sub-item (b) below, concurrently delivers evidence thereof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of such condition, the 105-day period set forth in clause (i) of the preceding sentence shall be extended by 1 day for each day that Tenant's Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements is delayed due to (a) Landlord's failure to respond within the time periods required in the Work Letter, (b) the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises for which Landlord is responsible under the Work Letter, or (c) the occurrence of fire not caused by Tenant or the Tenant Parties, earthquake or flood. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the " Acknowledgement of Commencement Date " attached to this Lease as Exhibit D ; provided however , Tenant's failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord's rights hereunder. The " Term " of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this Lease and any Extension Terms which Tenant may elect pursuant to Section  40 hereof.

 

Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access, at Tenant's sole risk and expense, to the Premises commencing on October 15, 2008, to commence the Tenant Improvements, provided that such construction of the Tenant Improvements by Tenant is coordinated with Landlord's architect and general contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose. All such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance that Landlord may require pursuant to this Lease) is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord's contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord's Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant. Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party shall interfere with the performance of Landlord's Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to exclude Tenant and any Tenant Party from the Premises and the Project until substantial completion of Landlord's Work.

 

Except as set forth in this Lease or the Work Letter: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 7 hereof); (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant's taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except for the obligation to pay Base Rent or Operating Expenses.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 4

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for the period of 90 consecutive days after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building (including the roof) or Building Systems (as defined in Section 13 ); provided, however, that Tenant shall pay the cost of any such repairs if (i) such repairs are required as a result of the Tenant Improvements, or 00 Tenant, or any of Tenant's contractors, vendors or consultants, was responsible for the cause of such repair.

 

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that, except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant's business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant's representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

 

3.     Rent .

 

(a)     Base Rent . The first month's Base Rent and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof after the Rent Commencement Date, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5 ) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant (i) shall only be required to pay Base Rent in the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease with respect to 8,000 rentable square feet for the first 6 months after the Rent Commencement Date, (ii) shall only be required to pay Base Rent in the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease with respect to 10,000 rentable square feet for the 7th through 12th months after the Rent Commencement Date, and (iii) shall be required to pay Base Rent in the amount of $1.65 per rentable square foot per month with respect to the entire Premises for the 13th through 24th months after the Rent Commencement Date. Thereafter, Base Rent shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4(a) .

 

 
 

 

   

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 5

 

 

(b)     Additional Rent . In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (" Additional Rent "): (i) Tenant's Share of " Operating Expenses " (as defined in Section  5 ) and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall (i) shall only be required to pay Operating Expenses with respect to 8,000 rentable square feet of the Premises for the first 6 months after the Rent Commencement Date, (ii) shall only be required to pay Operating Expenses with respect to 10,000 rentable square feet of the Premises for the 7th through 12th months after the Rent Commencement Date. Tenant shall commence paying Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the entire Premises on the commencement of the 13th month after the Rent Commencement Date.

 

4.     Base Rent Adjustments

 

(a)     Annual Adjustments . Commencing on the second anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full month during the Term of this Lease (each an " Adjustment Date ") by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

 

(b)     Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall, subject to the terms of the Work Letter, make available to Tenant an additional tenant improvement allowance (" Additional TI Allowance ") for the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises of up to $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises. Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter monthly on the same day that Base Rent is due, in addition to Base Rent and Additional Rent, Tenant further agrees to pay to Landlord the amount necessary to fully amortize over the remainder of the Term the portion of the Additional TI Allowance to be funded by Landlord in equal payments with interest at a rate of 8% per annum (" Additional TI Payments "). The Additional TI Allowance shall only be available for use by Tenant as part of the construction of the Tenant Improvements until the date which is the last day of the month that is 6 months after the Rent Commencement Date and Tenant shall have no right thereafter to use any undisbursed portion thereof. The amount of the Additional TI Payments shall be subject to adjustments if Landlord disburses any portion of the Additional TI Allowance after the Rent Commencement Date.

 

5.     Operating Expense Payments . Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the " Annual Estimate "), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. During each month of the Term, on the same date that Base Rent is due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant's Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 6

 

 

The term " Operating Expenses " means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Building (including the Building's Share of all costs and expenses of any kind or description incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to the Project which are not specific to the Building or any other building located in the Project) (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9 ) capital repairs and improvements amortized over the lesser of 10 years and the useful life of such capital items as reasonably determined by Landlord (" Approved Capital Expenses "), and the costs of Landlord's third party property manager (not to exceed 3% of Base Rent) or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3.0% of Base Rent), excluding only:

 

(a)     the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

 

(b)     capital expenditures for expansion of the Project and other capital expenditures to the extent not Approved Capital Expenses;

 

(c)     any costs incurred to remove, study, test, remediate or otherwise related to the presence of Hazardous Materials in or about the Building or the Project, which Hazardous Materials Tenant proves (i) existed prior to the Commencement Date, (ii) originated from any separately demised tenant space within the Project other than the Premises or (iii) were not brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Project by Tenant or any Tenant Party;

 

(d)     interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27 ) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured;

 

(e)     depreciation of the Project and capital expense reserves (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

 

(f)     advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

 

(g)     legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

 

(h)     completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

 

(i)     costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

 

(j)     salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project;

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 7

 

 

(k)     general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord's existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

 

(l)     costs (including attorneys' fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

 

(m)     costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7 )

 

(n)     penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord's inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord's failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

 

(o)     overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

(p)     costs of Landlord's charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

 

(q)     costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

 

(r)     costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

 

(s)     net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein;

 

(t)     any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project; and

 

(u)     costs incurred in connection with the operation of any parking concession within the Project; and

 

(v)     costs incurred in connection with the performance of alterations or modifications to the Project (other than the Premises for which Tenant shall be solely responsible for) that are required solely due to the non-compliance of the Project with Legal Requirements applicable to the Project (other than the Premises for which Tenant shall be solely responsible for) as of the date hereof.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 8

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant's Share of any earthquake related insurance deductible shall not exceed $126,000 and Tenant shall have the right to elect to fully amortize Tenant's Share of such insurance deductible in equal monthly payments over the then remaining number of months in the Base Term of the Lease and such payments shall be due on the first day of each month.

 

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an " Annual Statement ") showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant's Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant's payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant's Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant's payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant's payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant's Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.

 

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 45 days after Tenant's receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 45 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord's statement of Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord's books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant's questions (the " Expense Information "). If after Tenant's review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant from among the 4 largest in the United States, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant's sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the " Independent Review "). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord's option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant's payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Tenant shall treat the results of each Independent Review as confidential and shall not disclose any information regarding such Independent Review to any other tenants; provided, however, that Tenant may disclose such information to its accountants, attorneys and real estate consultants and to governmental authorities as required by Legal Requirements and in connection with any litigation, arbitration or similar proceeding. Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant's obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Building is not at least 95% occupied during any portion of any calendar year during any year of the Term, Landlord shall adjust Operating Expenses to equal what would have been incurred had the Building been 95% occupied during such entire calendar year and Landlord may incorporate such adjustment in the Annual Estimate.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 9

 

 

" Tenant ' s Share " shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant's Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Project occurring thereafter. The rentable area of the Premises shall not be subject to re-measurement by either party. If Landlord has a reasonable basis for doing so, Landlord may equitably increase Tenant's Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as " Rent ."

 

6.     Security Deposit . Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, a security deposit (the " Security Deposit ") for the performance of all of Tenant's obligations hereunder in the amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the " Letter of Credit "): (i) in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the state of Landlord's choice. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord's damages in case of Tenant's default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20 ) Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages under California Civil Code Section 1951.2, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Landlord's right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c) below. Upon any use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation, California Civil Code Section 1950.7, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within 5 days after demand from Landlord, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord's option, to the last assignee of Tenant's interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

 
 

 

   

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 10

 

 

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord's obligations under this Section 6 , or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant's right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord's transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord's damages in case of Tenant's default. Landlord's obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

 

7.     Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions on page 1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, " ADA ") (collectively, " Legal Requirements " and each, a " Legal Requirement "). Tenant shall, upon 5 days' written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9 ) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant's or Landlord's insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. The use that Tenant has disclosed to Landlord that Tenant will be making of the Premises as of the Commencement Date will not result in the voidance of or an increase insurance risk with respect to the insurance currently being maintained by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a "place of public accommodation", as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant's use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment weighing 500 pounds or more in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that Landlord hereby approves the location of the items of machinery or equipment weighing 500 pounds or over as shown on Exhibit I attached hereto. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant's Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 11

 

 

Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is generally applicable to similar buildings in the area in which the Project is located) or at Tenant's expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is applicable solely by reason of Tenant's, as compared to other tenants of the Project, particular use of the Premises or as a result of Tenant's Alterations (excluding the Tenant Improvements)) make any alterations or modifications to the Common Areas or the exterior of the Building that are required by Legal Requirements, including the ADA. After the Commencement Date, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior or the exterior of the Premises that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant's particular use or occupancy of the Premises or as a result of Tenant's Alterations. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, but subject to the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, " Claims ") arising out of any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement.

 

8.     Holding Over . If, with Landlord's express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 4 hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as Landlord may indicate, in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion, in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term for the first 90 days of such tenancy at sufferance and thereafter 200% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant's holding over, including consequential damages. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 12

 

 

9.     Taxes . Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as " Taxes "), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, " Governmental Authority ") during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord's business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall only charge Tenant for such assessments existing as of the Commencement Date as if those assessments were paid by Landlord over the longest possible term which Landlord is permitted to pay for the applicable assessments without additional charge other than interest, if any, provided under the terms of the underlying assessments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Taxes shall not include any net income taxes, estate taxes or inheritance taxes imposed on Landlord unless such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder, or any late penalties, interest or fines. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant's personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord's property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord's determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.

 

10.     Parking . Subject to all matters of record, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, in common with other tenants of the Project pro rata in accordance with the rentable area of the Premises and the rentable areas of the Project occupied by such other tenants, to park in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord's rules and regulations. As of the date of this Lease, Tenant's pro rata share of parking equates to 42 parking spaces. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project pro rata as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant's parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 13

 

 

11.     Utilities, Services . Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11 , water, electricity, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, light, power, telephone, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services), refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, " Utilities "). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant's reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord may cause, at Landlord's expense, any Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever other than Landlord's willful misconduct, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use.

 

12.     Alterations and Tenant ' s Property . Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other then by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13 ) (" Alterations ") shall be subject to Landlord's prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord's sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems. Tenant may construct nonstructural Alterations in the Premises without Landlord's prior approval if the aggregate cost of all such work in any 12 month period does not exceed $25,000 (a " Notice-Only Alteration "), provided Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of such intended Notice-Only Alteration, and such notice shall be accompanied by plans, specifications, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Notice-Only Alteration as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, which notice and accompanying materials shall be delivered to Landlord not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord's reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord's right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand an amount equal to 3% of all charges incurred by Tenant or its contractors or agents in connection with any Alteration to cover Landlord's overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

 

 
 

 

   

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 14

 

 

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers' compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) "as built" plans for any such Alteration.

 

Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested, notify Tenant that Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, in which event Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant's Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) Tenant shall have no obligation to remove the Tenant Improvements nor shall Tenant shall have any right to the Tenant Improvements (excluding Tenant's Property) at any time during the Term, and (ii) Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any data or telecommunications lines or cabling with a terminus outside of the Premises (regardless of whether such lines or cabling originate from the Premises), unless such telecommunications lines or cabling were installed by or for Tenant. During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. If Landlord is requested by Tenant or any lender, lessor or other person or entity claiming an interest in any of Tenant' Property to waive any lien Landlord may have against any of Tenant's Property, and Landlord consents to such waiver, then Landlord shall be entitled to be paid as administrative rent a fee of $1,000 per occurrence for its time and effort in preparing and negotiating such a waiver of lien.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 15

 

 

For purposes of this Lease, (x) " Removable Installations " means any items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future,(y) " Tenant ' s Property " means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z) " Installations " means all property of any kind paid for with the TI Fund, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

 

13.     Landlord ' s Repairs . Landlord, as an Operating Expense (except to the extent the cost thereof is excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 5 hereof), shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project (including the equipment therein), including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (" Building Systems "), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages (unless such losses or damages would have been insured losses or expenses if the insurance Landlord is required to maintain hereunder had been obtained and so long as it would make reasonable business sense to Landlord, bearing in mind the potential amount of the losses and damages and the amount of the applicable deductibles, to submit a claim for such losses and damages to its insurer) caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant's agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, " Tenant Parties ") excluded. Subject to the provisions of the penultimate paragraph of Section 17 losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to the extent not covered by insurance. Landlord is required to maintain hereunder (or to the extent such losses or damages would have been covered by insurance Landlord is required to maintain hereunder if such insurance had been maintained and so long as it would make reasonable business sense to Landlord, bearing in mind the potential amount of the losses and damages and the amount of the applicable deductibles, to submit a claim for such losses and damages to its insurer). Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, provided Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant's Permitted Use of the Premises. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided however that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant 24 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant's written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance as provided in this Lease. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord's expense and agrees that the parties' respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18 .

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 16

 

 

14.     Tenant ' s Repairs . Except as otherwise set forth in Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls; provided, however, that Landlord shall be responsible, as part of Operating Expenses, for repairs, replacements and maintenance that could constitute capital expenditures. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord's notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18 , Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises.

 

15.     Mechanic ' s Liens . Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic's lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 10 days after the filing thereof, at Tenant's sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant's business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

 

16.     Indemnification . Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises, arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, unless caused solely by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant's business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 17

 

 

17.     Insurance . Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project or such lesser coverage amount as Landlord may elect provided such coverage amount is not less than 90% of such full replacement cost. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers' compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer's cost calculations). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant's use of the Premises.

 

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant's expense; workers' compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employers liability insurance with such limits as required by law; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance policy shall name Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (collectively, " Landlord Parties "), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in "Best's Insurance Guide"; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 10 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant's policies). Copies of such policies (if requested by Landlord), or certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant's policy may be a "blanket policy" with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 18

 

 

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

 

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (" Related Parties "), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder regardless of the negligence of the party to the Lease receiving the benefit of the waiver, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other's insurer.

 

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with reasonable requirements of Landlord's lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project.

 

18.     Restoration . If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the " Restoration Period "). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 12 months (the " Maximum Restoration Period "), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided , however that notwithstanding Landlord's election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30 ) in on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as " Hazardous Materials Clearances "); provided , however , that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a portion of the Project, not including the Building, is damaged, Landlord may not terminate this Lease on the basis that the Restoration Period will exceed the Maximum Restoration Period if Landlord elects to merely repair the damage rather than redevelop or improve the Project as a whole, and Landlord actually commences construction of the repair of such damage. The Restoration Period and the Maximum Restoration Period shall not be extended by Force Majeure. In the event that the Lease terminates pursuant to the provisions of this Section 18 as a result of an earthquake, Tenant shall not be required to pay any deductibles as part of Operating Expenses in connection with such earthquake.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 19

 

 

Tenant may, at Tenant's option, promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease upon Landlord's completion of all repairs or restoration required to be done by Landlord with pursuant to this Section 18 ; provided, however, that Tenant shall nonetheless (and even if Tenant does not re-enter the Premises) continue to be responsible for all of its obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may terminate this Lease if the Premises are damaged during the last 1 year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage, or if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant's business. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18 , Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

 

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

 

 
 

 

   

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 20

 

 

19.     Condemnation . If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a " Taking " or " Taken "), and the Taking would in Landlord's reasonable judgment, either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises or materially interfere with or impair Landlord's ownership or operation of the Project, then upon written notice by Landlord this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant's interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord's award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant's trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

 

20.     Events of Default . Each of the following events shall be a default (" Default ") by Tenant under this Lease:

 

(a)     Payment Defaults . Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 3 days of any such notice not more than once in any 12 month period and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law.

 

(b)     Insurance . Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 20 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

 

(c)     Abandonment . Tenant shall abandon the Premises.

 

(d)     Improper Transfer . Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant's interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant's interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

 

(e)     Liens . Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 days after any such lien is filed against the Premises.

 

(f)     Insolvency Events . Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant's obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a " Proceeding for Relief "); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 21

 

 

(g)     Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement . Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 days after a second notice requesting such document.

 

(h)     Other Defaults . Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20 , and, except to the extent a different time period is otherwise provided for herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 10 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

 

Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant's default pursuant to Section 20(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 10 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 10 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided , however , that such cure shall be completed no later than 45 days from the date of Landlord's notice.

 

21.     Landlord ' s Remedies .

 

(a)     Payment By Landlord; Interest. Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act on behalf of Tenant. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the " Default Rate "), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant's Default hereunder.

 

(b)     Late Payment Rent . Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, before assessing a late charge the first time in any calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of the delinquency and will waive the right if Tenant pays such delinquency within five (5) days thereafter. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 22

 

 

(c)     Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

 

(i)     Terminate this Lease, or at Landlord's option, Tenant's right to possession only, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor;

 

(ii)     Upon any termination of this Lease, whether pursuant to the foregoing Section 21(c)(i) or otherwise, Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

 

(A)     The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

(B)     The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(C)     The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(D)     Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; provided, however, that with respect only to any detriment suffered by Landlord in connection with Landlord's reletting of the Premises as a result of Tenant's failure to perform under the Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for such reletting costs to the extent reasonably proportionate to the remaining Term of the Lease; and

 

(E)     At Landlord's election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

 

The term "rent" as used in this Section 21 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 21(c)(ii) (A) and (B) , above, the " worth at the time of award " shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 21(c)(ii)(C) above, the " worth at the time of award " shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 23

 

 

(iii)     Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant's Default and recover rent as it becomes due (Landlord and Tenant hereby agreeing that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign hereunder, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

 

(iv)     Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease following a Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord's sole discretion, succeed to Tenant's interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. Upon Landlord's election to succeed to Tenant's interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

 

(v)     Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d) hereof, at Tenant's expense.

 

(d)     Effect of Exercise . Exercise by Landlord of any remedies hereunder or otherwise available shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of surrender of the Premises and/or a termination of this Lease by Landlord, it being understood that such surrender and/or termination can be effected only by the express written agreement of Landlord and Tenant. Any law, usage, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Lease in strict accordance with the terms hereof; and the failure of Landlord at any time to enforce its rights under this Lease strictly in accordance with same shall not be construed as having created a custom in any way or manner contrary to the specific terms, provisions, and covenants of this Lease or as having modified the same and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord's right to enforce one or more of its rights in connection with any subsequent default. A receipt by Landlord of Rent or other payment with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord. To the greatest extent permitted by law, Tenant waives the service of notice of Landlord's intention to re-enter, re-take or otherwise obtain possession of the Premises as provided in any statute, or to institute legal proceedings to that end, and also waives all right of redemption in case Tenant shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge. Any reletting of the Premises or any portion thereof shall be on such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant's obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord's failure to relet the Premises or collect rent due in respect of such reletting or otherwise to mitigate any damages arising by reason of Tenant's Default.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 24

 

 

22.     Assignment and Subletting .

 

(a)     General Prohibition . Without Landlord's prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22 Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 49% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to obtain financing from investors (including venture capital funding and corporate partners) or undergo a public offering which results in a change in control of Tenant without such change of control constituting an assignment under this Section 22 requiring Landlord consent, provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of the financing at least 5 business days prior to the closing of the financing, and (ii) provided that in no event shall such financing result in a change in use of the Premises from the use contemplated by Tenant at the commencement of the Term.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 25

 

 

(b)     Permitted Transfers . If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the " Assignment Date "), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the " Assignment Notice ") containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion; or (iii) terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an " Assignment Termination "). Among other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these instances: (1) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant would entail any alterations that would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns that are controversial; (4) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will incur under the proposed assignment or sublease; (5) in Landlord's reasonable judgment, the character, reputation, or business of the proposed assignee or subtenant is inconsistent with the desired tenant-mix or the quality of other tenancies in the Project or is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (6) Landlord has received from any prior landlord to the proposed assignee or subtenant a negative report concerning such prior landlord's experience with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (7) Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (8) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any applicable Legal Requirement; (9) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity with whom Landlord is negotiating to lease space in the Project; or (10) the assignment or sublease is prohibited by Landlord's lender. If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 business days after Landlord's notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord's consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a " Control Permitted Assignment ") shall not be required, provided that Landlord shall have the right to approve the form of any such sublease or assignment. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord's prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation, corporate reorganization, stock purchase or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (" GAAP ")) of the assignee is not less than the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of the date of Tenant's most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment (a " Corporate Permitted Assignment "). Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as " Permitted Assignments ." Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall have no right to an Assignment Termination as a result of Permitted Assignment or any notice of a Permitted Assignment from Tenant.

 

(c)     Additional Conditions . As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord's consent is required, Landlord may require:

 

(i)     that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided however in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 26

 

 

(ii)     A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

 

(d)     No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents . Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant's obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant's other obligations under this Lease. Except with respect to a Permitted Assignment, if the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form attributable to the assignment or sublease) exceeds the sum of the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable brokerage fees, legal costs and any design or construction fees directly related to any such sublease) (" Excess Rent "), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant's obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord's application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant's obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

 

(e)     No Waiver . The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 27

 

 

(f)     Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22 if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party's action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall be acting reasonably by refusing to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

 

23.     Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant's failure to deliver such statement within such time shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be conclusive upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

 

24.     Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

 

25.     Prorations . All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

 

26.     Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E . If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 28

 

 

27.     Subordination . This Lease and Tenant's interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant's quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in this Section 27 and Section 24 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant's consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term " Mortgage " whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the " Holder " of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.

 

28.     Surrender . Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant's right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, " Tenant HazMat Operation s") and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the " Surrender Plan "). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord's environmental consultant, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant's expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord's environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of-pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord's environmental consultant to review and approve the Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $2,500. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord's environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 29

 

 

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28 .

 

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord's election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant's Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant's expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord's retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

 

29.     Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 30

 

 

30.     Environmental Requirements .

 

(a)     Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord's employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys', consultants' and experts' fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, " Environmental Claims ") which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord's approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 28 or this Section 30 Tenant shall not be responsible for or have any liability to Landlord, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to Hazardous Materials in or about the Building or the Project, which Hazardous Materials Tenant proves to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction (i) existed prior to the Commencement Date, (ii) originated from any separately demised tenant space within the Project other than the Premises or (iii) were not brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Project by Tenant or any Tenant Party, unless in any such case, to the extent the presence of such Hazardous Materials (x) is the result of a breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (y) was caused, contributed to or exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 31

 

 

(b)     Business . Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (" Hazardous Materials List "). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List at least once per calendar year listing all Hazardous Materials which Tenant is required to disclose to any Governmental Authority (e.g., the fire department) in connection with its use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the " Haz Mat Documents ") relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant's business should such information become possessed by Tenant's competitors.

 

(c)     Tenant Representation and Warranty . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant's or such predecessor's action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion.

 

(d)     Testing . Landlord shall have the right to conduct annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant's use. Tenant shall be required to pay the cost of such annual test of the Premises if there is violation of this Section 30 or if contamination for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30 is identified; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant's use of the Premises. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30 Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord's receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 32

 

 

(e)     Control Areas . Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage. As used in the preceding sentence, Tenants pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall be determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone. For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant's premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant's pro rata share of such control area would be 20%.

 

(f)     Underground Tanks . If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks.

 

(g)     Tenant ' s Obligations . Tenant's obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord's sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

 

(h)     Definitions . As used herein, the term " Environmental Requirements " means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term "Hazardous Materials" means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the " operator " of Tenant's " facility " and the " owner " of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

 

 
 

 

   

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 33

 

 

31.     Tenant ' s Remedies/Limitation of Liability . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord's obligations hereunder.

 

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term " Landlord " in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner's ownership.

 

32.     Inspection and Access . Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time upon at least 24 hours advance notice (except in case of emergency where no advance notice will be required) to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease. Landlord and Landlord's representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord's request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord's access rights hereunder.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 34

 

 

33.     Security . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant's officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant's cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

 

34.     Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be held responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (" Force Majeure ").

 

35.     Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, " Broker ") in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than CRESA Partners, NAI BT Commercial and Jones Lang LaSalle. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this Section 35 claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction. Landlord shall be responsible for all fees of Broker arising out of the execution of this Lease in accordance with the terms of a separate written agreement between Broker and Landlord.

 

36.     Limitation on Landlord ' s Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD'S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD'S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD'S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD'S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANTS BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 35

 

 

37.     Severability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

38.     Signs; Exterior Appearance . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord's sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord's standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord's standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

 

Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to display, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, 1 sign bearing Tenant's name and/or logo on a location on the Building acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant's name and/or logo signage including, without limitation, the size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval and shall be consistent with Landlord's signage program at the Project and applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, for the maintenance of Tenant's sign, for the removal of Tenant's sign at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and for the repair all damage resulting from such removal. The signage right granted to Tenant pursuant to this paragraph shall not be assignable by Tenant to any other party, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 36

 

 

39.     Right to Expand .

 

(a)     Expansion in the Project. Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to expand the Premises (the " Expansion Right ") to include the Available Space in the Project upon the terms and conditions in this Section. For purposes of this Section 39(a) " Available Space " shall mean all of that that certain space contiguous to the Premises consisting of approximately 5,705 rentable square feet , as shown on Exhibit G attached hereto. If Tenant elects to exercise the Expansion Right, Tenant shall, on or before October 1, 2009 (" Expansion Right Expiration Date "), deliver written notice to Landlord of its election to exercise the Expansion Right (" Tenant Expansion Exercise Notice "). If, prior to Tenant's delivery of a Tenant Expansion Exercise Notice to Landlord and prior to the Expansion Right Expiration Date, Landlord intends to accept a proposal from a third party to lease the Available Space, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written notice of the existence of such proposal (" Proposal Notice "). Within 5 business days after Tenant's receipt of the Proposal Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (the " Acceptance Notice ") if Tenant elects to lease the Available Space. If Tenant elects to lease the Available Space by delivering a Tenant Expansion Exercise Notice or an Acceptance Notice, as applicable, within the required time periods, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to lease the Available Space on the same terms and conditions as this Lease except, that the terms of this Lease shall be modified as follows: (i) tenant improvements within the Available Space, acceptable to Landlord in Landlord's reasonable discretion, shall be constructed in accordance with a work letter entered into by the parties, each in their sole and absolute discretion, which work letter shall provide that (1) the parties shall cause a space plan for the Available Space, acceptable to Landlord in Landlord's reasonable discretion, to be finalized no later than 30 days after Tenant's delivery of the Tenant Expansion Exercise Notice or the Acceptance Notice to Landlord, (2) Landlord shall provide a tenant improvement allowance (" Available Space TI Allowance ") for the construction of tenant improvements in the Available Space of up to $20.00 per rentable square foot of the Available Space and an Additional TI Allowance, subject to the terms of such work letter, of up to $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Available Space which shall be fully amortized over the remainder of the Term pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Lease, and (3) Tenant shall have no obligation to construct any tenant improvements in the Available Space; 00 the definition of Premises shall be amended to include the Available Space; (iii) Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for the Building and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for the Project shall be increased based upon the addition of the Available Space to the Premises, (iv) the amount of Base Rent payable for the Available Space shall be equal to the amount of Base Rent on a per square foot basis being paid by Tenant with respect to the Premises as of the date that Tenant commences paying Base Rent for the Available Space, excluding any rent abatement provided for in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 3(a) of this Lease, and (vi) Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent and Operating Expenses for the Available Space on the date Landlord delivers the Available Space to Tenant with the tenant improvements in the Available Space substantially completed. The term of the Lease with respect to the Available Space shall commence immediately upon mutual execution of the amendment described in Section 39(b) below.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 37

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, in Landlord's sole discretion, may re-develop the Available Space as laboratory/office space prior to the Expansion Right Expiration Date. If Landlord has re-developed or is in the process of re-developing the Available Space at the time of Tenant's delivery to Landlord of a Tenant Expansion Exercise Notice or Acceptable Notice, Tenant shall be deemed to agree to lease the Available Space on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than the terms set forth in subsections (i) through (vi) of the previous paragraph) except, that the terms of this Lease shall be modified as follows: (i) Tenant shall accept the Available Space in its "as is" condition Exhibit C shall not be applicable to the Available Space, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any tenant improvement allowance with respect to the Available Space; (ii) the definition of Premises shall be amended to include the Available Space; (iii) Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for the Building and Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for the Project shall be increased based upon the addition of the Available Space to the Premises, (iv) the amount of Base Rent initially payable for the Available Space shall be at the Market Rate (as defined below) which Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted annually by a percentage as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant when the Market Rate is determined, and (v) Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent and Operating Expenses for the Available Space on the date Landlord delivers the Available Space to Tenant. As used herein, " Market Rate " shall mean the then market rental rate as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant, which shall in no event be less than the Base Rent payable on a per square foot basis for the Premises at the time Tenant elects to exercise the Expansion Right multiplied by 103%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, on or before the date which is 10 business days following Tenant's delivery of a Tenant Expansion Exercise Notice or Acceptance Notice, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord's determination of the Market Rate and the rent escalations for the Available Space after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in Section 40(b) . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected to exercise its Expansion Right by delivering the Tenant Expansion Exercise Notice or Acceptance Notice to Landlord as required in this Section 39(a) Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to lease the Available Space.

 

(b)     Amended Lease . If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver a Tenant Expansion Exercise Notice or an Acceptance Notice, as applicable, within the time periods provided in Section 39(a) , or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 10 days from the date that Landlord delivers to Tenant a lease amendment, which lease amendment shall include a work letter, for the Available Space, no lease amendment for the Available Space has been mutually executed, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to lease such Available Space.

 

(c)     Exceptions . Notwithstanding the above, the Expansion Right shall not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

 

(i)     during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of the Lease; or

 

(ii)     if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Expansion Right.

 

(d)     Termination . The Expansion Right shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant's due and timely exercise of the Expansion Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such Available Space, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Expansion Right to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Available Space, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 38

 

 

(e)     Rights Personal . Expansion Rights are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord's consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord's sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant's interest in the Lease.

 

(f)     No Extensions . The period of time within which any Expansion Rights may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant's inability to exercise the Expansion Rights.

 

40.     Right to Extend Term . Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of the Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)     Extension Rights . Tenant shall have 1 right (an " Extension Right ") to extend the term of this Lease for 3 years (an " Extension Term ") on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than with respect to Base Rent and the Work Letter) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Extension Right at least 9 months prior, and no earlier than 12 months prior, to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease.

 

Upon the commencement of the Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at the Market Rate (as defined below). Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted on each annual anniversary of the commencement of such Extension Term by a percentage as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant at the time the Market Rate is determined. As used herein, " Market Rate " shall mean the then market rental rate as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant, which shall in no event be less than the Base Rent payable as of the date immediately preceding the commencement of such Extension Term increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage multiplied by such Base Rent.

 

If, on or before the date which is 180 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord's determination of the Market Rate and the rent escalations during the Extension Term after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in Section 40(b) . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected to exercise the Extension Right by delivering notice to Landlord as required in this Section 40(a) Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to extend the term of the Lease for the Extension Term.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 39

 

 

(b)     Arbitration .

 

(i)     Within 10 days of Tenant's notice to Landlord of its election (or deemed election) to arbitrate Market Rate and escalations, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate and escalations that the submitting party believes to be correct (" Extension Proposal "). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party's submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within 7 days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate and escalations. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party's submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

 

(ii)     The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the Market Rate and escalations are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate and escalations, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate and escalations for the Extension Term.

 

(iii)     An " Arbitrator " shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater San Francisco peninsula area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater San Francisco peninsula area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

 

(c)     Rights Personal . The Extension Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord's consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord's sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant's interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.

 

(d)     Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, the Extension Right shall not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise the Extension Right:

 

(i)     during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 40

 

 

(ii)     if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise an Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

 

(e)     No Extensions . The period of time within which the Extension Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant's inability to exercise the Extension Right.

 

(f)     Termination . The Extension Right shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant's due and timely exercise of the Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

 

41.     Intentionally Omitted .

 

42.     Miscellaneous .

 

(a)     Notices . All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

 

(b)     Joint and Several Liability . If and when included within the term " Tenant ," as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

 

(c)     Financial Information . Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of (i) Tenant's most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements within 90 days of the end of each of Tenant's fiscal quarters of each of Tenant's fiscal years during the Term, and (ii) any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders.

 

(d)     Recordation . Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

 

(e)     Interpretation . The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 41

 

 

(f)     Not Binding Until Executed . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

 

(g)     Limitations on Interest . It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord's and Tenant's express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

 

(h)     Choice of Law . Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

 

(i)     Time . Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

 

(j)     OFAC . Tenant, and all beneficial owners of Tenant, are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (" OFAC ") of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the " OFAC Rules "), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

 

(k)     Incorporation by Reference . All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

 

(l)     Entire Agreement . This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 42

 

 

(m)     Hazardous Activities . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant's routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord's reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

 

[ Signatures on next page ]

 

 
 

 

 

Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia -Page 43

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TENANT :

 

     
  BIOCARDIA, INC .,
a Delaware corporation
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Altman 29 Sept. 2008

 

 

Its:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

         
 

LANDLORD :

 
     
  ARE-SAN FRANCISCO NO. 29, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
     
  By: ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE  
    EQUITIES, L.P.,  
    a Delaware limited partnership,
managing member
 
         
    By:      ARE-QRS CORP.,
a Maryland corporation,
general partner
 
         
         
    By: /s/ Eric S. Johnson       
    Its: Assistant Vice President       
      Real Estate Legal Affairs  

 

 
 

 

 

 

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia

 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES


(See attached.) 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia

 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

 

(See attached.) 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

Net-Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia – Page 1

 

 

EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

 

WORK LETTER

 

THIS WORK LETTER (this " Work Letter ") is incorporated into that certain Lease (the " Lease ") dated as of __________, ____ (by and between ARE-SAN FRANCISCO NO. 29, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (" Landlord "), and BIOCARDIA, INC ., a Delaware corporation (" Tenant "). Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

1.     General Requirements .

 

(a)     Tenant ' s Authorized Representative . Tenant designates Andy Mackenzie (such individual acting alone, " Tenant ' s Representative ") as the only person authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (" Communication ") from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant's Representative. Tenant may change Tenant's Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord.

 

(b)     Landlord ' s Authorized Representative . Landlord designates Todd Miller and Radika Bunton (either such individual acting alone, " Landlord ' s Representative ") as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord's Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord's Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant.

 

(c)     Architects, Consultants and Contractors . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that the general contractor for Landlord's Work shall be Rossi Builders and that the architect for Landlord's Work shall be Greg Bunton Architecture. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the architects (the " TI Architect ") for the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 2(a) below), the general contractor and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord's approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall be named a third party beneficiary of any contract entered into by Tenant with the TI Architect, any consultant, any contractor or any subcontractor, and of any warranty made by any contractor or any subcontractor. Landlord hereby approves Landmark Builders and CP Construction as acceptable general contractors.

 

2.     Tenant Improvements .

 

(a)     Tenant Improvements Defined . As used herein, " Tenant Improvements " shall mean all improvements to the Premises desired by Tenant of a fixed and permanent nature including, without limitation, the installation of a life/safety system in the Premises consisting of only a fire alarm panel with connection to duct detectors which is compliant with Legal Requirements pursuant to a life/safety plan reviewed and approved by Landlord, in Landlord's reasonable discretion, and any other life/safety components required by City of San Carlos Legal Requirements (" Life/Safety System "); provided, however, that Landlord may not disapprove Life/Safety System requirements that are required by City of San Carlos Legal Requirements. Other than (i) funding the TI Allowance (as defined below) as provided herein, (ii) funding the cost for the installation of the Life/Safety System in the Premises, (iii) funding the cost of the TI Cost Exclusions, and (iv) performing Landlord's Work, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant's use and occupancy.

 

 
 

 

 

Net-Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia – Page 2

 

 

(b)     Tenant's Space Plans. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the plan attached hereto as Exhibit H (the " Space Plan ") has been approved by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge and agree that any changes to the Space Plan constitutes a Change Request the cost of which changes shall be paid for by Tenant. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred by Landlord to alter the Building (or Landlord' s plans for the Building) as a result of Tenant's requested changes.

 

(c)     Working Drawings . Not later than 30 business days following the mutual execution and delivery of the Lease by the parties, Tenant shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Landlord for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (" TI Construction Drawings "), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Space Plan. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant's requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Tenant not later than 5 business days after Landlord's receipt of the same; provided, however, that Landlord may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the Space Plan. Tenant and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 5 business days after receipt, notify Landlord how Tenant proposes to respond to such comments. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is consistent with the Space Plan, Landlord shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Tenant. Once approved by Landlord, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Tenant shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(a) below).

 

(d)     Approval and Completion . If any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements is not sealed within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord's and Tenant's positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) below), and (iii) Tenant's decision will not adversely affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building systems (in which case Landlord shall make the final decision). Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord's and Tenant's approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

 

 
 

 

   

Net-Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia – Page 3

 

 

3.     Performance of the Tenant Improvements .

 

(a)     Commencement and Permitting of the Tenant Improvements . Tenant shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining and delivering to Landlord a building permit (the " TI Permit ") authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict Tenant from performing activities that may be performed pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements without a permit or prior to obtaining a permit. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable from the TI Fund. Landlord shall assist Tenant in obtaining the TI Permit. Prior to the commencement of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of any contract with Tenant's contractors (including the TI Architect), and certificates of insurance from any contractor performing any part of the Tenant Improvement evidencing industry standard commercial general liability, automotive liability, "builder's risk", and workers' compensation insurance. Tenant shall cause the general contractor to provide a certificate of insurance naming Landlord, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord's lender (if any) as additional insureds for the general contractor's liability coverages required above.

 

(b)     Selection of Materials, Etc . Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and Landlord, the option will be within Tenant's reasonable discretion if the matter concerns the Tenant Improvements, and within Landlord's sole and absolute subjective discretion if the matter concerns the structural components of the Building or any Building system.

 

(c)     Tenant Liability . Tenant shall be responsible for correcting any deficiencies or defects in the Tenant Improvements.

 

(d)     Substantial Completion . Tenant shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal "punch list" items of a non-material nature which do not interfere with the use of the Premises (" Substantial Completion " or " Substantially Complete "). Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (" AIA ") document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, " Minor Variations " shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iii) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

4.     Changes . Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the Space Plan, shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that Landlord shall not disapprove any items reflected on the approved Space Plan or the approved TI Construction Drawings and included in approved Budget as optional items or items available in the alternative to the items initially selected by Tenant.

 

 
 

 

   

Net-Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia – Page 4

 

 

(a)     Tenant ' s Right to Request Changes . If Tenant shall request changes (" Changes "), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a " Change Request "), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant's Representative. Landlord shall review and approve or disapprove such Change Request within 10 business days thereafter, provided that Landlord's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(b)     Implementation of Changes . If Landlord approves such Change and Tenant deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below) required in connection with such Change, Tenant may cause the approved Change to be instituted. If any TI Permit modification or change is required as a result of such Change, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with a copy of such TI Permit modification or change.

 

5.     Costs .

 

(a)     Budget For Tenant Improvements . Before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall obtain a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the costs incurred or that will be incurred, in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements (the " Budget "), and deliver a copy of the Budget to Landlord for Landlord's approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Budget shall be based upon the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and Landlord and shall include a payment to Landlord of administrative rent (" Administrative Rent ") equal to 1% of the TI Costs (as hereinafter defined) for monitoring and inspecting the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which sum shall be payable from the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) ). If the Budget (as the same may be increased by a Change) is greater than the TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the difference, in cash, prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements or Changes, for disbursement by Landlord as described in Section 5(d) .

 

(b)     TI Allowance . Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (collectively, the " TI Allowance ") as follows:

 

1.     a " Tenant Improvement Allowance " in the maximum amount of $20.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises, or $258,360.00 in the aggregate, which is included in the Base Rent set forth in the Lease; and

 

2.     an " Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance " in the maximum amount of $5.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises, or $64,590.00 in the aggregate, which shall, to the extent used, result in the payment by Tenant of the Additional TI Payments pursuant to Section 4(a) of the Lease.

 

 
 

 

 

Net-Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia – Page 5

 

 

At any time prior to the date that is 6 months after the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall notify Landlord how much Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance Tenant has elected to receive from Landlord. Such election shall be final and binding on Tenant, and may not thereafter be modified without Landlord's consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute subjective discretion. The TI Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter. The Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be available to Tenant until the date which is the last day of the month that is 6 months after the Rent Commencement Date of the Lease.

 

Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to Base Rent) of any portion of the TI Allowance not required for the construction of (i) the Tenant Improvements described in the TI Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d) or (ii) any Changes pursuant to Section 4 . Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the TI Allowance that is not requested before the last day of the month that is 6 months after the Rent Commencement Date.

 

(c)     Costs Includable in TI Fund . The TI Fund shall be used solely for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of electrical power and other utilities used in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of preparing the Space Plan and the TI Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, including Landlord's Administrative Rent, costs resulting from Tenant Delays and the cost of Changes (collectively, " TI Costs "). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the TI Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant's voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, the TI Costs shall not include and Landlord shall be responsible for the following costs in connection with the Tenant Improvements (the " TI Cost Exclusions "): (a) costs incurred as a result of the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises; (b) costs triggered by the Tenant Improvements to bring the Building (outside of the Premises) into compliance with Legal Requirements, (c) costs of the Life/Safety System, and (d) costs to remove any pre-existing data or telecommunication lines or cabling with a terminus outside of the Premises (regardless of whether any such lines or cabling originate from the Premises).

 

(d)     Excess TI Costs . Except as set forth herein, Landlord shall have no obligation to bear any portion of the cost of any of the Tenant Improvements except to the extent of the TI Allowance. If at any time, the remaining TI Costs under the Budget exceed the remaining unexpended TI Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord's obligation to fund the TI Allowance, 100% of the then current TI Cost in excess of the remaining TI Allowance (" Excess TI Costs "). If Tenant fails to deposit, or is late in depositing any Excess TI Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease. The TI Allowance and Excess TI Costs are herein referred to as the "TI Fund." Funds deposited by Tenant shall be the first disbursed to pay TI Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d) Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for TI Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the TI Allowance. If upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the TI Fund, Tenant shall be entitled to such undisbursed TI Fund solely to the extent of any Excess TI Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord.

 

 
 

 

 

Net-Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia – Page 6

 

 

(e)     Payment for TI Costs . Subject to Section 5(a) above, during the course of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall pay TI Costs once a month against a draw request in Landlords standard form, containing such certifications, lien waivers (including a conditional lien release for each progress payment and unconditional lien releases for the prior month's progress payments), inspection reports and other matters as Landlord customarily obtains, to the extent of Landlord's approval thereof for payment, no later than 30 days following receipt of such draw request. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements (and prior to any final disbursement of the TI Fund), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and first tier subcontractors who did the work and final, unconditional lien waivers from all such contractors and first tier subcontractors; (ii) as-built plans (one copy in print format and two copies in electronic CAD format) for such Tenant Improvements; (iii) a certification of substantial completion in Form AIA G704, (iv) a certificate of occupancy for the Premises; and (v) copies of all operation and maintenance manuals and warranties affecting the Premises.

 

6.     Miscellaneous .

 

(a)     Consents . Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

 

(b)     Modification . No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

(c)     No Obligation to Construct . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or in this Work Letter, Tenant shall not be obligated to (i) commence construction of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements, or (ii) perform all or any particular portion of the Tenant Improvements described on the Space Plan or approved TI Construction Drawings; provided, however that if Tenant does not construct the Tenant Improvements or constructs only a portion of the Tenant Improvements, the Rent Commencement Date provided for in the Lease shall not be delayed, the amount of Base Rent provided for in the Lease shall not be reduced. Any Tenant Improvements actually constructed by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Work Letter.

 

 
 

 

 

 

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia

 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

This ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this 1st day of January , 2009 , between ARE-SAN FRANCISCO NO. 29, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (" Landlord "), and BIOCARDIA, INC., a Delaware corporation (" Tenant "), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated September 29, 2008 (the "Lease"), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is January 1, 2009 , the Rent Commencement Date is January 1, 2009 and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on December 31, 2013 . In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

 

 

TENANT :

   
 

BIOCARDIA, INC .,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andy Mackenzie

 

 

Its:

VP of Regulatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

         
  LANDLORD :  
     
  ARE-SAN FRANCISCO NO. 29, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
         
  By: Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., L.P.,  
    a Delaware limited partnership,
managing member
 
    By: ARE-QRS CORP.,  
      a Maryland corporation,  
      general partner  
         
    By: /s/ Eric S. Johnson       
    Its: Vice President  
      Real Estate Legal Affairs  

 

 
 

 

 

Net-Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia – Page 1

 

 

EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

 

Rules and Regulations

 

1.     The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

 

2.     Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

 

3.     Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

 

4.     Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

 

5.     If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant's expense.

 

6.     Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

 

7.     Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no "For Sale" or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

 

8.     Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

 

9.     Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

 

10.     Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant's carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

 

 
 

 

 

Net-Multi-Tenant Laboratory

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia – Page 2

 

 

11.     Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

 

12.     Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

 

13.     All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

 

14.     No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

 

15.     No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

16.     The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

 

17.     Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord's consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

 

18.     Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

 

19.     Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant's ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

 

 
 

 

 

 

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia

 

 

EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

 

TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

Three free-standing controlled environment rooms in dimensions of two at 18'x12', one at 12'x10'

 

Sharp First 40" bed vertical milling machine

 

Jet Bench Lathe model BD1325R

 

Air Compressor, Atlas Copco SF4

 

Pallet Rack, 20' wide x 4' deep

 

Office furniture and cubicles

 

 
 

 

 

 

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia

 

 

EXHIBIT G TO LEASE

 

AVAILABLE SPACE

 

 (See attached.)

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 125 Shoreway/Biocardia

 

 

EXHIBIT H TO LEASE

 

SPACE PLAN

 

(See attached.)

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

EXHIBIT I TO LEASE

 

EQUIPMENT OVER 500 POUNDS

 

Three free standing controlled environment rooms in dimensions of two at 18'x12' and one at 12'x10', placed in the lab as shown on the space plan

 

Sharp First 40" bed vertical milling machine placed in the machine shop area shown on the space plan

 

Jet Bench Lathe model BD1325R placed in the machine shop area shown on the space plan

 

Air compressor placed in the machine shop area shown on the space plan

 

Pallet racks placed in the lab as shown on the space plan

 

Filing cabinets, 4 and 5 drawer units, placed in several places in the open office area of the space plan.

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this " First Amendment" ) is made as of May  31 , 2010, by and between ARE-SAN FRANCISCO NO. 29, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (" Landlord "), and BIOCARDIA, INC ., a Delaware corporation (" Tenant ").

 

RECITALS

 

Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of September 29, 2008 (the " Original Lease "). Pursuant to the Original Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 12,918 rentable square feet (the " Original Premises ") located at 125 Shoreway Drive, San Carlos, California. The Original Premises are more particularly described in the Original Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Original Lease.

 

Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, to amend the Original Lease to lease certain office space in the Building on the ground floor as more particularly described on Exhibit A hereto and comprising approximately 800 rentable square feet (the "Office Premises").

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.      Leasing of Office Premises . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Original Lease, commencing on the Office Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), the Premises shall be deemed to include the Office Premises, the Rentable Area of the Premises shall be deemed increased to 13,718 rentable square feet, and all provisions applicable under the Original Lease to the Original Premises shall be deemed to apply also to the Office Premises; provided that (a) Tenant's leasing of the Office Premises shall be on a month-to-month basis only and shall be subject to termination by either party with 60 days' prior written notice and (b) notwithstanding anything in the Original Lease to the contrary, the Permitted Use applicable to the Office Premises shall be only for general office use in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 of the Original Lease, and for no other uses. Tenant shall surrender the Office Premises to Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Original Lease on the 60th day following delivery of the notice described in clause (a) above.

 

All references in the Original Lease to the "Lease" shall be deemed to be references to the Original Lease, as amended by this First Amendment.

 

2.      Payments in respect of the Office Premises . Tenant shall not pay Base Rent in respect of the Office Premises, but Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses allocable to the Office Premises, as well as all other costs and expenses reasonably related to the Office Premises under the Original Lease, this First Amendment or otherwise, including, without limitation, the costs of utilities and services described in Section 11 of the Original Lease.

 

 
 

 

 

Accordingly, effective as of the Office Premises Commencement Date and continuing for so long as Tenant shall occupy the Office Premises or the Premises shall be a part of the Premises, the following definitions shall be amended as follows:

 

(a)     Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for the Building shall be deemed increased by 1.75% to 30.04%; and

 

(b)     Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for the Project shall be deemed increased by 0.97% to 16.57%.

 

Upon the termination of Tenant's leasing of the Office Premises in accordance with Section 1 of this First Amendment and Tenant's surrender thereof as required herein, the definitions in clauses (a) and (b) above shall be deemed reduced by the amounts of increase referenced above.

 

3.     Delivery of the Office Premises . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Office Premises to Tenant on or before May 1, 2010 (" Delivery " or " Deliver "). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Office Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and neither the Original Lease nor this First Amendment shall be void or voidable.

 

The " Office Premises Commencement Date " shall be the date that Landlord Delivers the Office Premises to Tenant. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Office Premises Commencement Date when the same is established in a form substantially similar to the form of the "Acknowledgement of Commencement Date" by Landlord and Tenant dated as of January 1, 2009; provided however Tenant's failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord's rights hereunder.

 

Except as set forth in this First Amendment, if applicable: (i) Tenant shall accept the Office Premises in their "AS-IS" condition as of the Office Premises Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Office Premises; and (iii) Tenant's taking possession of the Office Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Office Premises and that the Office Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Tenant's rights and obligations with respect any alterations made to the Office Premises shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Original Lease, including, without limitation, Section 12 thereof.

 

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Office Premises, and/or the suitability of the Office Premises for the conduct of Tenant's business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Office Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use applicable thereto.

 

4.     Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, " Broker ") in connection with the transaction reflected in this First Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the brokers, if any named in this First Amendment, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

 

 
 -2-

 

 

5.     Miscellaneous .

 

(a)     This First Amendment and the Original Lease are the only agreements between the parties with respect to their respective subject matter and each such agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions with respect to such respective subject matter. This First Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

(b)     This First Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

 

(c)     This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this First Amendment attached thereto.

 

(d)     Except as amended and/or modified by this First Amendment, the Original Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Original Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this First Amendment. Whether or not specifically amended by this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Original Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this First Amendment.

 

[Signatures are on the next page.]

 

 
 -3-

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD

ARE-SAN FRANCISCO NO. 29, LLC ,

 

  a Delaware limited liability company  

 

 

   

 

 

 

By:

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

 

 

 

a Delaware limited partnership,

 

 

 

managing member

 

           
    By:   ARE-QRS CORP.,  
        a Maryland corporation,  
        general partner  
           
           
      By: /s/ Eric S. Johnson  
      Name: Eric S. Johnson  
      Title: Vice President  
        Real Estate Legal Affairs  
           
           
           
TENANT : BIOCARDIA, INC ., a Delaware corporation  
           
           
  By: /s/ Peter Altman            June 7, 2010  
  Name: Peter Altman  
  Title: CEO  

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this " Second Amendment ") is made as of May  29 , 2013, by and between ARE-SAN FRANCISCO NO. 29, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (" Landlord "), and BIOCARDIA, INC., a Delaware corporation (" Tenant ").

 

RECITALS

 

A.     Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated as of September 29, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of May 31, 2010 (the " First Amendment ") (as amended, the " Lease "). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 13,718 rentable square feet of space (" Premises "), consisting of (i) the " Original Premises " (as defined in the First Amendment) containing approximately 12,918 rentable square feet, and (ii) the " Office Premises " (as defined in the First Amendment) containing approximately 800 rentable square feet, in a building located at 125 Shoreway Drive, San Carlos, California (" Building "). The Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

 

B.     The Base Term of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2013.

 

C.     The term of the Lease with respect to the Office Premises is currently on a month-to-month basis.

 

D.     Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to (i) extend the Base Term of the Lease, and (ii) make the term of the Lease with respect to the Office Premises concurrent with the Term of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.      Base Term . As of the date of this Second Amendment, the defined term " Base Term " on page 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

" Base Term : Beginning on (i) the Commencement Date with respect to the Original Premises (as defined in the First Amendment to Lease dated as of May 31, 2010 (the " First Amendment ")), and (ii) the Office Premises Commencement Date (as defined in the First Amendment) with respect to the Office Premises, and ending with respect to the entire Premises on December 31, 2016."

 

 
 

 

 

2.      Base Rent . Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent as provided in the Lease through December 31, 2013.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, commencing on January 1, 2014, Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to the following schedule (and the provisions of Section 4(a) of the Lease shall not apply during the period set forth in the following schedule):

 

Period

Base Rent Per RSF Per Month

1/1/14 - 1/31/14:

$0

2/1/14 - 12/31/14:

$1.70

1/1/15 - 12/31/15:

$1.75

1/1/16 - 12/31/16:

$1.80

 

3.      Extension Rights . Tenant's Extension Rights set forth in Section 40(a) of the Lease shall continue to apply, with the Extension Term being the three (3) year period immediately following December 31, 2016. The Market Rent referred to in Section 40(a) of the Lease shall be determined with reference to comparable research and development space located in San Carlos, California for a comparable term, taking into account all relevant factors.

 

4.       Surrender Condition . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore any portion of the Tenant Improvements or other Alterations existing in the Premises as of the date of this Second Amendment at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term nor shall Tenant have the right to remove any such Tenant Improvements or other Alterations existing in the Premises as of the date of this Second Amendment at any time.

 

5.       Tenant's Property . Exhibit F attached to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Exhibit F attached to this Second Amendment.

 

6.       Approvals . As of the date of this Second Amendment, Landlord represents and warrants that it does not require the approval of the Holder of any Mortgage (if any) in connection with this Second Amendment.

 

7.       Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, " Broker ") in connection with the transaction reflected in this Second Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than Kidder Mathews and Jones Lang LaSalle. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

 

8.       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)     This Second Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Second Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

 
-2- 

 

 

(b)     This Second Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

 

(c)     This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Second Amendment attached thereto.

 

(d)     Except as amended and/or modified by this Second Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Second Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Second Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Second Amendment.

 

 
-3- 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

TENANT :

 

     
  BIOCARDIA, INC .,
a Delaware corporation
 
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Phil Pesta

 

 

 Its:

Vice President Operations

 

 

 

 

 

           
           
  LANDLORD :  
           
  ARE-SAN FRANCISCO NO. 29, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
           
  By: ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE  
    EQUITIES, L.P.,  
   

a Delaware limited partnership, 

managing member

 
           
    By:

ARE-QRS CORP.,

a Maryland corporation,

general partner

 
           
           
    By: /s/ Eric S. Johnson  
    Its: Vice President  
      Real Estate Legal Affairs  

 

 
 

 

 

EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

 

TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

Three free-standing controlled environment rooms in dimensions of two at 18'x12', one at 12'x10'

 

Sharp First 40" bed vertical milling machine

 

Jet Bench Lathe model BD1325R

 

Air Compressor, Atlas Copco SF4

 

Pallet Racks in shipping/receiving area

 

Office furniture and cubicles

 

Air Compressor, Atlas Copco SF4 (second unit as a back-up)

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested. Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This License and Distribution Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is effective as of October 30, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Biomet Biologics, LLC , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Indiana, having a place of business at 56 East Bell Drive, Warsaw, Indiana 46582 (“ Biomet ”) and BioCardia, Inc. , a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 125 Shoreway Road, Suite B , San Carlos, CA 94070 (“ BioCardia ”). BioCardia and Biomet may be referred to individually as a “ Party ” or collectively as the “ Parties .”

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Biomet owns and controls rights in and to its proprietary product currently marketed by Biomet as the MarrowStim TM device;

 

WHEREAS, BioCardia wishes to obtain from Biomet and Biomet wishes to grant to BioCardia rights to Distribute (as defined below) the Product (as defined below) for certain applications , all on the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.      Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms defined below when capitalized shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1     “ Affiliate ” or “ Affiliates ” means, with respect to a Party, any corporation, limited liability company or other business entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Party, for so long as such relationship exists. For the purposes of this definition, control means: (a) to possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct affirmatively the management and policies of such corporation, limited liability company or other business entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock in such corporation, limited liability company or other business entity (or such lesser percent as may be the maximum that may be owned pursuant to Applicable Laws of the country of incorporation or domicile, as applicable).

 

1.2     “ Applicable Laws ” means all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any governmental entity or Regulatory Authority that apply to the Parties’ activities contemplated under this Agreement.

 

1.3     “ Distribute ” means to sell, distribute, market, promote, solicit orders for and provide services in connection with the Product in the Field. “ Distributed ” and “ Distribution ” have correlative meanings.

 

1.4     “ Field ” means preparation and use of mononuclear cells (MNC) for intramyocardial injection of mononuclear cells (MNC).

 

1.5     “ GMPs ” means current good manufacturing practices, as provided for (and as amended from time to time) in the Quality System Regulation promulgated by the FDA under the United States Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 C.F.R. Part 820 et seq .) and similar requirements of other Regulatory Authorities in the Territory, and subject to any arrangements, additions or clarifications, and the respective roles and responsibilities, agreed from time to time between the Parties.

 

1.6      “ Know-How ” means any and all information and materials comprising (i) ideas, discoveries, inventions, or improvements, (ii) research and development data, such as medicinal chemistry data, preclinical data, pharmacology data, chemistry data (including analytical, product characterization, manufacturing, and stability data), toxicology data, clinical data (including investigator reports (both preliminary and final), statistical analyses, expert opinions and reports, safety and other electronic databases), analytical and quality control data and stability data, in each case together with supporting data, (iii) databases, practices, methods, techniques, specifications, formulations, formulae, knowledge, (iv) techniques, processes, manufacturing information, and (iv) research materials, reagents and compositions of matter.

 

1.7     “ Licensed Know-How ” means all Know-How owned or controlled by Biomet or its Affiliates during the Term (as defined below) and is necessary for the Distribution, marketing and/or manufacturing of the Product in the Field within the Territory.

 

 
 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

1.8     “ Licensed Patents ” means the patent applications and patents owned or controlled by Biomet or its Affiliates during the Term (as defined below) claiming Licensed Know-How that are listed in Exhibit 1.8 as attached hereto and (a) any patent applications claiming priority to or common priority therewith or based on the foregoing, including all converted provisional or regular utility filings, divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part and substitutions thereof; (b) all patents issuing on any of the foregoing, and all reissues, reexaminations, renewals and extensions thereof; and (c) all counterparts to the foregoing in other countries. Exhibit 1.8 will be updated upon mutual agreement of the Parties to reflect changes thereto during the Term upon the addition of any patent applications or patents to this definition.

 

1.9     “ Marketing Authorization ” means approval of an MAA by the applicable Regulatory Authority.

 

1.10     “ Marketing Authorization Application ” or “ MAA ” means an application filed with any Regulatory Authority to obtain permission to commence marketing of the Product in the Field within the Territory.

 

1.11     “ MarrowStim™ Technology ” means the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How.

 

1.12     “ Milestone ” means each of the diligence milestones set forth in Exhibit 1.12 attached hereto. “ Milestone 1 ”, “ Milestone 2 ” and “ Milestone 3 ” each mean the corresponding milestone event described in Exhibit 1.12 .

 

1.13     “ Net Sales ” means the amount actually received for the sale of Products by BioCardia or its Affiliates to Third Parties less: (i) rebates, credits and cash, trade and quantity discounts, actually taken, (ii) excise taxes, sales, use, value added and other consumption taxes, and other compulsory payments to governmental authorities, (iii) the cost of shipping the Product (iv) import and/or export duties and tariffs actually paid, and (v) amounts allowed or credited due to returns or uncollectable amounts. For clarity, Net Sales shall not include sales by BioCardia to its Affiliates for resale, provided that if BioCardia sells Licensed Product to an Affiliate for resale, Net Sales shall include the amounts invoiced by such Affiliate to Third Parties on the resale of such Licensed Product.

 

1.14      “ Product ” means the product described in Exhibit 1.14 as modified from time to time by agreement of the Parties.

 

1.15      “ Regulatory Authority ” means, with respect to a particular country or other regulatory jurisdiction, the regulatory agency, department, bureau or other governmental entity involved in regulating any aspect of the conduct, development, manufacture, market approval, sale, distribution, packaging or use of the Products.

 

1.16      “ Territory ” means worldwide.

 

1.17     “ Third Party ” means any person or entity other than the Parties and their respective Affiliates.

 

1.18     “ Valid Claim ” shall mean a claim of an issued, unexpired patent that has not been revoked or held unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken, or with respect to which an appeal is not taken within the time allowed for appeal, and that has not been disclaimed or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, re-examination, disclaimer or otherwise.

 

2.      Supply of Product .

 

2.1      General . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Biomet shall sell to BioCardia at the Transfer Price (as defined below) such quantities of the Product as may be specified in purchase orders submitted by BioCardia to Biomet pursuant to Section 2.2 below from time to time during the Term. For clarity, prior to BioCardia’s achievement of Milestone 2 and the granting of exclusive Distribution rights pursuant to Section 3.1, such supply shall be for BioCardia’s own use of the Product in the Field and Territory. After achievement of Milestone 2 and the granting of exclusive Distribution right pursuant to Section 3.1, BioCardia may continue to purchase the Product from Biomet at the Transfer Price pursuant to this Agreement for its own use in accordance with Section 4.1, in addition to purchasing the Product for Distribution in the Field and Territory.

 

2.2      Orders . BioCardia’s orders for the Product shall be made pursuant to written purchase orders that specify the quantity of the Product, destination(s), and delivery date. Biomet shall acknowledge receipt and acceptance of each such purchase order (by mail, e-mail or facsimile) within ten (10) business days from receipt of the order. In the event that BioCardia receives no response from Biomet regarding a purchase order within the ten (10) business day period, the purchase order shall be deemed to have been accepted by Biomet. No terms contained in any purchase order, order acknowledgment, invoice or similar standardized form or correspondence shall be construed to amend or modify the terms of this Agreement, and in the event of any conflict, this Agreement shall control unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Parties in writing.

 

 
2

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

*** Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

   

2.3      Conformance / Records .

 

2.3.1     Biomet shall manufacture, package, label, and ship the Product in accordance with Applicable Laws and Biomet’s specifications for the Product. Without limiting the foregoing, Biomet agrees that, prior to each shipment of the Product hereunder, it shall perform quality control procedures reasonably necessary to ensure that the Product is free from defects. Each shipment of Product shall conform to Applicable Law and Biomet’s specifications therefor. Biomet shall notify BioCardia of any changes to such specifications.

 

2.3.2     Biomet shall generate and maintain complete and accurate records and samples as necessary to evidence compliance with this Agreement (including without limitation Section 2.3.1) and all Applicable Laws, and other requirements of applicable Regulatory Authorities relating to the manufacture, packaging, labeling, shipping and quality control of Product. All such books, records and samples shall be maintained during the Term of this Agreement and for two (2) years thereafter, or for such longer periods as may be required by Applicable Law and shall, during such period, be made available to BioCardia for inspection upon BioCardia’s reasonable request upon not less than thirty (30) days prior notice by BioCardia and not more than once per calendar year.

 

2.4      Delivery . Biomet shall make deliveries of the Product to the delivery destination(s) specified in the applicable purchase order. Unless otherwise specified by BioCardia, all shipments of the Product shall be FCA (Incoterms 2010) Biomet’s manufacturing site. Biomet shall ship the Product, together with all relevant documentation relating to the Product, in accordance with this Agreement . BioCardia shall be obligated to pay only for quantities of Product actually delivered in compliance with the applicable purchase order and the terms of this Agreement. The Product supplied by Biomet hereunder shall be packaged according to Applicable Laws. The Product supplied hereunder shall have a minimum of two (2) years of shelf life remaining upon delivery to BioCardia.

 

2.5      Acceptance/Rejection of Product.

 

2.5.1     BioCardia and/or its designee shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the date of BioCardia’s receipt of each shipment of the Product to inspect such shipment of the Product to determine whether such shipment conforms to the warranties given by Biomet in Section 9.3 (collectively, the “ Product Warranties ”). If BioCardia, its Affiliates or designee, as applicable, determines that the Product does not conform to the Product Warranties, it shall notify Biomet.

 

2.5.2     BioCardia, its Affiliate or designee, as applicable, shall have the further right to reject, at any time after the expiration of such thirty (30)-day period, the Product on the grounds that all or part of the shipment fails to conform to the Product Warranties by providing notice thereof to Biomet; in each case, to the extent such non-conformance could not have reasonably been discovered or determined by a visual inspection during the thirty (30)-day period.

 

2.5.3     If Biomet does not agree with BioCardia’s determination that Product fails to conform to the Product Warranties, Biomet shall respond in writing to a rejection notice from BioCardia (or its Affiliate or designee, as applicable) within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of receipt of such rejection notice. In the event Biomet and BioCardia are unable to resolve such disagreement within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of the applicable rejection notice, either Party may submit a sample of the allegedly non-conforming Product for tests and a determination as to whether or not such Product conforms to the Product Warranties to an independent laboratory mutually agreed upon by the Parties (the “ Laboratory ”). The determination of the Laboratory with respect to all or part of any shipment of Product shall be final and binding upon the Parties. The fees and expenses of the Laboratory making such determination shall be borne by the Party in error with respect to whether such Product conforms to the Product Warranties.

 

2.5.4     In the event any delivered Product is not in compliance with the Product Warranties, such Product shall be returned to Biomet or destroyed, at Biomet’s expense. Biomet shall, at BioCardia’s election, either (i) promptly replace such non-conforming Product at no additional cost to BioCardia or (ii) reimburse BioCardia the full amount paid by BioCardia for such non-conforming Product.

 

2.6      Failure to Supply . In the event that Biomet fails to supply at least [***] percent ([***]%) of the quantities of the Product that BioCardia orders in any calendar quarter in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as a “ Failure to Supply ”), then subject to its royalty obligation under Section 6.2, BioCardia shall have the right, at its election, to exercise the manufacturing license granted under Section 3.1.1(b) and upon BioCardia’s request, Biomet shall promptly transfer to BioCardia or its designee Manufacturing Know-How (as defined below) in accordance with Section 2.7. For clarity, upon the occurrence of a Failure to Supply, BioCardia shall no longer have the obligation to meet any annual minimum purchase requirement under Milestone 3.

 

 
3

 

   

CONFIDENTIAL

 

2.7      Transfer of Manufacturing Know-How . In the event of a Failure to Supply or termination by BioCardia pursuant to Section 11.2.1, upon BioCardia’s request, (a) Biomet shall promptly make available to BioCardia or its designee access to all Licensed Know-How owned or controlled by Biomet and its Affiliates that are necessary for the manufacturing of the Product or any of its components (collectively, “ Manufacturing Know-How ”); (b) Biomet shall provide advice and consultation to BioCardia or its designee to enable BioCardia or its designee to manufacture the Product without charge to BioCardia; provided that BioCardia shall reimburse Biomet for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Biomet in connection with such advice and consultation. In the event that BioCardia changes manufacturers as a result of the transfer of Manufacturing Know-How in this Section 2.7, BioCardia agrees that it assumes all responsibilities for securing regulatory clearance/approval as applicable in all countries.

 

2.8      Packaging and Labeling . As between the Parties, BioCardia shall have the sole right at its own expense to determine the trademark, trade dress, packaging specifications, labeling and the like with respect to the Product Distributed in the Field and Territory; provided that BioCardia shall mark (or caused to be marked) each Product sold hereunder with appropriate Licensed Patent numbers and manufacturing attributions, each in accordance with Applicable Laws in the country where such Product is sold. Subject to the foregoing, the Parties shall work together in good faith to select trade dress, packaging specifications and labeling for the Product to be Distributed in the Field in the Territory that distinguish such Product from Products intended for distribution outside of the Field. The Parties agree that the packaging and labeling specifics in this Section 2.8 shall be addressed in the future Quality Agreement as described in Section 4.6 of this Agreement.

 

2.9      Customer Support . BioCardia shall provide all support on the Product to its customers of the Product; provided that Biomet shall use reasonable efforts to provide technical support to BioCardia if BioCardia is unable to resolve a technical or scientific issue with respect to the Product.

 

2.10      Equipment Purchase . BioCardia may purchase the equipment (e.g. centrifuge and buckets) that are used in connection with the Product as listed in Exhibit 2.10 (collectively, “ Equipment ”) from Biomet at Biomet’s cost.

 

3.      Exclusive Rights .

 

3.1      Grant of Distribution Rights . Effective upon BioCardia’s achievement of Milestone 2 and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Biomet hereby grants to BioCardia, and BioCardia hereby accepts, an exclusive (even as to Biomet), nontransferable (except in connection with the assignment of this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.4) right to Distribute the Product in the Field within the Territory. Such Distribution right shall include the right to appoint and use subdistributors for the Product.

 

3.1.1      Grant of Technology Licenses . Effective upon BioCardia’s achievement of Milestone 2 and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Biomet hereby grants to BioCardia, and BioCardia hereby accepts:

 

(a)     an exclusive (even as to Biomet), nontransferable (except in connection with the assignment of this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.4), royalty-free license, including the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, under the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How to use, research, offer to sell, sell, import, export and otherwise commercialize Product within the Field and Territory;

 

(b)     in the event of a Supply Failure by Biomet or termination of this Agreement by BioCardia for cause pursuant to Section 11.2.1 and upon the express request of BioCardia, Biomet hereby grants to BioCardia an exclusive (even as to Biomet), nontransferable (except in connection with the assignment of this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.4), royalty-free license, including the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, under the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How to make and have made the Product solely for commercialization within the Field and Territory;

 

(c)      BioCardia shall have the right to exercise the licenses granted under this Section 3.1.1 through its Affiliates, provided that BioCardia shall be responsible for the failure by its Affiliates to comply with the terms of this Agreement including all relevant restrictions, limitations and obligations; and

 

3.1.2      Grant of Trademark Licenses . Effective upon BioCardia’s achievement of Milestone 2 and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Biomet hereby grants to BioCardia, and BioCardia hereby accepts:

 

(a)     a limited, non-exclusive, nontransferable (except in connection with the assignment of this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.4) license, including the right to grant and authorize sublicenses solely to its subdistributors of the Products, to use Biomet’s trademarks listed under Exhibit 3.1.2 attached hereto (collectively, “ Biomet Trademarks ”) in connection solely with the Distribution of the Product within the Field and Territory. Biomet Trademarks shall at all times remain the exclusive property of Biomet and all use of Biomet Trademarks shall inure to the exclusive benefit of Biomet. BioCardia shall comply with all reasonable guidelines, if any, communicated by Biomet with respect to its use of Biomet Trademarks. Prior to any use of any of the Biomet Trademarks, BioCardia shall submit to Biomet for review and approval an example of how BioCardia proposes to use such Biomet Trademark. Once approved by Biomet, BioCardia shall not change the manner in which the Biomet Trademark is used without the prior approval of Biomet. In the event BioCardia elects to exercise the manufacturing license granted in Section 3.1.1(b) and to use any of the Biomet Trademarks on or in connection with the Product manufactured by or for BioCardia, the quality of the Products and BioCardia’s or the Third Party’s manufacturing facility shall comply with Biomet’s reasonable standards as they are set and amended from time to time; provided that such standards are provided to BioCardia in writing (and identified as such) as part of the Manufacturing Know-How transferred to BioCardia pursuant to Section 2.7. Biomet may, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior notice to BioCardia and not more than once per calendar year, inspect the manufacturing facilities used to make the Product to confirm that the facility meets such Biomet standards. BioCardia shall submit to Biomet a sample of the Product before it is Distributed for review and approval by Biomet. Once approved, BioCardia shall not change the Product without the prior approval of Biomet.

 

 
4

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

3.2      Data . During the term of this Agreement, BioCardia shall have the exclusive (other than to Biomet) right to develop and publish data with respect to the Product in the Field and Territory (collectively, “ Data ”) in accordance with the laws and regulations within the countries of interest; provided that BioCardia shall provide Biomet with a written copy of any proposed publication or other disclosure of the Data at least ninety (90) days prior to submission for publication or disclosure for Biomet’s review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Biomet rejects the publication or disclosure within such ninety (90) day review period then BioCardia will not publish or otherwise publicly distribute the publication or disclosure to any third party. In the event Biomet fails to notify BioCardia of its approval or rejection of such publication within such ninety (90) day review period, BioCardia shall be free to proceed with the proposed publication or disclosure. For clarity, it is understood that Biomet may continue to develop and publish data with respect to the use of the Product outside the Field.

 

4.      Regulatory Matters.

 

4.1      Marketing Authorization . In the event that Biomet elects not to obtain or maintain any regulatory license, approval, authorization or clearance necessary for the marketing and sale of the Product in the Field as an equipment platform in the Territory, BioCardia shall have the right to obtain the same. BioCardia shall have the exclusive right to generate preclinical data, conduct clinical trials and obtain Marketing Authorization for the use of mononuclear cells generated using the Product in the Field. For clarity, BioCardia shall have the exclusive right to seek, obtain and maintain Marketing Authorizations that are necessary or useful for the marketing and sale of the Product for specific therapeutic indications within the Field in the Territory. BioCardia will keep Biomet reasonably informed with respect to the status of the application, grant or maintenance of any such Marketing Authorization and Biomet agrees to reasonably cooperate with BioCardia with respect thereto, including by transferring Licensed Know-How necessary or useful for such purposes as requested by BioCardia pursuant to Section 4.2.

 

4.2      Transfer of Licensed Know-How . Upon BioCardia’s request, Biomet shall deliver (and shall cause its personnel to deliver) to BioCardia, all Licensed Know-How that is necessary or useful for BioCardia to prepare and submit MAAs for the Product in accordance with Section 4.1 and to otherwise exercise its rights and fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. Biomet shall provide BioCardia with reasonable access, at agreed times during ordinary business hours, to Biomet personnel knowledgeable of the research giving rise to the Licensed Patents or Licensed Know-How to enable BioCardia to use or practice the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How.

 

4.3      Permits . Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, each Party, at its own cost, shall be responsible for obtaining all permits, registrations, licenses, exemptions, exceptions and other permissions that are necessary for its performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

4.4      Adverse Event Reporting . Each Party will promptly notify the other of any deaths, serious injuries, or other adverse events related to the Product, and any other complaints related to the Product, of which such first Party becomes aware. Each Party shall cooperate with the other Party and provide information in its possession to the extent necessary for the other Party to comply with its obligations under Applicable Law relating to the manufacture, marketing or Distribution of the Product in the Field and Territory in accordance with this Agreement. The Parties agree that the adverse event reporting specifics and responsibilities in this Section 4.4 shall be addressed in the future Quality Agreement as described in Section 4.6 of this Agreement.

 

4.5      Recalls . Each of BioCardia and Biomet will immediately inform the other in writing if it believes one or more lots of the Product should be subject to recall from Distribution, withdrawal or other field action. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and public safety, the Parties will confer before initiating any recall or other field action, provided that BioCardia shall have the final decision-making authority as to any such recall, withdrawal or field action concerning the Product in the Field with respect to which BioCardia holds a Marketing Authorization. Otherwise Biomet shall have the final decision-making authority with respect to any such recall, withdrawal or field action. BioCardia shall be responsible to maintain distribution records for all Products and to execute the recall communication and retrieval for all concerned Product. The Party initiating the recall shall initially bear the cost thereof and shall carry out the recall in accordance with best industry practices. In the event it is determined that a recall resulted from a breach by either Party of any of its representations, warranties, duties or obligations under this Agreement, such Party shall be responsible for the costs of the recall; provided that if both Parties share responsibility with respect to such recall, the costs shall be shared in the ratio of the Parties’ contributory responsibility. The Parties shall each maintain traceability records as are sufficient and as may be necessary to permit a recall.

 

 
5

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

*** Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

   

4.6     The Parties agree to complete a Quality Agreement after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Such Quality Agreement, addressing concerns including but not limited to Quality, Regulatory, Compliance and other matters related to Biomet providing the Product, shall be agreed to prior to the first sale of the Product.

 

5.      Diligence Obligations of BioCardia .

 

5.1      Diligence Obligations . BioCardia shall be obligated to achieve each Milestone within the corresponding timeline as set forth in Exhibit 1.12 . In the event this Agreement is assigned pursuant to Section 12.4 to a Third Party successor that is (a) a public company with a market capitalization equal to or greater than [***] U.S. Dollars ($[***]), or (b) a company with annual sales equal to or greater than [***] U.S. Dollars ($[***]) (each of (a) and (b), a “ Qualified Acquirer ”), the annual minimum purchase requirement under Milestone 3 shall be adjusted as specified in Exhibit 1.12 .

 

5.2      Extension of Milestone .

 

5.2.1     In the event BioCardia is unable to achieve any Milestone for any reason other than as specified in Section 2.6, BioCardia will have the right and option to extend the timeline of such Milestone and all subsequent Milestone(s) for up to three (3) years by making extension payment(s) as follows:

 

-     $[***] for the first year extension

 

-     $[***] for the second year extension

 

-     $[***] for the third year extension

 

Additional extensions may be granted only by mutual written agreement of both Parties.

 

5.2.2     Without limiting Sections 5.2.1, in the event BioCardia fails to order the annual minimum purchase amount required under Milestone 3 for any given year, BioCardia shall have the right to make up the shortfall by paying Biomet the amount equal to the Transfer Price multiplied by the number of additional units that BioCardia is required to order in order to meet the applicable annual minimum purchase amount.

 

5.3      Biomet’s Right to Terminate this Agreement . Subject to BioCardia’s right to extend the timeline for any Milestone and the right to make up the shortfall for any minimum purchase requirement as set forth in Section 5.2, Biomet has the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.2.1(a) in the event BioCardia fails to meet any Milestone. For clarity, any failure to meet a Milestone that is a result of Biomet’s failure to supply Products in accordance with BioCardia’s purchase orders shall not be deemed a failure or breach by BioCardia for purposes of this Agreement, including this Section 5.3.

 

6.      Payment Terms .

 

6.1      Transfer Prices . The prices for the Product sold by Biomet to BioCardia during the Term shall be as set forth on the Exhibit 6.1 attached to this Agreement (the “ Transfer Prices ”). In the event this Agreement is assigned by BioCardia to a Qualified Acquirer pursuant to Section 12.4, the Transfer Prices shall be adjusted as set forth in Exhibit 6.1 .

 

6.2      Royalty . In the event that BioCardia exercises its manufacturing license under Section 3.1.1(b), BioCardia shall pay Biomet a royalty in the amount of [***] percent ([***] %) of Net Sales of the Products that are manufactured and sold by or on behalf of BioCardia or its Affiliate pursuant to its exercise of such license.

 

6.3      Royalty Reports and Payments . During the period during which BioCardia is obligated to pay a royalty to Biomet under Section 6.2, BioCardia shall provide a royalty report to Biomet, within forty five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter, showing: (i) the aggregate Net Sales of the Product for such calendar quarter; and (ii) a calculation of total royalties due to Biomet under Section 6.2. Simultaneously with the delivery of each such report, BioCardia shall pay to Biomet the total royalties, if any, due to Biomet in accordance with Section 6.2 for the period of such report. Such reports shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of BioCardia, even if not marked as confidential.

 

 
6

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

*** Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

   

6.4      Payment Method . All payments under this Agreement shall be made by bank wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Party to which such payments are due. All payments under this Agreement shall be paid in United States Dollars. If any currency conversion shall be required in connection with the calculation of amounts payable hereunder, such conversion shall be made using the same exchange rates used by BioCardia for its own financial reporting purposes, or if none is used, then the average of the buying and selling rates on the day such payment is made as published by The Wall Street Journal, Internet Edition at www.wsj.com.

 

6.5      Withholdings . Any and all withholding or similar taxes imposed or levied on account of the payment of amounts under this Agreement, which are required to be withheld, shall be deducted by the payer prior to remittance and shall be paid to the proper taxing authority. Proof of payment shall be secured, if available, and sent to the payee as evidence of such payment in such form as required by the tax authorities having jurisdiction over the payer. Each Party agrees to cooperate with the other Party in claiming exemptions from such deductions or withholdings under any agreement or treaty from time to time in effect.

 

7.      Intellectual Property.

 

7.1      Patent Prosecution . As between the Parties, Biomet will retain the first right and responsibility to prosecute and maintain the Licensed Patents in the Field in the Territory. Biomet shall keep BioCardia reasonably informed as to the status of the Licensed Patents and shall consult with BioCardia in a timely manner concerning (i) the scope and content of patent applications within the Licensed Patents prior to filing such patent applications, and (ii) the content of and proposed responses to official actions of the United States Patent and Trademark Office and foreign patent offices during prosecution of such patent applications. In the event Biomet decides to abandon any patent within the Licensed Patent, BioCardia shall have the right to undertake prosecution and maintenance of such Licensed Patent at its expense. Upon BioCardia’s request, Biomet shall file patent applications within the Licensed Patents in any jurisdiction(s) requested by BioCardia, provided that BioCardia shall reimburse Biomet for the reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Biomet for such additional patent filings. Except as expressly provided herein, Biomet shall bear all the costs incurred in connection with the filing, prosecution and maintenance of all Licensed Patents.

 

7.2      Enforcement . In the event that either Party reasonably believes that any Licensed Patent is being infringed by a Third Party or is subject to a declaratory judgment action arising from such infringement, in each case within the Field and Territory, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party. In such event, Biomet shall have the initial right (but not the obligation) to enforce such Licensed Patents with respect to such infringement in the Field, or to defend any declaratory judgment action with respect thereto (an “ Enforcement Action ”), at Biomet’s expense. In the event that Biomet fails to initiate an Enforcement Action to enforce such Licensed Patent against an infringement in the Field in the Territory within ninety (90) days of a request by BioCardia to do so, BioCardia may initiate an Enforcement Action against such infringement at its own expense. The Party initiating or defending any such Enforcement Action (the “ Enforcing Party ”) shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of the progress of any such Enforcement Action, and such other Party shall have the right to participate with counsel of its own choice at its own expense. In any event, the other Party shall reasonably cooperate with the Enforcing Party, including providing information and materials, at the Enforcing Party’s request and expense. BioCardia shall not enter into any consent judgment or other voluntary final disposition of any Infringement Action within the Field and Territory without the prior written consent of Biomet, , which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. Any recovery received as a result of any Enforcement Action to enforce Licensed Patents pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall be used first to reimburse the Parties for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and professional fees) incurred in connection with such Enforcement Action (and not previously reimbursed), and the remainder of the recovery shall be shared [***] percent ([***] %) to the Enforcing Party and [***] percent ([***] %) to the other Party. Neither Party shall enter into any settlement of any claim described in this Section 7.2 that adversely affects the other Party’s rights or interests without such other Party’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed.

 

8.      Confidential Information .

 

8.1      Confidential Information . During the term of this Agreement and for five (5) years thereafter, except as provided herein, each Party shall maintain in confidence, and shall not use for any purpose or disclose to any Third Party except as provided below, information that is disclosed by the other Party in writing and marked “Confidential” or that is disclosed orally and confirmed in writing as confidential within forty-five (45) days following such disclosure, or that is otherwise reasonably expected to be treated in a confidential manner based on the circumstances of its disclosure and the nature of the information (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information shall not include any information that can be established by the receiving Party: (i) was already known to the receiving Party at the time of disclosure hereunder, (ii) now or hereafter becomes publicly known other than through acts or omissions of the receiving Party, (iii) was disclosed to the receiving Party by a Third Party under no obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party, or (iv) was independently developed by the receiving Party without use of or reference to the Confidential Information of the disclosing Party as shown by the receiving Party’s then-contemporaneous written records.

 

 
7

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

8.2      Permitted Usage . Each Party may use Confidential Information of the other Party for purposes of exercising its rights and performing its obligations under this Agreement. Each Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party as follows: (i) under appropriate confidentiality provisions substantially equivalent to those in this Agreement, in connection with the performance of its obligations or exercise of rights under this Agreement; (ii) to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary in filing for, obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals, or otherwise required by Applicable Law, provided, however, that if a Party is required by law to make any such disclosure of the other Party’s Confidential Information it will, to the extent legally permissible and practicable, give reasonable advance notice to the other Party of such disclosure requirement and, except to the extent inappropriate in the case of patent applications, will use its reasonable efforts to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information required to be disclosed; (iii) in communication with existing and potential investors, partners, acquirers, collaborators, licensees, advisors (including consultants, financial advisors, attorneys and accountants) and others on a need to know basis, in each case under appropriate confidentiality provisions substantially equivalent to those of this Agreement; or (iv) to the extent mutually agreed to by the Parties.

 

8.3      Prior Agreements . This Agreement supersedes the Mutual Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties dated May 10, 2012 (the “ Prior Agreement ”) with respect to information disclosed thereunder. All information exchanged between the Parties under the Prior Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information of the disclosing Party and shall be subject to the terms of this Article 8.

 

8.4      Confidential Terms . Each Party agrees not to disclose to any Third Party the terms and conditions of this Agreement without the prior approval of the other Party, except to advisors (including consultants, financial advisors, attorneys and accountants), potential and existing investors, partners, acquirers, collaborators, contractors and others on a need to know basis, in each case under circumstances that reasonably protect the confidentiality thereof, or to the extent necessary to comply with the terms of agreements with Third Parties, or to the extent required by applicable law, including securities laws and rules of any recognized stock exchange. Each Party may issue press releases relating to this Agreement or activities conducted hereunder, provided that such Party shall submit the text of such press releases to the other Party for its approval prior to the issuance thereof, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. After BioCardia’s achievement of Milestone 2, the Parties will work together in good faith to issue a joint press release regarding the Agreement upon the request of either Party. For clarity, either Party may issue press releases related to this Agreement or the activities conducted hereunder to the extent the content of such press releases was previously approved, or included in a press release made, by the other Party.

 

9.      Representations and Warranties .

 

9.1      Due Organization, Valid Existence and Due Authorization. Each Party hereto represents and warrants to the other Party as follows: (a) it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; (b) it has full corporate power and authority and has taken all corporate action necessary to enter into and perform this Agreement; (c) the execution and performance by it of its obligations hereunder will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with, its organizational documents nor any other agreement, court order, consent decree or other arrangement, whether written or oral, by which it is bound; and (d) this Agreement is its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such Party in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

 

9.2      Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Biomet. Biomet hereby further represents, warrants and covenants to BioCardia that:

 

9.2.1     It has the right to grant the rights granted to BioCardia herein, and Biomet and its Affiliates have not, and shall not, grant any rights (including any lien or security interest) that conflict with such rights or that would otherwise prevent BioCardia from exercising its rights or performing its obligations hereunder;

 

9.2.2     Neither Biomet nor any of its employees or permitted subcontractors performing or involved with the development or commercialization of the Product or its performance under this Agreement have been “debarred” by the FDA or a regulatory authority in any jurisdiction outside the U.S., nor have debarment proceedings against Biomet or any of its employees or permitted subcontractors been commenced;

 

9.2.3     There are no threatened or pending actions, suits, investigations, claims or proceedings in any way relating to the Licensed Patents or Licensed Know-How;

 

9.2.4     Biomet is the sole owner or licensee of the patents and patent applications listed on Exhibit 1.8 and does not, as of the Effective Date, own or control any patents or patent applications that would dominate the practice of the patents and patent applications listed on Exhibit 1.8 in accordance with this Agreement.

 

9.3      Product Warranties . Biomet represents and warrants that:

 

 
8

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

9.3.1     Biomet’s manufacturing facility and the Product supplied hereunder shall comply with this Agreement and all Applicable Laws (including GMPs). The Product sold to BioCardia hereunder shall be free from defects in material and workmanship and shall conform to Biomet’s specifications therefor. Biomet shall perform and document all manufacturing and supply activities contemplated herein in compliance with all Applicable Laws (including GMPs).

 

9.3.2     Title to the Product sold to BioCardia by Biomet under this Agreement shall be free and clear of any security interest, lien, or other encumbrance.

 

9.3.3     To the best of Biomet’s knowledge, the manufacture and sale of the Product by BioCardia hereunder will not infringe or misappropriate any intellectual property right of any Third Party.

 

9.4      Representations, Warranties and Covenants of BioCardia .

 

9.4.1     Neither BioCardia nor any of its employees or permitted subcontractors who will be involved in the Distribution, marketing, sale, use or manufacture of the Product or its performance under this Agreement have been “debarred” by the FDA or a regulatory authority in any jurisdiction outside the U.S., nor have debarment proceedings against BioCardia or any of its employees or permitted subcontractors been commenced;

 

9.4.2     BioCardia’s manufacturing facility complies with this Agreement and all Applicable Laws (including GMP’s). Any Product manufactured by BioCardia or by a Third Party (other than Biomet) for BioCardia shall be free from defects in material and workmanship and shall conform to the specifications therefor. BioCardia shall perform and document all manufacturing and supply activities contemplated on the manufacture of the Product by BioCardia in compliance with all applicable laws (including GMP’s).

 

9.5      Disclaimer. EACH PARTY AGREES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AGAINST NON-INFRINGEMENT OR THE LIKE, OR ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE.

 

9.6      Limitation of Liability . EXCEPT FOR EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 10 OR BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 8, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS, COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS, OR ANY INDIRECT DAMAGES EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF.

 

10.      Indemnity .

 

10.1      By Biomet . Subject to Section 10.3, Biomet shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless BioCardia, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, representatives and employees (each, an “ BioCardia Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all liabilities, damages or expenses (including reasonable legal expenses and attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Losses ”) resulting from any suit, claim, action or demand brought by a Third Party (each, a “ Third Party Claim ”) arising out of: (a) any material breach of any of Biomet’s representations, warranties, obligations or covenants under this Agreement; or (b) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of a Biomet Indemnitee. Biomet’s obligation to indemnify the BioCardia Indemnitees pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall not apply to the extent that any such Losses are Losses that BioCardia is obligated to indemnify the Biomet Indemnitees pursuant to Section 10.2 below.

 

10.2      By BioCardia . Subject to Section 10.3, BioCardia shall indemnify, defend or settle and hold harmless Biomet, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, representatives and employees (each, a “ Biomet Indemnitee ”) from and against any and all Losses resulting from any Third Party Claim arising out of: (a) any material breach of any of BioCardia’s representations, warranties, obligations or covenants under this Agreement; or (c) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of a BioCardia Indemnitee. BioCardia’s obligation to indemnify the Biomet Indemnitees pursuant to this Section 10.2 shall not apply to the extent that any such Losses are Losses that Biomet is obligated to indemnify the BioCardia Indemnitees pursuant to Section 10.1 above.

 

10.3      Indemnification Procedure . To be eligible to be indemnified hereunder, the indemnified Party shall provide the indemnifying Party with prompt notice of the Third-Party Claim giving rise to the indemnification obligation pursuant to this Article 10 and the right to control the defense (with the reasonable cooperation of the indemnified Party) and settlement of any such claim; provided, however, that the indemnifying Party shall not enter into any settlement that admits fault, wrongdoing or damages without the indemnified Party’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The indemnified Party shall have the right to participate, at its own expense and with counsel of its choice, in the defense of any claim or suit that has been assumed by the indemnifying Party; provided that the indemnifying Party shall have no obligations with respect to any Losses resulting from the indemnified Party’s admission, settlement or other communication without the prior written consent of the indemnifying Party.

 

 
9

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

11.      Term and Termination .

 

11.1      Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue in full force and effect until the later of (a) ten (10) years after the Effective Date, or (b) expiration of the last-to-expire Valid Claim within the Licensed Patents (the “ Term ”).

 

11.2      Termination .

 

11.2.1      Termination for Cause . Either Party may terminate this Agreement prior to its expiration and upon thirty (30) days prior written notice if:

 

(a)      the other Party breaches any material term (including any payment terms) of this Agreement and the breaching Party has not cured the breach within such thirty (30) day period, provided, however, if the Party alleged to be in breach disputes in good faith such breach by written notice to the other Party within such thirty (30) day period, then the non-breaching Party shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement unless and until it has been determined that this Agreement was materially breached pursuant to Section 12.6 and the breaching Party fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after such determination; or

 

(b)      the other Party is the subject of a liquidation or insolvency, or the filing of bankruptcy, or similar proceeding(s) (provided that in the case of involuntary proceedings, such proceedings are not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing).

 

11.2.2      Termination by BioCardia . BioCardia shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if, in its sole discretion, the safety, efficacy, or comparative effectiveness of the Product in the Field is insufficient to meet BioCardia’s commercial needs, by providing Biomet with ninety (90) days’ prior written notice.

 

11.3      Effect of Termination .

 

11.3.1     In the event this Agreement is terminated by BioCardia pursuant to Section 11.2.1, the licenses granted under Section 3.1.1 (including the manufacturing license granted under Section 3.1.1(b)) shall survive until the later of (a) ten (10) years after the Effective Date, or (b) expiration of the last-to-expire Valid Claim within the Licensed Patents. Upon such termination, at BioCardia’s request, Biomet shall promptly transfer to BioCardia the Manufacturing Know-How in accordance with Section 4.2. In the event this Agreement is terminated by BioCardia pursuant to Section 11.2.1(b) then BioCardia’s royalty obligations under Section 6.2 shall survive. In the event this Agreement is terminated by BioCardia pursuant to Section 11.2.1(a) then BioCardia’s royalty obligations under Section 6.2 shall terminate.

 

11.3.2     Without limiting Section 11.3.1, upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, BioCardia shall have [***] months following the expiration or termination of this Agreement to continue to Distribute within the Field any Product held by BioCardia as of the effective date of expiration or termination.

 

11.3.3     In the event this Agreement is terminated by Biomet pursuant to Section 11.2.1(a) or 11.2.1(b), Biomet shall have a first right of negotiation to complete any ongoing clinical studies of the mononuclear cells generated using the Product that were initiated by BioCardia prior to such termination, to seek Marketing Authorization for BioCardia’s delivery system for use with mononuclear cells generated using the Product in the Field and to commercialize such BioCardia delivery system for such use in the Field; provided that if the Parties do not reach agreement with respect to the terms and conditions of such rights within ninety (90) days after such a termination, BioCardia shall have no further obligation under this Section 11.3.3.

 

11.3.4     Each Party shall, within thirty (30) days of the effective date of termination or expiration, either (a) return to the other Party all of the other Party’s Confidential Information then in a Party’s possession or control or (b) certify to the other Party in writing that all copies of such Confidential Information have been destroyed.

 

11.3.5     Expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not release either Party hereto from any obligation (including payment obligations) or liability which, at the time of such expiration or termination, has already accrued to the other Party or which is attributable to a period prior to such expiration or termination, nor preclude either Party from pursuing all rights or remedies it may have hereunder or at law or in equity with respect to any breach of this Agreement.

 

 
10

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

11.3.6     The provisions of Articles 1, 8, 10 and 12 and Sections 2.5, 9.5, 9.6 and 11.3 shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement. All other provisions of this Agreement shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

12.      Miscellaneous .

 

12.1      Events Beyond Control . Neither Party shall be liable for any failure to fulfill any term or condition of this Agreement (other than the obligation to pay) if fulfillment has been delayed, hindered or prevented by an event of force majeure including, but not limited to, any strike, lockout or other industrial dispute, acts of the elements, compliance with requirements of any governmental port or international authority, plant breakdown or failure of equipment, inability to obtain equipment, fuel, power, materials or transportation, or by any circumstances whatsoever beyond its reasonable control (“ Force Majeure Event ”). A Party affected by a Force Majeure Event will promptly notify the other Party, explaining the nature and expected duration thereof and such Party shall use all reasonable efforts to remedy or mitigate such Force Majeure Event and the effects thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Party is unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement for a period of more than ninety (90) days as a result of a Force Majeure Event, the other Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the affected Party.

 

12.2      Independent Contractors . The relationship of the Parties established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to create any other relationship between the Parties. Neither Party shall have any right, power, or authority to assume, create or incur any expense, liability, or obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other.

 

12.3      Notice . All notices issued or served under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if transmitted by facsimile (receipt verified), email (receipt verified) or by express courier service (signature required) or seven (7) days after it was sent by registered letter. All notices shall be sent to the following, except as otherwise specified by either Party in writing:

 

To Biomet:

To BioCardia:

Attn: Legal Department

Biomet Biologics, LLC

BioCardia, Inc.
5 6 East Bell Drive 125 Shoreway Road, Suite B

Warsaw, Indiana 46582

San Carlos, California 94070

 

12.4      Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assignable by either Party to any Third Party without the written consent of the other Party and any such attempted assignment shall be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement, without the written consent of the other Party, to its Affiliate or an entity that acquires all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Party to which this Agreement pertains (whether by merger, reorganization, acquisition, sale or otherwise), and agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No assignment or transfer of this Agreement shall be valid and effective unless and until the assignee/transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Parties. Except as expressly provided in this Section 12.4, any attempted assignment or transfer of this Agreement shall be null and void.

 

12.5      Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions.

 

12.6      Dispute Resolution . In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim between the parties hereto arising out of this Agreement, the parties agree to attempt to resolve such dispute in good faith through direct negotiations for a period of thirty (30) days. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any dispute, controversy or claim between the parties hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement which cannot be resolved through direct negotiations shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with and subject to the then applicable rules (“ Rules ”) of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services (“ JAMS ”) and such arbitration shall be administered by JAMS with a single arbitrator selected from a list of arbitrators proposed by JAMS in accordance with the Rules. The arbitrator shall allow such discovery as is appropriate and consistent with the purposes of arbitration in accomplishing fair, speedy and cost-effective resolution of disputes. The costs of the arbitration including the arbitrators’ fees shall be shared equally by the parties. Judgment upon the award rendered in any such arbitration may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction, or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the law of such jurisdiction may require or allow. Unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, such arbitration shall take place in Denver, Colorado.

 

 
11

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

12.7      Waiver; Amendment . The failure of either party to enforce its rights under this Agreement at any time for any period shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights unless evidenced in writing and signed for on behalf of both parties. Any modification or amendment of, or addition to, the terms of this Agreement shall not be effective unless in a writing conspicuously entitled “Amendment of Agreement” which begins with a proposal to amend this Agreement and specifies exactly each change to be made and which is signed by an authorized officer of both parties.

 

12.8      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be void, invalid or unenforceable, the same shall be reformed to give the fullest effect to the intention of the parties when executing this Agreement while complying with Applicable Law or stricken if not so conformable, so as not to affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

12.9      Headings . Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect interpretation of this Agreement.

 

12.10      Entire Agre ement . This Agreement, together with the exhibits attached hereto, constitute the entire understanding and contract between the parties and supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous, oral or written representations, communications, understandings, and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the terms and conditions of this Agreement conflict with the terms and conditions of any exhibit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern. The parties acknowledge and agree that neither of the parties is entering into this Agreement on the basis of any representations or promises not expressly contained herein.

 

 

 

THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT ARE AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

BioCardia, Inc.     Biomet Biologics, LLC    
                   
Name: Peter Altman       Name: Joel Higgins      
                   

Title: CEO

 

 

 

 

Title: Vice President and General Manager  

 

 

                   
Signature: /s/ Peter Altman     Signature: /s/ Joel Higgins      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: Oct 30, 2012

 

 

 

Date: Oct 30, 2012  

 

 

 

 

 
12

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

*** Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

   

EXHIBIT 1.8

 

LICENSED PATENTS

 

 

[***]

 

 

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

     

 

 

   

CONFIDENTIAL

 

*** Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

EXHIBIT 1.12

 

DILIGENCE MILESTONES

 

Milestone 1      Within [***] months after the Effective Date, BioCardia shall publish or present at a national conference data to validate that MNC produced using Marrowstim TM Technology has utility for the Field.

 

Milestone 2      Within [***] months after the Effective Date, BioCardia shall complete enrollment of no less than ten (10) patients in the first human clinical study on the use of the Product in the Field for support of the filing of Marketing Authorization with FDA, subject to review and approval of the location and protocol synopsis of the study by Biomet, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

Milestone 3      Annual minimum purchase requirements beginning [***] years from the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

 

Year (i.e. each [***] -month period starting from the [***] anniversary of the Effective Date)

Marrowstim Kit (Product) Units

Marrowstim Kit (Product) Units

 

(In the event this Agreement is assigned by BioCardia to a Qualified Acquirer)

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

[***]

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

EXHIBIT 1.14

 

DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT

 

 

 

The “Product” will always include either the 60ml Marrowstim™ Tube or the 30ml Marrowstim™ Tube. Current configurations of the “Product” are outlined below.

 

 

Description

Catalog Number

MarrowStim™ Standard Kit with ACD-A

Contents :

One Disposable 60ml Marrowstim™ Tube

One 10ml Syringe

Four 30ml Syringes

One 18 Gauge Centesis Needle

One 18 Gauge Safety Apheresis Needle

One 30ml Bottle of ACD-A

One Bone Marrow Aspiration Needle

One Adhesive Tape 54 Inch

Two 2x2 Gauze

Four Syringe Tips

Provides 6ml of output from 60 ml of input.

800-0613A

MarrowStim™ Mini Kit with ACD-A

Contents :

One Disposable 30ml Mini Marrowstim™ Tube

One 10ml Syringe

Three 30ml Syringes

One 18 Gauge Centesis Needle

One 18 Gauge Safety Apheresis Needle

One 30ml Bottle of ACD-A

One Bone Marrow Aspiration Needle

One Adhesive Tape 54 Inch

Two 2x2 Gauze

Four Syringe Tips

Provides 3ml of output from 30ml of input.

800-0612A

MarrowStim™ Standard Tube Only (no kit accessories)

800-0622

MarrowStim™ Mini Tube Only (no kit accessories)

800-0623

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

*** Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

   

EXHIBIT 2.10

 

EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS

 

 

Description

Catalog Number

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

[***]

[***]

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

EXHIBIT 3.1.2

 

BIOMET TRADEMARKS

 

 

 

Biomet®

 

Biomet Biologics

 

MarrowStim

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

*** Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

EXHIBIT 6.1

 

TRANSFER PRICE

 

MarrowStim TM device (device only without accessories included in the Kit):

 

$[***]/unit or [***]% ([***]% in the event this Agreement is assigned by BioCardia to a Qualified Acquirer) of BioCardia’s Average Selling Price (ASP) within the applicable country where such MarrowStim TM device is being sold, whichever is higher.

 

 

 

MarrowStim TM Concentration Kit (including MarrowStim TM device and BMA needle, syringes and other components of the MarrowStim TM Concentration Kit as currently marketed by Biomet)

 

$[***]/unit or [***]% ([***]% in the event this Agreement is assigned by BioCardia to a Qualified Acquirer) of BioCardia’s ASP within the applicable country where such MarrowStim TM Concentration Kit is being sold, whichever is higher.

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

*** Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LICENSE AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN BIOMET BIOLOGICS, LLC AND BIOCARDIA, INC.

 

DATED OCTOBER 30, 2012

 

 

 

This First Amendment (“Amendment”) to License and Distribution Agreement is made and entered into as of as of the last signatory date hereof (“Amendment Effective Date”) by and between Biomet Biologics, LLC (“Biomet”), having its principal office at 56 E Bell Drive, Warsaw, Indiana 46582 and BioCardia, Inc. (“BioCardia”), with its principal place of business located at 125 Shoreway Road, Suite B, San Carlos, CA 94070.

 

WHEREAS, Biomet and BioCardia are parties to a License and Distribution Agreement effective October 30, 2012; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to make certain further amendments to the Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

 

1.

Amendment of Exhibit 1.12. Milestone 2 of Exhibit 1.12 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new Milestone 2:

 

Milestone 2. Within [***] months after the Effective Date, BioCardia shall obtain FDA approval of an IDE for clinical investigation.”

 

 

2.

Signatures. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts and may be executed by the signatories hereto and copies of the signatures sent by email, facsimile or otherwise. The copy of said signatures will have the same full force and effect as an original signature. This Amendment may also be executed by the signatories hereto by electronic signatures in accord with the standards and practices established by Biomet (“E-signatures”). E-signatures will have the same full force and effect as an original signature.

 

 

3.

Entire Agreement. This Amendment, along with the Agreement, contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall be deemed to supersede all prior documents and communications regarding the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, any agreements, modifications, amendments and correspondence, whether written or oral. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment and those of any prior document or communication or of the Agreement, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail. The language of this Amendment shall for all purposes by construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, not strictly for or against any of the parties, and without regard to the identity or status of any person who drafted all or any part of it.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties’ duly authorized officers have executed this Amendment on the date set forth below their signatures.

 

BIOCARDIA, INC. 

BIOMET BIOLOGICS, LLC

 

 

By: /s/ Peter Altman By: /s/ Joel Higgins
   
Print Name: Peter A. Altman Print Name: Joel Higgins
   

Title: President and CEO

Title: Sr. Director

   
Date: 7/1/2016        Date: 8 Sept 2016

               

Exhibit 16.1

 

 

 

October 27, 2016

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

Office of the Chief Accountant

100F Street Northeast

Washington, DC 20549-2000

 

RE:

TIGER X MEDICAL, INC.

  File No. 000-21419

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

We have read Item 4.01 of Form 8-K dated October 27, 2016 of TIGER X MEDICAL, INC. (“the Registrant”) and are in agreement with the statements contained therein as it pertains to our firm.

 

We have no basis to agree or disagree with any other statements of the Registrant contained in Item 4.01.

 

Sincerely,                          

 

/s/ Anton & Chia, LLP

 

 

Page 1 of 1

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

 

 

BioCardia, Inc.

 

Index

December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

  Page
   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

2

   

Balance Sheets

3

   

Statements of Operations

4

   

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

5

   

Statements of Cash Flows

6

   

Notes to Financial Statements

7

 

 
1

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

BioCardia, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of BioCardia, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BioCardia, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in note 1(c) to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in note 1(c). The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

(signed) KPMG LLP

 

San Francisco, California
October 17, 2016, except for Note 19(d), as to which the date is October 27, 2016

 

 
2

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

   

2014

 
Assets                

Current assets:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,557       3,184  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4 and $0 for the years ended, December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

    107       172  

Inventory

    759       677  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    246       367  

Deferred financing costs

          48  

Total current assets

    4,669       4,448  

Property and equipment, net

    150       72  

Other assets

    43       43  

Total assets

  $ 4,862       4,563  

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

               

Current liabilities:

               

Accounts payable

  $ 542       314  

Accrued liabilities

    692       1,003  

Deferred rent

    30       22  

Deferred revenue

    39       39  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    275       558  

Maturity date preferred stock warrant liability

    10        

Convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

    1,044        

Convertible shareholder notes, net of debt discount of $1,528 and $0 for the years ended, December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

    5,672       7,500  

Total current liabilities

    8,304       9,436  

Deferred rent

          31  

Total liabilities

    8,304       9,467  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 38,930,696 shares authorized, 98,354,514 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $46,020

          38,213  

Stockholders’ deficit:

               

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 43,502,124 shares authorized, 110,500,514 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $46,019

    46,030        

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized, 18,947,536 and 18,494,023 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively

    19       18  

Additional paid-in capital

    341        

Accumulated deficit

    (49,832 )     (43,135 )

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (3,442 )     (43,117 )

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 4,862       4,563  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 
3

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

Statements of Operations

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands)

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Revenue:

               

Net product revenue

  $ 860       787  

Collaboration agreement revenue

    44       35  

Total revenue

    904       822  

Costs and expenses:

               

Cost of goods sold

    1,061       1,181  

Research and development

    1,518       1,523  

Selling, general and administrative

    3,734       4,467  

Total costs and expenses

    6,313       7,171  

Operating loss

    (5,409 )     (6,349 )

Other income (expense):

               

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    (1,634 )      

Interest expense

    (1,386 )     (269 )

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    274       56  

Change in fair value of maturity date preferred stock warrants liability

    87        

Change in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

    1,373        

Other expense

    (2 )      

Total other income (expense), net

    (1,288 )     (213 )

Net loss

  $ (6,697 )     (6,562 )
                 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (6,697 )     (10,206 )
                 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.36 )     (0.55 )
                 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    18,723,511       18,489,993  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 
4

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands, except share data)

 

   

Convertible preferred stock

   

Convertible preferred stock

   

Common stock

   

Additional

                 
   

Shares

   

Cost

   

Shares

   

Cost

   

Shares

   

Cost

   

paid in capital

   

Accumulated deficit

   

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

        $       97,482,546     $ 34,000       18,481,552     $ 18       1,376       (34,543 )     851  

Reclassification from permanent equity to temporary equity

    97,482,546       34,000       (97,482,546 )     (34,000 )                             (34,000 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

          3,644                               (1,614 )     (2,030 )     (3,644 )

Exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants for series F preferred shares

    871,995       569                                            

Exercise of stock options

                            12,471                          

Stock-based compensation

                                        238             238  

Net loss

                                              (6,562 )     (6,562 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    98,354,541       38,213                   18,494,023       18             (43,135 )     (43,117 )

Reclassification from temporary equity to permanent equity

    (98,354,541 )     (38,213 )     98,354,541       38,213                               38,213  

Conversion of convertible notes into series F preferred shares

                12,075,610       7,781                               7,781  

Exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants for series D preferred shares

                67,884       34                               34  

Exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants for series F preferred shares

                2,479       2                               2  

Exercise of stock options

                            453,513       1       58             59  

Stock-based compensation

                                        283             283  

Net loss

                                              (6,697 )     (6,697 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

                110,500,514       46,030       18,947,536       19       341       (49,832 )     (3,442 )

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 
5

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands)

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Operating activities:

               

Net loss

  $ (6,697 )     (6,562 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

               

Depreciation and amortization

    47       47  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (274 )     (56 )

Change in fair value of maturity date preferred stock warrant liability

    (87 )      

Change in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

    (1,373 )      

Stock based compensation

    283       238  

Non-cash interest expense on convertible shareholder notes

    1,387       269  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

               

Accounts receivable

    65       78  

Inventory

    (82 )     (37 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (129 )     (15 )

Deferred financing costs

    48       (48 )

Accounts payable

    228       195  

Accrued liabilities excluding accrued interest on convertible note

    (416 )     (105 )

Deferred revenue

          39  

Deferred rent

    (23 )     9  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (7,023 )     (5,948 )

Investing activities:

               

Purchase of property and equipment

    (125 )     (53 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (125 )     (53 )

Financing activities:

               

Proceeds from the exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants

    27       562  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes and warrants

    7,435       7,250  

Proceeds from the exercise common stock options

    59        

Net cash provided by financing activities

    7,521       7,812  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    373       1,811  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    3,184       1,373  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 3,557       3,184  
                 

Supplemental disclosure for cash flow activities:

               

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 1       1  

Supplemental disclosure for noncash investing and financing activities:

               

Convertible shareholder notes funds received subsequent to year end

          250  

Conversion of convertible shareholder note and related accrued interest payable

    7,781        

Accretion of series F convertible preferred stock

          3,644  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 
6

 

 

(1)

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

 

 

(a)

Description of Business

 

BioCardia was incorporated in Delaware in March 2002. The Company is a clinical-stage regenerative medicine company developing novel therapeutics for cardiovascular diseases with large unmet medical needs. Its lead therapeutic candidate is the CardiAMP cell therapy system and its second therapeutic candidate for heart failure is the CardiALLO cell therapy system. To date the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to research and development efforts relating to its therapeutic candidates and biotherapeutic delivery systems including conducting clinical trials, developing manufacturing and sales capabilities, in-licensing related intellectual property, providing general and administrative support for these operations and protecting its intellectual property.

 

The Company has two enabling device product lines: the Helix biotherapeutic delivery system (“Helix”) product line offers a catheter system for the local delivery of cells, gene and protein therapeutics to the heart; and the Morph vascular access (“Morph”) product line offers advanced catheter products for interventional medicine. The Helix biotherapeutic delivery system is available for commercial sale in Europe and is approved for investigational use in the United States. The Morph line consists of the Morph Universal Deflectable Guide Catheter and the Morph AccessPro steerable introducer. The Morph Universal Deflector Guide Catheter and the Morph AccessPro steerable introducer lines currently generate commercial revenues. The Morph Universal Deflectable Guide Catheter is sold commercially in the United States. The Morph AccessPro steerable introducer line is sold commercially in the Unites States and in Europe.

 

 

(b)

Basis of Presentation

 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). The Company manages its operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions.

 

 

(c)

Going Concern and Liquidity

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred significant net losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception and had an accumulated deficit of $49.8 million as of December 31, 2015 that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management expects operating losses and negative cash flows to continue through at least 2018.

 

 
7

 

 

As discussed in Note 19, on August 22, 2016 the Company signed an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Tiger X. Upon closing of the Merger, which is anticipated in October 2016, the combined company is expected to have approximately $23 million in additional capital. Management believes cash as of December 31, 2015, when combined with the cash raised in connection with the Merger, is sufficient to fund the Company through at least the next twelve months. The Company also plans to raise other additional capital potentially including debt and equity arrangements, to finance the Companies future net cash needs. If adequate funds are not available, the Company may be required to reduce operating expenses, delay or reduce the scope of its product development programs, obtain funds through arrangements with others that may require the Company to relinquish rights to certain of its technologies or products that the Company would otherwise seek to develop or commercialize itself, or cease operations. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

 

(d)

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires Company management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of fixed assets; allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns; inventory valuation and reserves; fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability; fair value of the maturity date preferred stock warrant liability; fair value of the convertible shareholder notes derivative liability; share-based compensation; and valuation of inventory.

 

 

(e)

Cash Equivalents

 

The Company classifies all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase as cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with reputable financial institutions.

 

 

(f)

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company considers the creditworthiness of its customers, but does not require collateral in advance of a sale. The Company evaluates collectability and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio when necessary. The estimate is based on the Company’s historical write-off experience, customer creditworthiness, facts and circumstances specific to outstanding balances and payment terms. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $4,000 and $0 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Account balances written off totaled $0 and $1,000 during the year’s ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 

(g)

Inventory

 

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the average-cost method. The Company analyzes its inventory levels quarterly and writes down inventory that has become obsolete or has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value or inventory quantities in excess of expected requirements. Excess requirements are determined based on comparison of existing inventories to forecasted sales, with consideration given to inventory shelf life. Expired inventory is disposed of and the related costs are recognized in cost of goods sold.

 

 
8

 

 

 

(h)

Deferred Financing Costs

 

Deferred financing costs represent direct costs associated with future issuances of our corporate securities. Direct costs include, but are not limited to the legal, accounting and printing costs. Indirect costs associated with future issuance of corporate securities are expensed as incurred. Upon the completion of the proposed issuances, the deferred financing costs will be offset against the proceeds from the security issuance. If the proposed issuances are not completed, the deferred financing costs will be charged to expense. The Company deferred costs incurred for an initial public offering (“IPO”) of common stock totaling approximately $1,586,000 and $48,000 in 2015 and 2014, respectively. In 2015, the IPO was delayed and subsequently withdrawn. The deferred offering costs for that offering in the amount of $1,634,000 were expensed in 2015.

 

 

(i)

Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment, net are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, as described in the table below. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and the related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the accompanying statements of operations:

 

Asset

 

Estimated useful lives

(in years)

 

Computer equipment and software

    3  

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

    3  

Furniture and fixtures

    3  

Leasehold improvements

    5 years or lease term, if shorter  

 

 

 

 

(j)

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company evaluates long-lived assets such as property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount. When undiscounted future cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value. Where available, quoted market prices are used to determine fair value. When quoted market prices are not available, various valuation techniques, including the discounted value of estimated future cash flows, are utilized. There have been no impairments of the Company’s long-lived assets in any of the years presented.

 

 

(k)

Clinical Trial Accruals

 

As part of the process of preparing its financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its expenses resulting from its obligations under contracts with vendors and consultants and clinical site agreements in connection with conducting clinical trials. The financial terms of these contracts are subject to negotiation and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided by the vendor under the contracts. The Company’s objective is to reflect the clinical trial expenses in its financial statements by matching those expenses with the period in which the services and efforts are expended. The Company accounts for these expenses according to the progress of the trial as measured by patient progression and the timing of various aspects of the trial. The Company makes estimates of its accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in its financial statements based on the facts and circumstances known at that time. Although, the Company does not expect its estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, its understanding of the status and timing of services relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in reported amounts that differ from the actual amounts incurred.

 

 
9

 

 

 

(l)

Derivatives

 

Fair value accounting requires bifurcation of embedded derivative instruments such as conversion features in equity instruments and warrants granted, and measurement of their fair value. In determining the appropriate fair value, the Company uses Monte Carlo simulation to calculate potential payouts in each of the three conversion scenarios. In cases where the payout includes newly created equity shares and warrants, the Black-Scholes based option pricing method is used to calculate the amounts due to investors. Derivative instruments are subsequently adjusted to reflect fair value at the end of each reporting period. Any increase or decrease in the fair value is recorded in results of operations as a change in the fair value of derivatives. Once a derivative liability ceases to exist any remaining fair value is reclassified to additional paid-in capital if redeemed or through earnings if forfeited or expired.

 

 

(m)

Deferred Rent

 

The Company’s lease for its facility provides for fixed increases in minimum annual rental payments. The total amount of rental payments due over the lease term is charged to rent expense ratably over the life of the lease. Deferred rent consists of the difference between cash payments and the recognition of rent expense on a straight-line basis.

 

 

(n)

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collection from the customer is reasonably assured.

 

Net product revenue – The Company currently has a portfolio of enabling and delivery products. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales when title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, which typically occurs upon delivery. Product sale transactions are evidenced by customer purchase orders, customer contracts, invoices and/or related shipping documents.

 

Revenue is recognized net of provisions made for discounts, expected sales returns and allowances. Estimated returns and allowances are based on historical experience and other relevant factors. The Company accepts returns for unused, unopened and resellable product in its original packaging, subject to a restocking fee. The sales returns reserve was approximately $3,000 and $5,000 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Amounts received from customers in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue on the balance sheet.

 

 
10

 

 

Collaboration agreement revenue – Collaboration agreement revenue is income from agreements under partnering programs with corporate and academic institutions, wherein the Company provides biotherapeutic delivery systems and customer training and support for their use in clinical trials and studies. These programs provide additional clinical data, intellectual property rights and opportunities to participate in the development of combination products for the treatment of cardiac disease. The Company evaluates activities under these agreements to determine if they represent a multiple element arrangement by identifying the deliverables included within the agreements. The Company accounts for these deliverables as separate units of accounting if the following two criteria are met:

 

 

The delivered items have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis

 

 

If there is a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and within the Company’s control

 

Factors considered in this determination include, among other things, whether any other vendors sell the items separately and if the customer could use the delivered item for its intended purpose without receipt of the remaining deliverables.

 

If an arrangement includes multiple deliverables that are separable into different units of accounting, the Company allocates the arrangement consideration to those units of accounting based on their relative selling prices and recognizes the associated revenue when the appropriate recognition criteria are met for those deliverables. The amount of allocable arrangement consideration is limited to the amounts that are fixed and determinable.

 

 

(o)

Shipping Costs

 

Costs incurred for the shipping of products to customers totaled approximately $11,000 and $16,000 in 2015 and 2014, respectively, and are included in cost of goods sold in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

 

(p)

Product Warranties

 

The Company provides a standard warranty of serviceability on all its products for the duration of the product’s two year shelf life. Estimated future warranty costs, if any, are accrued and charged to cost of goods sold in the period that the related revenue is recognized. Historical data and trends of product reliability and costs of repairing or replacing defective products are considered. Due to the low historical warranty claims experience, a general warranty accrual has not been required or recorded.

 

 

(q)

Research and Development

 

The Company’s research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense includes the costs of basic research activities as well as other research, engineering, and technical effort required to develop new products or services or make significant improvement to an existing product or manufacturing process. Research and development costs also include pre-approval regulatory and clinical trial expenses and support costs for collaborative partnering programs wherein the Company provides biotherapeutic delivery systems and customer training and support for their use in clinical trials and studies. The Company’s research and development costs consist primarily of:

 

 

Salaries, benefits and other personnel-related expenses, including stock based compensation

 

 
11

 

 

 

Fees paid for services provided by clinical research organizations, research institutions, consultants and other outside service providers

 

 

Costs to acquire and manufacture materials used in research and development activities and clinical trials

 

 

Laboratory consumables and supplies

 

 

Facility-related expenses allocated to research and development activities

 

 

Fees to collaborators to license technology

 

 

Depreciation expense for equipment used for research and development and clinical purposes.

 

 

(r)

Stock Based Compensation

 

The Company measures and recognizes stock-based compensation expense for equity awards to employees, directors and consultants based on fair value at the grant date. Nonemployee awards are remeasured at each reporting date. The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option pricing model to calculate fair value. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statements of operations is based on options ultimately expected to vest, taking into consideration estimated forfeitures, and is recognized in the period the services are performed. Stock-based compensation expense is revised in subsequent periods, if necessary, if actual forfeitures differ from these estimates. When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers historic voluntary termination behaviors as well as trends of actual option forfeitures. For options granted to nonemployees, the Company revalues the unearned portion of the stock-based compensation and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in the statements of operations over the period the related services are rendered.

 

The BSM option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility in the value of the Company’s common stock, and the expected term of the option. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

Risk-free Interest Rate

 

The risk free interest rate assumption is based on the zero-coupon U.S. Treasury instruments appropriate for the expected term of the stock option grants.

 

Expected Volatility

 

As the Company does not have a trading history for its common stock, the expected stock price volatility is estimated based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies by taking the average historic volatility for these peers for a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. The peer group was developed based on companies in the biotechnology and medical device industries whose shares are publicly-traded.

 

 
12

 

 

Expected Term

 

The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. As the Company does not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock options awards granted, the expected life is determined using the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual terms of the option and its ordinary vesting period.

 

Common Stock Valuation

 

Due to the absence of a public market for the Company’s common stock, it is necessary to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying the stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations using the BSM option pricing model. The fair value of the common stock underlying the stock-based awards was assessed on each grant date by management and the Company’s board of directors. All options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock have been granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of the common stock underlying those options on the grant date.

 

In the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock, the estimated fair value was determined using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the AICPA Practice Aid. These estimates require considerable judgment and the consideration of numerous objective and subjective factors to determine fair value. The Company engages third-party consultants with the requisite expertise to assist in the valuations. These estimates will not be necessary to determine fair value of new awards once the underlying shares are publicly traded.

 

 

(s)

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes based on the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets, liabilities, operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

In evaluating the ability to recover its deferred income tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including its operating results, forecasts of future taxable income, and ongoing tax planning. In the event the Company was to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes. Conversely, in the event that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made.

 

 
13

 

 

The Company recognizes and measures benefits for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions annually. Evaluations are based upon a number of factors, including the technical merits of the tax position, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, interactions with tax authorities during the course of audits, and effective settlement of audit issues. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense in the statements of operations and accrued interest and penalties within accrued liabilities in the balance sheets. No such interest and penalties have been recorded to date.

 

 

(t)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are required to be recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments complexity.

 

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, warrants for convertible preferred stock, convertible notes and the convertible shareholder notes derivative liability. The fair value of the Company’s cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. The recorded values of the Company’s accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their current fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of these accounts. The fair value of the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrants is measured using the BSM option pricing model. Convertible notes are recorded at amortized cost. Based on borrowing rates currently available for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of convertible notes approximates fair value.

 

 

(u)

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders to by the weighted-average number of common share equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. Common stock equivalents are comprised of convertible preferred stock, notes convertible into preferred stock, warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock and options outstanding under our stock option plan. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding due to our net loss position.

 

 

(v)

Reverse Stock Split

 

On July 2, 2015, the Company effected a 1-for-7.131 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock and convertible preferred stock. Neither the par value nor the authorized number of shares was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. All issued and outstanding common stock, convertible preferred stock, warrants, stock options and per share amounts contained in the accompanying financial statements and notes to the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the reverse stock split for all periods presented.

 

 
14

 

 

 

(w)

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03 Interest – Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, instead of being presented as an asset. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2015-03 effective December 31, 2015. The adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

 

(x)

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern , which requires management to evaluate, in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued and provide related disclosures. This ASU will be effective for the Company in fiscal year 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which provides comprehensive guidance for revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 affects any entity which either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets. The core principle of the guidance provides that a company should recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, qualitative and quantitative disclosures are required about customer contracts, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. Companies can adopt the new standard either using the full retrospective approach, a modified retrospective approach with practical expedients, or a cumulative effect upon adoption approach.

 

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which deferred the effective date for implementation of the standard. Nonpublic companies must apply the standard for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption for nonpublic entities is permitted as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Public entities are to apply the new standard for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

 
15

 

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-11, Inventory: Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” , that requires inventory not measured using either the last in, first out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method to be measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost of completion, disposal and transportation. The new standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) , which supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases in “Leases (Topic 840)” and generally requires all leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. The provisions of ASU 2016-02 are to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . The standard is intended to simplify several areas of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements, including the income tax impact, classification in the statement of cash flows and forfeitures. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB, including its Emerging Issues Task Force, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and the Securities and Exchange Commission, did not or are not believed by management to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement presentation or disclosures.

 

 

 

(2)

Fair Value Measurements

 

The fair value of financial instruments reflects the amounts that the Company estimates to receive in connection with the sale of an asset or paid in connection with the transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company follows a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation techniques into the following three levels:

 

Level 1 – quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

 

Level 2 – observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities

 

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

 
16

 

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of our financial liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and indicates the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair value.

 

   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

   

Total

 

Assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,557     $     $     $ 3,557  
                                 

Liabilities:

                               

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

  $     $     $ 275     $ 275  

Maturity date preferred stock warrant liability

  $     $     $ 10     $ 10  

Convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

  $     $     $ 1,044     $ 1,044  

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of our financial liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and indicates the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair value.

 

   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

   

Total

 

Assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,184     $     $     $ 3,184  
                                 

Liabilities:

                               

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

  $     $     $ 558     $ 558  

 

As discussed more fully in Notes 10, 11 and 12, the Company issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with note agreements to various shareholders. The warrant liabilities were recorded at their fair value on the date of issuance and were remeasured each subsequent balance sheet date and as of the warrant exercise date, with fair value changes recognized as income (decrease in fair value) or expense (increase in fair value) in other income (expense) in the statements of operations. The Company’s estimated fair value of the warrant liabilities is calculated using key assumptions, including the probability of an exit event, the enterprise value as determined on an income approach, and a discount for lack of marketability. Management, with the assistance of an independent valuation firm, made these subjective determinations based on available financial information.

 

As discussed more fully in Note 12, the 2015 Notes include embedded derivative features that were determined to be a compound embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and separate accounting at estimated fair value. The Company estimated the fair value of the compound embedded derivative utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model. The inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the compound embedded derivative instrument include the probability of an underlying event triggering the redemption event and its timing prior to the maturity date of the 2015 Notes. The fair value measurement is based upon significant inputs not observable in the market. These assumptions are inherently subjective and involve significant management judgement.

 

 
17

 

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of our financial liabilities that the Company remeasured on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

   

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

   

Maturity Date Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

   

Convertible Shareholder Note Derivative Liability

 

Fair value December 31, 2013

  $ 621     $     $  

Warrants exercised and cancelled

    (7 )            

Change in fair value

    (56 )            

Fair value December 31, 2014

  $ 558     $     $  

Warrants exercised and cancelled

    (9 )                

Issuance of convertible shareholder notes

          97       2,417  

Change in fair value

    (274 )     (87 )     (1,373 )

Fair value December 31, 2015

  $ 275     $ 10     $ 1,044  

 

 

(3)

Product Recall

 

In March 2014, the Company announced a voluntary recall of its Morph Access Pro (MAP) Steerable Introducer Guide Catheter due to the potential presence of loose particulates that might present health risks to patients. As a result of the voluntary recall, the Company suspended all marketing activity related to the MAP products, halted production of the devices, and implemented a recall of all non-expired product with its customers. No customers reported safety issues associated with use of the product prior or subsequent to the recall. The products were reintroduced to the market in the second half of 2014.

 

Customers were offered a choice of three alternatives when returning the product: receive a credit that can be applied to a current or future sale, receive a cash refund or receive an alternative replacement product at no additional cost. The estimated credits and refunds related to the product returns and the associated shipping costs were recorded as a reduction of net product sales and increase in accrued liabilities. The estimated cost of replacement devices, including shipping, was recorded in cost of goods sold and in accrued liabilities. Actual returns and costs did not materially differ from these estimates.

 

The carrying value of the MAP inventories on hand, both unsold inventories and inventories received from customers in the recall, has been reduced to lower of cost or market with the related charge included in cost of goods sold in the statements of operations.

 

The following table presents a summary of charges related to the recall recorded for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Reduction of net product sales

  $       60  

Cost of goods sold

          11  

Total

  $       71  

 

 
18

 

 

(4)

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method. Inventories consist of the following at December 31, (in thousands):

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Raw materials

  $ 194       339  

Work in process

    36       205  

Finished goods

    529       133  
    $ 759       677  

 

 

Write downs for excess or expired inventory are based on management’s estimates of forecasted usage of inventories and are included in cost of goods sold. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for certain products as compared to forecasted amounts may result in recording additional write downs for excess or expired inventory in the future. Charges to cost of goods sold for inventory write-downs, reserve adjustments, scrap, shrinkage and expired inventories totaled approximately $261,000 and $71,000 in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

(5)

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following as of December 31, (in thousands):

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Prepaid expenses

  $ 146       117  

Refund receivable of deferred financing costs

    100        

Convertible shareholder note receivable

          250  
    $ 246       367  

 

 

(6)

Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment, net consist of the following at December 31, (in thousands):

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Computer equipment and software

  $ 143       143  

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

    366       274  

Furniture and fixtures

    48       48  

Leasehold improvements

    325       291  

Property and equipment, gross

    882       756  

Less accumulated depreciation

    (732 )     (684 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 150       72  

 

 
19

 

 

Depreciation expense totaled approximately $47,000 for the each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

(7)

Commitments

 

The Company leases office and laboratory space under a non-cancelable operating lease that expires in 2016. Rent expense is recognized straight line over the life of the lease. Rental expense was approximately $266,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Future minimum lease payments under the lease as of December 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

       
         

2016

  $ 296  

 

 

(8)

Collaborative Agreements

 

The Company has entered into various collaborations related to preclinical development. These agreements allow partners to utilize the Company’s enabling biotherapeutic delivery systems, including training and support during clinical delivery of biotherapeutics. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company typically receives a use fee and payments for the systems and services provided. The Company also gains access to certain data generated by its partners for use in its own product development efforts and also receives nonexclusive patent rights to any BioCardia technology improvement inventions.

 

(9)

Accrued Liabilities

 

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, (in thousands):

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Accrued expenses

  $ 229       456  

Accrued interest

    374       269  

Clinical trial accrual

          188  

Customer deposits

    89       90  
    $ 692       1,003  

 

 

(10)

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

The Company has historically issued warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s preferred stock in connection with certain preferred stock offerings and note financings. The Company issued 1,038,750 warrants to purchase Series D convertible preferred stock in connection with promissory notes to certain investors from 2005 to 2007. In June 2011, the Company issued 1,018,345 warrants to purchase Series F convertible preferred stock in connection with Series F convertible preferred stock issued in 2011. In April 2013, the Company issued 494,319 warrants to purchase Series F preferred stock in connection with promissory notes to certain investors in 2012. In April and May 2013, the Company issued 903,824 warrants to purchase Series F convertible preferred stock in connection with Series F convertible preferred stock issued in 2013.

 

From May to June 2014, 871,995 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock warrants were exercised for approximately $562,000 in cash and $7,000 in non-cash consideration from the fair value of the warrants. In July 2015, 2,479 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock warrants were exercised for approximately $2,000 in cash. In November 2015, 67,884 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock warrants were exercised for approximately $25,000 in cash and $9,000 in non-cash consideration from the fair value of the warrants.

 

 
20

 

 

The outstanding Series D and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants are as follows (in thousands):

 

                                         

Estimated fair

 
   

Exercise

   

Value

         

Shares as

   

value as of

 
   

price

   

at grant

 

Issue

 

Expiration

 

of December 31

   

December 31

 

Share class

 

per share

   

date

 

date

 

date

 

2015

   

2014

   

2015

   

2014

 

Series D

  $ 0.37     $ 0.30  

November 2005

 

November 2015

          101,816     $ -     $ 17  

Series D

  $ 0.37     $ 0.30  

January 2006

 

January 2016

    325,861       325,861       2       55  

Series D

  $ 0.37     $ 0.30  

July 2007

 

July 2017

    203,691       203,691       20       36  

Series D

  $ 0.37     $ 0.30  

August 2007

 

August 2017

    203,691       203,691       20       36  

Series D

  $ 0.37     $ 0.30  

September 2007

 

September 2017

    203,691       203,691       20       36  

Series F

  $ 0.64     $ 0.27  

April 2013

 

April 2016

    888,176       888,176       94       221  

Series F

  $ 0.64     $ 0.28  

April 2013

 

October 2017

    482,699       485,178       115       151  

Series F

  $ 0.64     $ 0.28  

April 2013

 

November 2017

    11,620       11,620       3       3  

Series F

  $ 0.64     $ 0.27  

May 2013

 

May 2016

    13,169       13,169       1       3  
                            2,332,598       2,436,893     $ 275     $ 558  

 

 

The fair value of the warrants is included in current liabilities in the balance sheets and was determined using the BSM valuation model using the following assumptions:

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Risk-free interest rate

    0.14 0.86%       0.25 1.10%  

Volatility

    98.5 116.2%       76.6 117.2%  

Dividend yield

      None           None    

Contractual term (in years)

    0.1 1.8       1.0 2.8  

 

 

The contractual term of the warrants represents the period of time remaining before the warrant expires. Since the Company’s shares are not publicly traded and its shares are rarely traded privately, expected volatility is estimated based on the average historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The risk free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve with a maturity equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrant.

 

 

 

(11)

Maturity Date Preferred Stock Warrants Liability

 

As discussed in Note 12, the convertible shareholder notes issued in May 2015 include a conversion feature whereby the note holder will have the option to convert the outstanding principle and interest to a new class of preferred stock (“Maturity Date Preferred Stock”) at an exercise price of $1.40 per share, plus warrants to purchase Maturity Date Preferred Stock in an amount equal to 8% of the principle amount divided by the exercise price of $1.40, if the notes remain outstanding at the maturity date. In evaluating this conversion feature, the Company determined that these warrants meet the definition of freestanding financial instruments that should be classified as a liability in the Company’s balance sheet upon issuance of the notes. The Company determined that the fair value of the warrants was $97,000 at issuance in May 2015 using a Monte Carlo simulation technique in conjunction with the BSM option pricing model. The value of the warrants was allocated from the note proceeds and recorded in the maturity date preferred stock warrant liability in the Company’s balance sheet. The Company will mark this liability to market each reporting date and reflect the change in fair value in the Company’s statements of operations.

 

 
21

 

 

(12)

Convertible Notes

 

From March to December 2014, the Company entered into note agreements with various investors for a total proceeds of $7.5 million. On January 7, 2015, the outstanding principal and interest converted into 12,075,610 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock at $0.64, which was the original issue price of the Series F convertible preferred stock. The principal balance outstanding was $0 and $7.5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Interest was accrued on these notes at 8% per year.

 

In May 2015, the Company entered into note agreements with various stockholders of the Company and other lenders for a total of $7.2 million (the “2015 Notes”). The notes accrue 8% annual simple interest, mature 18 months from the issue date and are callable after the maturity date by written demand of a majority of the holders of the outstanding note principle. If the Company closes an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the sale of the Company’s common stock (an IPO) prior to maturity, the outstanding principle and accrued interest automatically convert into shares of common stock at 80% of the price of the shares of common stock purchased in the IPO. If at any time prior to the maturity date, the Company closes a private placement of the Company’s preferred stock for aggregate sales proceeds of at least $5.0 million excluding note conversions, at the note holder’s option (“Optional Conversion Right”), the outstanding principle and interest may be converted into shares of the preferred stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price of the preferred shares plus preferred stock warrant coverage equal to 8% with an exercise price equal to the purchase price of the preferred stock shares. If the notes are held to maturity, subject to the Company authorizing sufficient shares of a new class of preferred stock (“Maturity Date Preferred Stock”), the holder will have the option to convert the outstanding principle and interest to this new class of preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share, plus 8% warrant coverage. The Maturity Date Preferred Stock will have a senior liquidation preference to the Company’s Series F preferred stock and otherwise identical rights, obligations and terms of the Company’s Series F preferred stock. The Optional Conversion Rights will terminate upon the closing of a private placement financing with an aggregate sales price of at least $15 million during the term of the notes. Notes that are not converted prior to maturity will remain outstanding until the earlier of an IPO or until called by a majority of the holders of the outstanding notes.

 

The 2015 Notes have redemption features that were determined to be a compound embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and separate accounting at estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of the compound embedded derivative upon issuance in May 2015 was a liability of $2.4 million. The estimated fair value of these derivative instruments was recognized as a debt discount and as an embedded derivative liability on the balance sheet upon issuance of the 2015 notes. In addition, the Company incurred approximately $15,000 of debt issuance costs in connection with the issuance of the 2015 Notes and recorded this amount as an additional debt discount on the balance sheet. The Company will amortize the debt discount into interest expense using the effective interest method. The compound embedded derivative requires periodic remeasurments to fair value while the instruments are still outstanding. The changes in the estimated value are reflected in the change in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability in the statements of operations. The Company estimated the fair value of the compound embedded derivative utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model. The inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the compound embedded derivative instrument include the probability of an underlying event triggering the redemption event and its timing prior to the maturity date of the 2015 Notes. The fair value measurement is based upon significant inputs not observable in the market. These assumptions are inherently subjective and involve significant management judgement.

 

 
22

 

 

The Company’s accrued interest associated with the 2015 Notes amounted to $374,000 as of December 31, 2015. The Company recognized interest expense, including amortization of the debt discount of approximately $1.4 million and $269,000 in 2015 and 2014, respectively. In addition, the Company reflected a $1.4 million decrease in the fair value of the shareholder notes derivative liability at December 31, 2015 as a change in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability in the statements of operations.

 

(13)

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Each share of convertible preferred stock is entitled to voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which each share can be converted. Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the holders’ option at any time into common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for antidilution. Conversion is automatic upon the closing of an underwritten public offering with proceeds equal to or exceeding $10.0 million. Holders of the preferred stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, are entitled to receive dividends, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, but only out of funds legally available. No dividends have been declared from inception to December 31, 2015.

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, and Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, in preference to any distribution of assets to the holders of Common Stock and the preferred stock holders in subsequent series, an amount equal to the original issue price $0.15, $0.37, $0.21, $0.37, $0.55, and $0.64 per share for the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, and Series F convertible preferred stock, respectively, plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock. If upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment as described above, the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed first with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, and Series F preferred stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

Thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of common stock.

 

In 2002, the Company issued Series A convertible preferred stock to acquire tangible and intangible assets from a related party. The preferred stock and assets were measured at the historical cost of zero.

 

As discussed in Note 10, in 2014 the Company issued 871,995 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants to purchase Series F convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of approximately $562,000.

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had insufficient authorized shares to allow for the conversion of the outstanding shares of preferred stock at that date. As a result, preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity at December 31, 2014. In addition, the difference between the amount recorded in equity upon original issuance and the amount potentially due in cash to stockholders to satisfy the conversion commitment has been recognized as a deemed dividend and recorded as an increase in the preferred stock with an offsetting charge to additional paid-in capital to the extent available, as the Company had insufficient retained earnings, and any amount in excess of additional paid-in capital has been recognized as an increase in accumulated deficit. The deemed dividend increases the net loss attributable to common stockholders used to calculate the net loss per share. Sufficient additional shares were authorized in January 2015 and the carrying value of the preferred stock at that time was reclassified to equity.

 

 
23

 

 

At December 31, 2015, convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

   

Shares

   

Liquidation

Amount

   

Carrying

Value

 
   

Authorized

   

Outstanding

                 

Series A

    7,703,785       20,923,195     $ 3,082     $ 3,082  

Series B

    2,567,390       6,972,887       2,567       2,567  

Series C

    3,256,601       8,606,455       1,806       1,806  

Series D

    11,773,243       31,004,350       11,415       11,425  

Series E

    2,212,960       6,010,107       3,319       3,319  

Series F

    15,988,145       36,983,520       23,830       23,831  

Total convertible preferred stock

    43,502,124       110,500,514     $ 46,019     $ 46,030  

 

At December 31, 2014, convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

   

Shares

   

Liquidation

amount

   

Carrying

Value

 
   

Authorized

   

Outstanding

                 

Series A

    7,703,785       20,923,195     $ 3,082     $ 3,082  

Series B

    2,567,390       6,972,887       2,567       2,567  

Series C

    3,256,601       8,606,455       1,806       1,806  

Series D

    11,773,243       30,936,466       11,391       11,391  

Series E

    2,212,960       6,010,107       3,319       3,319  

Series F

    11,416,717       24,905,431       16,048       16,048  

Total convertible preferred stock

    38,930,696       98,354,541     $ 38,213     $ 38,213  

 

(14)

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company has granted share-based compensation under its 2002 Stock Option Plan. The exercise price of options granted in 2014 was equivalent to the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. No options were granted in 2015. The number of shares, terms, and vesting periods are determined by the Company’s board of directors or a committee thereof on an option-by-option basis. Options generally vest ratably over service periods of four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. Compensation cost for employee stock-based awards is based on the grant-date fair value and is recognized over the vesting period of the applicable award on a straight-line basis.

 

 
24

 

 

The Company recognizes in the statements of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation. Stock compensation attributable to manufacturing operations was not significant and was expensed directly to cost of goods sold in the statements of operations. Share-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was recorded as follows (in thousands):

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Cost of goods sold

  $ 4       9  

Research and development

    29       36  

Selling, general and administrative

    240       156  

Employee share-based compensation expense

  $ 273       201  

 

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using the BSM option pricing model with the weighted average assumptions in the table below. No options were granted in 2015. The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted in 2014 was $0.08 per share.

 

   

2014

 

Risk-free interest rate

    1.97 2.24%  

Volatility

    48 - 84%  

Dividend yield

      None    

Expected term (in years)

      6.3    

 

 

Unrecognized stock-based compensation for employee options granted through December 31, 2015 is approximately $661,000 to be recognized over a remaining weighted average service period of 2.4 years.

 

The Company uses the simplified method for determining the expected term of its option grants, whereby the expected period the options are expected to be outstanding is determined by calculating the midpoint between the date of full vesting and the contractual life. Since the Company’s shares are not publicly traded and its shares are rarely traded privately, expected volatility is estimated based on the average historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve with a maturity equal to the expected term of the option at the time of grant. The Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

 

 
25

 

 

A summary of activity is as follows:

 

                           

Weighted

         
                   

Weighted

   

average

         
   

Shares

           

average

   

Remaining

   

Aggregate

 
   

available

   

Number of

   

exercise

   

Contractual

   

Intrinsic

 
   

for grant

   

shares

   

price

   

Term (Years)

   

Value

 
                                   

(In thousands)

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

    1,773,337       7,659,079     $ 0.12       6.2     $ 75  

Additional shares authorized

    9,505,968                              

Stock options granted

    (9,798,040 )     9,798,040       0.16                  

Stock options exercised

          (12,471 )     0.04                  

Stock options cancelled

    1,053,958       (1,053,958 )     0.11                  

Balance, December 31, 2014

    2,535,223       16,390,690       0.15       7.7     $ 3,086  

Stock options granted

                                 

Stock options exercised

          (453,513 )     0.13                  

Stock options cancelled

    2,148,702       (2,148,702 )     0.15                  

Balance, December 31, 2015

    4,683,925       13,788,475       0.15       6.6     $ 140  

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014 the Company granted stock options to employees to purchase 9,635,122 shares of common stock with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.08 per share. There were no grants during the year ended December 31, 2015. The total estimated fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $282,000 and $153,000, respectively.

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $141,000 and $2,000, respectively. The Company has not capitalized or recognized an income tax benefit from the exercise of any stock options as the Company continues to record a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets.

 

The options outstanding and exercisable by exercise price as of December 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

   

Options Outstanding

   

Options Exercisable

 

Exercise

Price

 

Number

Outstanding

   

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

(in years)

   

Number

Vested and

Exercisable

   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise Price

   

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

(in years)

 

$0.04 

    457,581       1.01       457,581     $ 0.04       1.01  

$0.12 

    3,481,866       5.76       3,461,201     $ 0.12       5.76  

$0.15 

    1,867,375       2.60       1,867,375     $ 0.15       2.60  

$0.16 

    7,515,893       8.36       4,240,158     $ 0.16       8.32  

$0.17 

    275,688       8.97       177,418     $ 0.17       8.98  

$0.18 

    190,073       4.25       190,073     $ 0.18       4.25  
      13,788,476       6.63       10,393,806               6.05  

 

 
26

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, there were 13,618,798 options vested and expected to vest with a weighted average exercise price of $0.15, a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6.6 years and an average intrinsic value of approximately $ $140,000.

 

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company granted options to purchase 162,918 shares of common stock to consultants. These options were granted in exchange for consulting services to be rendered and vest over the term specified in the grant, which correlates to the period the services are rendered. No options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements with nonemployees, using the BSM option pricing model, based on the fair value as these instruments vest. Accordingly, at each reporting date, the Company revalues the unearned portion of the stock-based compensation and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in the statements of operations over the period the related services are rendered. In connection with its grant of options and stock awards to nonemployees, the Company has recognized stock-based compensation of approximately $10,000 in 2015 and $33,000 in 2014. The following assumptions were used to value the awards.

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Risk-free interest rate

    1.26 2.30%       1.75 2.53%  

Volatility

    71 - 95%       40-84 - 84%  

Dividend yield

      None           None    

Expected term (in terms)

    8.5 - 9.7       5.9 - 10  

 

 

(15)

Concentrations

 

Most of the Company’s customers are located in the United States. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of revenue in 2015 and three customers accounted for 23% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2015. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of revenue in 2014 and two customers accounted for 12% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2014.

 

 
27

 

 

(16)

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share during the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

   

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 
   

2015

   

2014

 

Numerator:

               

Net loss

  $ (6,697 )   $ (6,562 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock

    -       (3,644 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (6,697 )   $ (10,206 )
                 

Denominator

               

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    18,723,511       18,489,993  

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders basic and diluted

  $ (0.36 )   $ (0.55 )

 

 

The following weighted-average outstanding common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Convertible preferred stock

    110,500,514       98,354,541  

Notes convertible into preferred stock

    104,779,880       12,057,792  

Stock options to purchase common stock

    13,788,475       16,390,690  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

    2,332,598       2,436,893  
      231,401,467       129,239,916  

 

 

(17)

Income Taxes

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $0 for both years.

 

 
28

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount which would result by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to pre-tax income/(loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The reconciliation of the provision computed at the federal statutory rate to the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Tax at federal statutory rate

  $ (2,277 )   $ (2,231 )

State, net of federal benefit

    (335 )     (253 )

Research and development credit

    (51 )     (48 )

Stock-based compensation

    89       58  

Nondeductible interest

    471       92  

Warrant revaluation

    (589 )     (19 )

Other

    5       6  

Increase in valuation allowance

    2,687       2,395  

Total provision for income taxes

  $     $  

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes as well as net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, net of any adjustment for unrecognized tax benefits. The components of the net deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Accrued compensation

  $ 69     $ 151  

Inventory adjustments

    279       231  

Deferred rent

    12       21  

Deferred revenue

    15        

Deferred financing costs

    643        

Depreciation and amortization – noncurrent

    293       331  

Stock-based compensation

    57       55  

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards – noncurrent

    17,529       15,439  

Section 481A Adjustment

    (32 )     (48 )

Other

    5       2  

Gross deferred tax asset

    18,870       16,182  

Valuation allowance

    (18,870 )     (16,182 )

Net deferred tax asset

  $     $  

 

 

The Company has approximately $41.4 million and $37.4 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, as of December 31, 2015. For tax reporting purposes, operating loss carryforwards are available to offset future taxable income; such carryforwards expire in varying amounts beginning in 2022 and 2016 for federal and state purposes, respectively. Under current federal and California law, the amounts of and benefits from net operating losses carried forward may be impaired or limited in certain circumstances. Events which may cause limitations in the amount of net operating losses that the Company may utilize in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. The Company’s deferred tax asset and related valuation allowance would be reduced as a result. An analysis to determine the limitation of the net operating loss carryforwards has not been performed.

 

 
29

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company has federal and state research and development credits of approximately $1.1 million and $945,000 available to offset future federal and state income taxes, respectively. The federal tax credit carryforward expires beginning in 2028. The state credit carryforward has no expiration.

 

The Company does not believe that these assets are realizable on a more-likely-than-not basis; therefore, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The Company did not have any deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2015 or 2014. The net increase in the total valuation allowance for the years ending December 31, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $2.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively, primarily from the net operating losses generated.

 

No liability related to uncertain tax positions is reported in the financial statements.

 

The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows (in thousands):

 

   

2015

   

2014

 

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 486     $ 472  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    45       69  

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

           

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

          (55 )

Balance, end of year

  $ 531     $ 486  

 

 

Recognition of approximately $344,000 and $314,000 of unrecognized tax benefits would not impact the effective tax rate at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, if recognized.

 

The Company is subject to U.S. federal, California, Colorado, Georgia, Michigan, and New Jersey income taxes. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply. The Company was incorporated in 2002 and is subject to U.S. federal, state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for all prior years.

 

(18)

Contingencies

 

The Company may be subject to various claims, complaints, and legal actions that arise from time to time in the normal course of business. Management does not believe that any current legal or administrative proceedings are likely to have a material effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

(19)

Subsequent Events

 

(a)   Grant Agreement

 

In June 2016, the Company entered into a grant agreement with Maryland Technology Development Corporation (“TEDCO”). TEDCO was created by the Maryland State Legislature in 1998 to facilitate the transfer and commercialization of technology from Maryland’s research universities and federal labs into the marketplace. TEDCO administers the Maryland Stem Cell Research Fund to promote State funded stem cell research and cures through financial assistance to public and private entities operating within the State. Under the agreement, TEDCO has agreed to provide the Company an amount not to exceed $750,000 to be used solely to finance the costs to conduct the research project entitled “Heart Failure Trial” over a period of three years.

 

 
30

 

 

(b) Convertible Notes

 

In September and October 2016, the Company issued convertible notes with an aggregate principle amount of approximately $4.4 million, which accrued 8% annual simple interest. The cash raised in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes was held in an escrow account and was released to the Company upon closing of the Merger. The principle and accrued and unpaid interest on the notes converted automatically into 23,067,117 shares of common stock upon completion of the Merger.

 

(c) Stock Option Repricing

 

On August 19, 2016, the Company amended certain of its outstanding stock options to reset their respective exercise prices to $0.15 per share, the fair market value of common stock as of August 19, 2016, as determined by the board of directors. Options repriced included all then current options with an exercise price higher than $0.15 per share that remained outstanding and unexercised on August 19, 2016. Pursuant to this repricing, options to purchase approximately 9,100,000 shares of common stock were repriced.

   

( d ) Merger

 

On October 24, 2016, the Company completed the Merger with Tiger X. For accounting purposes, pre-merger BioCardia is considered to be acquiring Tiger X. The Merger will be accounted for as an asset acquisition rather than a business combination because as of the acquisition date, Tiger X does not meet the definition of a business as defined by U.S. GAAP. The net assets acquired in connection with the transaction will be recorded at their estimated acquisition date fair values as of October 24, 2016, the date the Merger with Tiger X was completed.

 

Pursuant to the Merger, each of the shares of commons stock issued and outstanding prior to the merger, including shares of common stock underlying outstanding preferred stock, convertible notes (which converted into common stock immediately prior to the Merger), and stock options where converted into the right to receive 19.3678009 shares of Tiger X common stock, subject to adjustment post-closing as based on Closing Net Cash as described in the Merger Agreement. The accompanying financial statements and notes to the financial statements give retroactive effect to the reverse merger.

 

The combined entity changed its name to BioCardia following closing, will trade on the OTC Markets, and will focus solely on the business of BioCardia. The combined entity had cash of approximately $24 million at closing, which will be used to support a Phase III heart failure trial, for the commercialization and development of other product candidates, and for general corporate purposes.

 

31

Exhibit 99.2

   

 

 

 

BioCardia, Inc.

 

Index

 

 

  Page
   

Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

 
   

Unaudited Condensed Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015

2

   

Unaudited Condensed Statements of Operations for the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

  3
   

Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

  4
   

Notes to Financial Statements

5

 

 
1

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

Condensed Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

June 30,

2016

   

December 31,

2015

 
   

(unaudited)

         
Assets              

Current assets:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,687       3,557  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1 and $4 for the periods ended, June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively

    85       107  

Inventory

    741       759  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    148       246  

Total current assets

    2,661       4,669  

Property and equipment, net

    129       150  

Other assets

    43       43  

Total assets

  $ 2,833       4,862  

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

               

Current liabilities:

               

Accounts payable

  $ 727       542  

Accrued liabilities

    1,139       692  

Deferred rent

    15       30  

Deferred revenue

    76       39  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    55       275  

Maturity date preferred stock warrants liability

    3       10  

Convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

    1,183       1,044  

Convertible shareholder notes, net of debt discount of $707 and $1,528 for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively

    6,493       5,672  

Total current liabilities

    9,691       8,304  

Stockholders’ deficit:

               

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 43,502,124 shares authorized, 100,500,514 shares issued and outstanding in June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015

    46,030       46,030  

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 60,000,000 shares authorized, 18,947,536 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015

    19       19  

Additional paid-in capital

    399        341  

Accumulated deficit

    (53,306 )     (49,832 )

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (6,858 )     (3,442 )

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 2,833       4,862  

 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

 

 
2

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

Condensed Statements of Operations

Six Months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

(In thousands)

(unaudited)

 

   

Six Months ended June 30,

 
   

2016

   

2015

 
    (unaudited)  

Revenue:

         

Net product revenue

  $ 306       454  

Collaboration agreement revenue

    16       34  

Total revenue

    322       488  

Costs and expenses:

               

Cost of goods sold

    382       420  

Research and development

    938       868  

Selling, general and administrative

    1,456       2,339  

Total costs and expenses

    2,776       3,627  

Operating loss

    (2,454 )     (3,139 )

Other income (expense):

               

Interest expense

    (1,107 )     (307 )

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    220       (190 )

Change in fair value of maturity date preferred stock warrant liability

    7       (3 )

Change in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

    (139 )     86  

Other expense

    (1 )     (2 )

Total other income (expense), net

    (1,020 )     (416 )

Net loss

  $ (3,474 )     (3,555 )
                 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.19 )     (0.19 )
                 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

    18,723,511       18,502,027  

 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

 

 
3

 

 

BIOCARDIA, INC.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Six Months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

(In thousands)

(unaudited)

 

   

Six Months ended June 30,

 
   

2016

   

2015

 
    (unaudited)  

Operating activities:

 

       

Net loss

  $ (3,474 )     (3,555 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

               

Depreciation and amortization

    21       22  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (220 )     190  

Change in fair value of maturity date preferred stock warrant liability

    (7 )     3  

Change in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

    139       (86 )

Stock based compensation

    58       128  

Non-cash interest expense on convertible shareholder notes

    1,107       307  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

               

Accounts receivable

    22       78  

Inventory

    18       (231 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    98       (22 )

Deferred financing costs

          (1,259 )

Accounts payable

    185       265  

Accrued liabilities excluding accrued interest on convertible note

    161       (35 )

Deferred revenue

    37        

Deferred rent

    (15 )     (11 )

Net cash used in operating activities

    (1,870 )     (4,206 )

Investing activities:

               

Purchase of property and equipment

          (17 )

Net cash used in investing activities

          (17 )

Financing activities:

               

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes and warrants

          7,435  

Proceeds from the exercise common stock options

          1  

Net cash provided by financing activities

          7,436  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,870 )     3,213  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    3,557       3,184  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 1,687       6,397  
                 

Supplemental disclosure for noncash investing and financing activities:

               

Conversion of convertible shareholder notes and related interest payable

  $       7,781  

 

See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.

 

 

 
4

 

 

(1)

Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

 

 

(a)

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

 

The accompanying balance sheets, statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 are unaudited. The unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP) for interim financial information and on a basis consistent with the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015. The results for the six months ended June 30, 3016 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2016 or for any other interim period or for any other future year. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related notes included in the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 included in Exhibit 99.1 to this Form 8-K. The Company manages its operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions.

 

 

(b)

Going Concern and Liquidity

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred significant net losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception and had an accumulated deficit of $53.3 million as of June 30, 2016 that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management expects operating losses and negative cash flows to continue through at least 2018.

 

As discussed in Note 15, on August 22, 2016, the Company signed an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Tiger X Medical, Inc. (“Tiger X”). Upon closing of the Merger on October 24, 2016, the combined company had approximately $24 million in cash. Management believes cash as of June 30, 2016, when combined with the cash raised in in connection with the Merger, is sufficient to fund the Company through at least the next twelve months. The Company also plans to raise other additional capital, potentially including debt and equity arrangements, to finance the Company. If adequate funds are not available, the Company may be required to reduce operating expenses, delay or reduce the scope of its product development programs, obtain funds through arrangements with others that may require the Company to relinquish rights to certain of its technologies or products that the Company would otherwise seek to develop or commercialize itself, or cease operations. While the Company believes in the viability of its strategy to raise additional funds, there can be no assurances to that effect. The accompanying condensed financial statements do not include any adjustments related to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

   

 

(c)

Reverse Merger

 

On October 24, 2016, the Company completed the Merger with Tiger X Medical, Inc. (“Tiger X”) (see Note 15). Pursuant to the terms of the Merger, each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock was converted into the right to receive 19.3678009 shares of Tiger X’s common stock (the “Exchange Ratio”). All per share amounts and shares outstanding for all periods give retroactive effect to reflect the reverse merger.

 

 

(d)

Cash Equivalents

 

The Company classifies all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase as cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with reputable financial institutions.

 

 
5

 

 

 

(e)

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company considers the creditworthiness of its customers, but does not require collateral in advance of a sale. The Company evaluates collectability and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio when necessary. The estimate is based on the Company’s historical write-off experience, customer creditworthiness, facts and circumstances specific to outstanding balances and payment terms. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $1 and $4 as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

 

(f)

Inventory

 

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the average-cost method. The Company analyzes its inventory levels quarterly and writes down inventory that has become obsolete or has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value or inventory quantities in excess of expected requirements. Excess requirements are determined based on comparison of existing inventories to forecasted sales, with consideration given to inventory shelf life. Expired inventory is disposed of and the related costs are recognized in cost of goods sold.

 

 

(g)

Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment, net are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, as described in the table below. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and the related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the accompanying statements of operations:

 

Asset

 

Estimated useful lives

(in years)

 

Computer equipment and software

    3  

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

    3  

Furniture and fixtures

    3  

Leasehold improvements

 

5 years or lease term, if shorter

 

 

 

(h)

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company evaluates long-lived assets such as property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount. When undiscounted future cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, the asset is written down to its fair value. Where available, quoted market prices are used to determine fair value. When quoted market prices are not available, various valuation techniques, including the discounted value of estimated future cash flows, are utilized. There have been no impairments of the Company’s long-lived assets in any of the years presented.

 

 
6

 

 

 

(i)

Derivatives

 

Fair value accounting requires bifurcation of embedded derivative instruments such as conversion features in equity instruments and warrants granted, and measurement of their fair value. In determining the appropriate fair value, the Company uses Monte Carlo simulation to calculate potential payouts in each of the three conversion scenarios. In cases where the payout include newly created equity shares and warrants, the Black-Scholes based option pricing method is used to calculate the amounts due to investors. Derivative instruments are subsequently adjusted to reflect fair value at the end of each reporting period. Any increase or decrease in the fair value is recorded in results of operations as a change in the fair value of derivatives. Once a derivative liability ceases to exist any remaining fair value is reclassified to additional paid-in capital if redeemed or through earnings if forfeited or expired.

 

 

(j)

Deferred Rent

 

The Company’s lease for its facility provides for fixed increases in minimum annual rental payments. The total amount of rental payments due over the lease term is charged to rent expense ratably over the life of the lease. Deferred rent consists of the difference between cash payments and the recognition of rent expense on a straight-line basis.

 

 

(k)

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collection from the customer is reasonably assured.

 

Net product revenue – The Company currently has a portfolio of enabling and delivery products. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales when title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, which typically occurs upon delivery. Product sale transactions are evidenced by customer purchase orders, customer contracts, invoices and/or related shipping documents.

 

Revenue is recognized net of provisions made for discounts, expected sales returns and allowances. Estimated returns and allowances are based on historical experience and other relevant factors. The Company accepts returns for unused, unopened and resellable product in its original packaging, subject to a restocking fee. The sales returns reserve was approximately $2,000 and $3,000 as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

Amounts received from customers in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue on the balance sheet.

 

Collaboration agreement revenue – Collaboration agreement revenue is income from agreements under partnering programs with corporate and academic institutions, wherein the Company provides biotherapeutic delivery systems and customer training and support for their use in clinical trials and studies. These programs provide additional clinical data, intellectual property rights and opportunities to participate in the development of combination products for the treatment of cardiac disease. The Company evaluates activities under these agreements to determine if they represent a multiple element arrangement by identifying the deliverables included within the agreements. The Company accounts for these deliverables as separate units of accounting if the following two criteria are met:

 

 

The delivered items have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis

 

 

If there is a general right of return relative to the delivered items, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and within the Company’s control

 

 
7

 

 

Factors considered in this determination include, among other things, whether any other vendors sell the items separately and if the customer could use the delivered item for its intended purpose without receipt of the remaining deliverables.

 

If an arrangement includes multiple deliverables that are separable into different units of accounting, the Company allocates the arrangement consideration to those units of accounting based on their relative selling prices and recognizes the associated revenue when the appropriate recognition criteria are met for those deliverables. The amount of allocable arrangement consideration is limited to the amounts that are fixed and determinable.

 

 

(l)

Shipping Costs

 

Costs incurred for the shipping of products to customers totaled approximately $5,000 and $6,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are included in cost of goods sold in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

 

(m)

Research and Development

 

The Company’s research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense includes the costs of basic research activities as well as other research, engineering, and technical effort required to develop new products or services or make significant improvement to an existing product or manufacturing process. Research and development costs also include pre-approval regulatory and clinical trial expenses. The Company’s research and development costs consist primarily of:

 

 

Salaries, benefits and other personnel-related expenses, including stock based compensation

 

 

Fees paid for services provided by clinical research organizations, research institutions, consultants and other outside service providers

 

 

Costs to acquire and manufacture materials used in research and development activities and clinical trials

 

 

Laboratory consumables and supplies

 

 

Facility-related expenses allocated to research and development activities

 

 

Fees to collaborators to license technology

 

 

Depreciation expense for equipment used for research and development and clinical purposes.

 

 

(n)

Stock Based Compensation

 

The Company measures and recognizes stock-based compensation expense for equity awards to employees, directors and consultants based on fair value at the grant date. Nonemployee awards are remeasured at each reporting date. The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option pricing model to calculate fair value. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statements of operations is based on options ultimately expected to vest, taking into consideration estimated forfeitures, and is recognized in the period the services are performed. Stock-based compensation expense is revised in subsequent periods, if necessary, if actual forfeitures differ from these estimates. When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers historic voluntary termination behaviors as well as trends of actual option forfeitures. For options granted to nonemployees, the Company revalues the unearned portion of the stock-based compensation and the resulting change in fair value is recognized in the statements of operations over the period the related services are rendered.

 

 
8

 

 

The BSM option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility in the value of the Company’s common stock, and the expected term of the option. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

Risk-free Interest Rate

 

The risk free interest rate assumption is based on the zero-coupon U.S. Treasury instruments appropriate for the expected term of the stock option grants.

 

Expected Volatility

 

As the Company does not have a trading history for its common stock, the expected stock price volatility is estimated based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies by taking the average historic volatility for these peers for a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. The peer group was developed based on companies in the biotechnology and medical device industries whose shares are publicly-traded.

 

Expected Term

 

The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. As the Company does not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock options awards granted, the expected life is determined using the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual terms of the option and its ordinary vesting period.

 

Common Stock Valuation

 

Due to the absence of a public market for the Company’s common stock, it is necessary to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying the stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations using the BSM option pricing model. The fair value of the common stock underlying the stock-based awards was assessed on each grant date by management and the Company’s board of directors. All options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock have been granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of the common stock underlying those options on the grant date.

 

In the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock, the estimated fair value was determined using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the AICPA Practice Aid. These estimates require considerable judgment and the consideration of numerous objective and subjective factors to determine fair value. The Company engages third-party consultants with the requisite expertise to assist in the valuations. These estimates will not be necessary to determine fair value of new awards once the underlying shares are publicly traded.

 

 
9

 

 

 

(o)

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes based on the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets, liabilities, operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

In evaluating the ability to recover its deferred income tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including its operating results, forecasts of future taxable income, and ongoing tax planning. In the event the Company was to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes. Conversely, in the event that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made.

 

The Company recognizes and measures benefits for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions annually. Evaluations are based upon a number of factors, including the technical merits of the tax position, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, interactions with tax authorities during the course of audits, and effective settlement of audit issues. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense in the statements of operations and accrued interest and penalties within accrued liabilities in the balance sheets. No such interest and penalties have been recorded to date.

 

 

(p)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are required to be recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments complexity.

 

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, warrants for convertible preferred stock, and convertible notes. The fair value of the Company’s cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. The recorded values of the Company’s accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their current fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of these accounts. The fair value of the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrants is measured using the BSM option pricing model. Convertible notes are recorded at amortized cost. Based on borrowing rates currently available for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of convertible notes approximates fair value.

 

 
10

 

 

 

(q)

Net Loss per Share

 

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common share equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. Common stock equivalents are comprised of convertible preferred stock, notes convertible into preferred stock, warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, and options outstanding under our stock option plan. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding due to our net loss position.

 

 

(r)

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, which requires management to evaluate, in connection with preparing financial statements for each annual and interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued and provide related disclosures. This ASU will be effective for the Company in fiscal year 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which provides comprehensive guidance for revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 affects any entity which either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets. The core principle of the guidance provides that a company should recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, qualitative and quantitative disclosures are required about customer contracts, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. Companies can adopt the new standard either using the full retrospective approach, a modified retrospective approach with practical expedients, or a cumulative effect upon adoption approach.

 

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which deferred the effective date for implementation of the standard. Nonpublic companies must apply the standard for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption for nonpublic entities is permitted as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Public entities are to apply the new standard for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

 
11

 

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-11, “Inventory: Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory”, that requires inventory not measured using either the last in, first out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method to be measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable cost of completion, disposal and transportation. The new standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases in “Leases (Topic 840)” and generally requires all leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018; early adoption is permitted. The provisions of ASU 2016-02 are to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The standard is intended to simplify several areas of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements, including the income tax impact, classification in the statement of cash flows and forfeitures. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of this ASU on its financial statements.

 

Other recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB, including its Emerging Issues Task Force, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and the Securities and Exchange Commission, did not or are not believed by management to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statement presentation or disclosures.

 

(2)

Fair Value Measurements

 

The fair value of financial instruments reflects the amounts that the Company estimates to receive in connection with the sale of an asset or paid in connection with the transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company follows a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation techniques into the following three levels:

 

Level 1 – quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

 

Level 2 – observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities

 

Level 3 – unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

 
12

 

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of our financial liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2016 and indicates the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair value.

 

   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

   

Total

 

Assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,687     $     $     $ 1,687  
                                 

Liabilities:

                               

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

  $     $     $ 55     $ 55  

Maturity date preferred stock warrant liability

  $     $     $ 3     $ 3  

Convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

  $     $     $ 1,183     $ 1,183  

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of our financial liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and indicates the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair value.

 

   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

   

Total

 

Assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,557     $     $     $ 3,557  
                                 

Liabilities:

                               

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

  $     $     $ 275     $ 275  

Maturity date preferred stock warrant liability

  $     $     $ 10     $ 10  

Convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

  $     $     $ 1,044     $ 1,044  

 

As discussed more fully in Notes 8 and 9, the Company issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with the note agreements to various shareholders. The warrant liabilities were recorded at the fair value on the date of issuance and were remeasured each subsequent balance sheet date and as of the warrant exercise date, with fair value changes recognized as income (decrease in fair value) or expense (increase in fair value) in other income (expense) in the statement of operations. The Company’s estimated fair value of the warrant liabilities is calculated using key assumptions, including the probability of an exit event, the enterprise value as determined on an income approach, and a discount for lack of marketability. Management, with the assistance of an independent valuation firm, made these subjective determinations based on available financial information.

 

As discussed more fully in Note 8, the 2015 Notes include embedded derivative features that were determined to be a compound embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and separate accounting at estimated fair value. The Company estimated the fair value of the compound embedded derivative utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model. The inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the compound embedded derivative instrument include the probability of an underlying event triggering the redemption event and its timing prior to the maturity date of the 2015 Notes. The fair value measurement is based upon significant inputs not observable in the market. These assumptions are inherently subjective and involve significant management judgment.

 

 
13

 

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of our financial liabilities that the Company remeasured on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

   

Convertible

Preferred Stock

Warrant Liability

   

Maturity Date

Preferred Stock

Warrant  Liability

   

Convertible

Shareholder Note

Derivative Liability

 

Fair value December 31, 2015

  $ 275     $ 10     $ 1,044  

Change in fair value

    (220 )     (7 )     139  

Fair value June 30, 2016

  $ 55     $ 3     $ 1,183  

 

(3)

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the average cost method. Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

   

June 30, 2016

   

December 31, 2015

 

Raw materials

  $ 185       194  

Work in process

    56       36  

Finished goods

    500       529  
    $ 741       759  

 

Write downs for excess or expired inventory are based on management’s estimates of forecasted usage of inventories and are included in cost of goods sold. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for certain products as compared to forecasted amounts may result in recording additional write downs for excess or expired inventory in the future. Charges to cost of goods sold for inventory write-downs, reserve adjustments, scrap, shrinkage and expired inventories totaled approximately $37,000 and $21,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(4)

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   

June 30, 2016

   

December 31, 2015

 

Prepaid expenses

  $ 148       146  

Refund receivable of deferred financing costs

          100  
    $ 148       246  

 

 
14

 

 

(5)

Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

   

June 30, 2016

   

December 31, 2015

 

Computer equipment and software

  $ 143       143  

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

    366       366  

Furniture and fixtures

    48       48  

Leasehold improvements

    325       325  

Property and equipment, gross

    882       882  

Less accumulated depreciation

    (753 )     (732 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 129       150  

 

Depreciation expense totaled approximately $21,000 and $22,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(6)

Accrued Liabilities

 

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

   

June 30, 2016

   

December 31, 2015

 

Accrued expenses

  $ 411       229  

Accrued interest

    661       374  

Customer deposits

    67       89  
    $ 1,139       692  

 

 
15

 

 

(7)

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

The Company has historically issued warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s preferred stock in connection with certain preferred stock offerings and note financings.

 

The outstanding Series D and Series F convertible preferred stock warrants are as follows (in thousands):

 

   

Exercise

   

Value

         

Shares

   

Estimated Fair Value

 
   

price

   

at grant

 

Issue

 

Expiration

 

June 30,

   

December 31,

   

June 30,

   

December 31,

 

Share class

 

per share

   

date

 

date

 

date

 

2016

   

2015

   

2016

   

2015

 

Series D

  $ 0.37     $ 0.30  

January 2006

 

January 2016

          325,861     $ -     $ 2  

Series D

  $ 0.37     $ 0.30  

July 2007

 

July 2017

    203,691       203,691       5       20  

Series D

  $ 0.37     $ 0.30  

August 2007

 

August 2017

    203,691       203,691       5       20  

Series D

  $ 0.37     $ 0.30  

September 2007

 

September 2017

    203,691       203,691       5       20  

Series F

  $ 0.64     $ 0.27  

April 2013

 

April 2016

          888,176       -       94  

Series F

  $ 0.64     $ 0.28  

April 2013

 

October 2017

    482,699       482,699       39       115  

Series F

  $ 0.64     $ 0.28  

April 2013

 

November 2017

    11,620       11,620       1       3  

Series F

  $ 0.64     $ 0.27  

May 2013

 

May 2016

          13,169       -       1  
                            1,105,392       2,332,598     $ 55     $ 275  

 

The fair value of the warrants is included in current liabilities in the balance sheets and was determined using the BSM valuation model using the following assumptions:

 

   

June 30, 2016

   

December 31, 2015

 

Risk-free interest rate

    0.15%       0.14–0.86%  

Volatility

    135.3%       98.5–116.2%  

Dividend yield

    None       None  

Contractual term (in years)

    1.2–1.3       0.1–1.8  

 

The contractual term of the warrants represents the period of time remaining before the warrant expires. Since the Company’s shares are not publicly traded and its shares are rarely traded privately, expected volatility is estimated based on the average historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The risk free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve with a maturity equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrant.

 

(8)

Convertible Notes

 

In May 2015, the Company entered into note agreements with various stockholders of the Company and other lenders for a total of $7.2 million (the “2015 Notes”). The notes accrue 8% annual simple interest, mature 18 months from the issue date and are callable after the maturity date by written demand of a majority of the holders of the outstanding note principle. If the Company closes an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the sale of the Company’s common stock (an IPO) prior to maturity, the outstanding principle and accrued interest automatically convert into shares of common stock at 80% of the price of the shares of common stock purchased in the IPO. If at any time prior to the maturity date, the Company closes a private placement of the Company’s preferred stock for aggregate sales proceeds of at least $5.0 million excluding note conversions, at the note holder’s option (“Optional Conversion Right”), the outstanding principle and interest may be converted into shares of the preferred stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the price of the preferred shares plus preferred stock warrant coverage equal to 8% with an exercise price equal to the purchase price of the preferred stock shares. If the notes are held to maturity, subject to the Company authorizing sufficient shares of a new class of preferred stock (“Maturity Date Preferred Stock”), the holder will have the option to convert the outstanding principle and interest to this new class of preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.40 per share, plus 8% warrant coverage. The Maturity Date Preferred Stock will have a senior liquidation preference to the Company’s Series F preferred stock and otherwise identical rights, obligations and terms of the Company’s Series F preferred stock. The Optional Conversion Rights will terminate upon the closing of a private placement financing with an aggregate sales price of at least $15 million during the term of the notes. Notes that are not converted prior to maturity will remain outstanding until the earlier of an IPO or until called by a majority of the holders of the outstanding notes.

 

 
16

 

 

The 2015 Notes have redemption features that were determined to be a compound embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and separate accounting at estimated fair value. The changes in the estimated value are reflected in the change in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability in the statements of operations. The Company estimated the fair value of the compound embedded derivative utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model. The inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the compound embedded derivative instrument include the probability of an underlying event triggering the redemption event and its timing prior to the maturity date of the 2015 Notes. The fair value measurement is based upon significant inputs not observable in the market. These assumptions are inherently subjective and involve significant management judgment.

 

The Company’s accrued interest associated with the 2015 Notes amounted to $661,000 and $374,000 as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company recognized interest expense, including amortization of the debt discount of approximately $1.1 million and $307,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(9)

Convertible Preferred Stock

 

At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

   

Shares

   

Liquidation

amount

   

Carrying

Value

 
   

Authorized

   

Outstanding

                 

Series A

    7,703,785       20,923,195     $ 3,082     $ 3,082  

Series B

    2,567,390       6,972,887       2,567       2,567  

Series C

    3,256,601       8,606,455       1,806       1,806  

Series D

    11,773,243       31,004,350       11,415       11,425  

Series E

    2,212,960       6,010,107       3,319       3,319  

Series F

    15,988,145       36,983,520       23,830       23,831  

Total convertible preferred stock

    43,502,124       110,500,514     $ 46,019     $ 46,030  

 

 
17

 

 

(10)

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company adopted and the shareholders approved the 2002 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan in 2002. No options were granted during the six months ended June 30, 2016 or 2015.

 

The Company recognizes in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation. Stock compensation attributable to manufacturing operations was not significant and was expensed directly to cost of goods sold in the condensed statements of operations. Share-based compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was recorded as follows (in thousands):

 

   

2016

   

2015

 

Cost of goods sold

  $ -     $ 3  

Research and development

    1       18  

Selling, general and administrative

    55       99  

Employee share-based compensation expense

  $ 56     $ 120  

 

Unrecognized stock-based compensation for employee options granted through June 30, 2016 is approximately $387,000 to be recognized over a remaining weighted average service period of 1.9 years.

 

A summary of activity is as follows:

 

           

Options outstanding

 
                           

Weighted

         
                   

Weighted

   

average

         
   

Shares

           

average

   

Remaining

   

Aggregate

 
   

available

   

Number of

   

exercise

   

Contractual

   

Intrinsic

 
   

for grant

   

shares

   

price

   

Term (Years)

   

Value

 
                                   

(In thousands)

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

    4,683,925       13,788,475       0.15       6.6     $ 140  

Additional shares authorized

                                 

Stock options granted

                                 

Stock options exercised

                                 

Stock options cancelled

    1,323,819       (1,323,819 )     0.14                  

Balance, June 30, 2016

    6,007,744       12,464,656       0.15       6.1     $ 122  

 

 

 

At June 30, 2016, there were 12,327,586 options vested and expected to vest with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.15, a weighted-average remaining contractual term of 6.1 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $122,000.

 

 
18

 

 

(11)

Net Loss and Net Loss per Share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

   

Six Months Ended June 30,

 
   

2016

   

2015

 

Numerator:

               

Net loss

  $ (3,474 )   $ (3,555 )
                 

Denominator

               

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

    18,723,511       18,502,027  

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.19 )   $ (0.19 )

 

 

The following weighted-average outstanding common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

   

June 30,

 
   

2016

   

2015

 

Convertible preferred stock

    110,500,514       110,432,630  

Notes convertible into preferred stock

    108,753,199       100,762,898  

Stock options to purchase common stock

    12,464,656       15,970,380  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

    1,105,392       2,436,915  
      232,823,761       229,602,823  

 

(12)

Income Taxes

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, there was no income tax expense or benefit for federal or state income taxes in the accompanying condensed statement of operations due to the Company’s net loss and a full valuation allowance on the resulting deferred tax asset. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income, the existence and timing of which is uncertain. The Company does not believe that these assets are realizable on a more-likely-than-not basis; therefore, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The Company did not have any deferred tax liabilities as of June 30, 2016.

 

(13)

Contingencies

 

The Company may be subject to various claims, complaints, and legal actions that arise from time to time in the normal course of business. Management does not believe that any current legal or administrative proceedings are likely to have a material effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

( 14 )

Grant Funding

 

In June 2016, the Company entered into a grant agreement with Maryland Technology Development Corporation (“TEDCO”). TEDCO was created by the Maryland State Legislature in 1998 to facilitate the transfer and commercialization of technology from Maryland’s research universities and federal labs into the marketplace. TEDCO administers the Maryland Stem Cell Research Fund to promote State funded stem cell research and cures through financial assistance to public and private entities operating within the State. Under the agreement, TEDCO has agreed to provide the Company an amount not to exceed $750,000 to be used solely to finance the costs to conduct the research project entitled “Heart Failure Trial” over a period of three years.

 

No funds have been received under the grant and no qualifying expenses have been submitted against the grant as of June 30, 2016.

 

 

 
19

 

 

(15)

Subsequent Events

 

(a) Grant Agreement

 

In June 2016, the Company entered into a grant agreement with Maryland Technology Development Corporation (“TEDCO”). TEDCO was created by the Maryland State Legislature in 1998 to facilitate the transfer and commercialization of technology from Maryland’s research universities and federal labs into the marketplace. TEDCO administers the Maryland Stem Cell Research Fund to promote State funded stem cell research and cures through financial assistance to public and private entities operating within the State. Under the agreement, TEDCO has agreed to provide the Company an amount not to exceed $750,000 to be used solely to finance the costs to conduct the research project entitled “Heart Failure Trial” over a period of three years.

 

(b ) Convertible Notes

 

In September and October 2016, the Company issued convertible notes with an aggregate principle amount of approximately $4.4 million, which accrued 8% annual simple interest. The cash raised in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes was held in an escrow account and was released to the Company upon closing of the Merger. The principle and accrued and unpaid interest on the notes converted automatically into 23,067,117 shares of common stock upon completion of the Merger.

 

(c ) Stock Option Repricing

 

On August 19, 2016, the Company amended certain of its outstanding stock options to reset their respective exercise prices to $0.15 per share, the fair market value of common stock as of August 19, 2016, as determined by the board of directors. Options repriced included all then current options with an exercise price higher than $0.15 per share that remained outstanding and unexercised on August 19, 2016. Pursuant to this repricing, options to purchase approximately 9,100,000 shares of common stock were repriced.

 

(d ) Merger

 

On October 24, 2016, the Company completed the Merger with Tiger X. For accounting purposes, pre-merger BioCardia is considered to be acquiring Tiger X. The Merger will be accounted for as an asset acquisition rather than a business combination because as of the acquisition date, Tiger X does not meet the definition of a business as defined by U.S. GAAP. The net assets acquired in connection with the transaction will be recorded at their estimated acquisition date fair values as of October 24, 2016, the date the Merger with Tiger X was completed.

 

Pursuant to the Merger, each of the shares of commons stock issued and outstanding prior to the merger, including shares of common stock underlying outstanding preferred stock, convertible notes (which converted into common stock immediately prior to the Merger), and stock options where converted into the right to receive 19.3678009 shares of Tiger X common stock, subject to adjustment post-closing as based on Closing Net Cash as described in the Merger Agreement. The accompanying financial statements and notes to the financial statements give retroactive effect to the reverse merger.

 

The combined entity changed its name to BioCardia following closing, will trade on the OTC Markets, and will focus solely on the business of BioCardia. The combined entity had cash of approximately $24 million at closing, which will be used to support a Phase III heart failure trial, for the commercialization and development of other product candidates, and for general corporate purposes.

 

 20

Exhibit 99.3

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements give effect to the merger between Tiger X Medical, Inc. (“Tiger X”) and BioCardia, Inc. (“BioCardia”) and were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. For accounting purposes, BioCardia is considered to be acquiring Tiger X in the merger. BioCardia was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on the terms of the merger and other factors including: (i) BioCardia security holders own approximately 54% of the combined company on a fully diluted basis immediately following the closing of the merger, (ii) BioCardia directors will hold five of the eight board seats in the combined company, and (iii) BioCardia management will hold all key positions in the management of the combined company. The transaction will be accounted for as an asset acquisition rather than a business combination because as of the acquisition date, Tiger X does not meet the definition of a business as defined by U.S. GAAP, since it is not comprised of inputs, processes and potential outputs required to meet the definition. For purposes of these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements, management of Tiger X and BioCardia have determined a preliminary estimated purchase price, calculated as described in Note 2 to these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements. The net assets acquired in connection with the transaction are short term financial assets and cash and thus the value of the assets acquired will be used to determine the fair value of the consideration given since the asset values are more readily determinable. As a result, the assets acquired will be recorded at their acquisition date fair values with no relative fair value allocation required.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 assumes that the merger took place on June 30, 2016 and combines the historical balance sheets of Tiger X and BioCardia as of June 30, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 assumes that the merger took place as of January 1, 2015 and January 1, 2016, respectively, and combines the historical results of Tiger X and BioCardia for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016, respectively. BioCardia’s balance sheet and statement of operations information was derived from its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, included in Exhibit 99.1 hereto and its unaudited condensed financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 included in Exhibit 99.2 hereto. Tiger X’s consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of operations information was derived from its audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on March 24, 2016 and its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 included in its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the six months ended June 30, 2016 as filed with the SEC on August 2, 2016. The condensed combined balance sheet and statements of operations information of Tiger X and BioCardia have been adjusted to give pro forma effect to events that are (i) directly attributable to the merger, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) with respect to the statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results.

 

 
 

 

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are based on the assumptions and adjustments that are described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and pro forma adjustments have been prepared based on preliminary estimates of fair value of the net assets acquired as of June 30, 2016. Differences between these preliminary estimates and the final asset acquisition accounting will occur and these differences could have a material impact the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the combined company’s future results of operations and financial position. The actual amounts recorded as of the completion of the merger may differ materially from the information presented in these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements as a result of the amount of cash used by Tiger X’s operations between June 30, 2016 and the closing of the merger, and other changes in Tiger X’s assets and liabilities that occur between June 30, 2016 and the completion of the merger on October 24, 2016.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been prepared for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the financial position of results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had Tiger X and BioCardia been a combined company during the specified period. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements, including the notes thereto, should be read in conjunction with Tiger X’s and BioCardia’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and Tiger X’s and BioCardia’s unaudited condensed financial statements for the six month periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015.

 

 
 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheets

June 30, 2016

(In thousands)

 

 

 

BioCardia, Inc.

   

Tiger X Medical,

Inc.

   

Pro Forma

Merger

Adjustments

     

Pro Forma

Combined

 
Assets                                  

Current assets:

                                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,687       13,872       5,622  

A

    25,555  
                      4,374  

D

       

Royalty receivable

            142               142  

Accounts receivable, net

    85                     85  

Inventory

    741                     741  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    148       9               157  

Total current assets

    2,661       14,023       9,996         26,680  

Property and equipment, net

    129                     129  

Other assets

    43                     43  

Total assets

  $ 2,833       14,023       9,996         26,852  

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and stockholders’ deficit

                                 

Current liabilities:

                                 

Accounts payable

  $ 727                     727  

Accrued liabilities

    1,139             (661 )

C

    478  

Deferred rent

    15                     15  

Deferred revenue

    76                     76  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    55             (55 )

E

     

Maturity date preferred stock warrants liability

    3             (3 )

E

     

Convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

    1,183             (1,183 )

C

     

Convertible shareholder notes, net of debt discount

    6,493             (6,493 )

C

     

Total current liabilities

    9,691             (8,395 )       1,296  

Stockholders’ deficit:

                                 

Convertible preferred stock

    46,030             (46,030 )

C

     

Common stock

    1       230       37  

A

    458  
                      (37 )

B

       
                      19  

C

       
                      67  

C

       
                      111  

C

       
                      30  

D

       

Additional paid-in capital

    400       25,768       (11,938 )

B

    78,387  
                      5,585  

A

       
                      (19 )

C

       
                      8,270  

C

       
                      45,919  

C

       
                      4,344  

D

       
                      58  

E

       

Accumulated deficit

    (53,289 )     (11,975 )     11,975  

B

    (53,289 )

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (6,858 )     14,023       18,391         25,556  

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 2,833       14,023       9,996         26,852  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

 

 
 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

Six Months ended June 30, 2016

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

BioCardia, Inc.

   

Tiger X Medical,

Inc.

   

Pro Forma

Merger

Adjustments

     

Pro Forma

Combined

 

Revenue:

                                 

Net product revenue

  $ 306                     306  

Collaboration agreement revenue

    16                     16  

Royalty Income

          291                 291  

Total revenue

    322       291               613  

Costs and expenses:

                                 

Cost of goods sold

    382                     382  

Research and development

    938                     938  

Selling, general and administrative

    1,456       136                 1,592  

Total costs and expenses

    2,776       136               2,912  

Operating loss

    (2,454 )     155               (2,299 )

Other income (expense):

                                 

Interest expense

    (1,107 )           1,107  

C

     

Interest income

          2                 2  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    220             (220 )

E

     

Change in fair value of maturity date preferred stock warrant liability

    7             (7 )

E

     

Change in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

    (139 )           139  

C

     

Other expense

    (1 )                   (1 )

Total other income (expense), net

    (1,020 )     2       1,019         1  

Net loss

  $ (3,474 )     157       1,019         (2,298 )
                                   

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (3.59 )     0.00                 (0.01 )
                                   

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

    966,734       230,293,141       226,683,499  

F

    456,976,640  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

 
 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2015

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

   

BioCardia, Inc.

   

Tiger X Medical,

Inc.

   

Pro Forma

Merger

Adjustment

     

Pro Forma

Combined

 

Revenue:

                                 

Net product revenue

  $ 860                     860  

Collaboration agreement revenue

    44                     44  

Royalty Income

          517                 517  

Total revenue

    904       517               1,421  

Costs and expenses:

                                 

Cost of goods sold

    1,061                     1,061  

Research and development

    1,518                     1,518  

Selling, general and administrative

    3,734       198                 3,932  

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    1,634                     1,634  

Total costs and expenses

    7,947       198               8,145  

Operating loss

    (7,043 )     319               (6,724 )

Other income (expense):

                                 

Interest expense

    (1,386 )           1,386  

C

     

Interest income

          3                 3  

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    274             (274 )

E

     

Change in fair value of maturity date preferred stock warrant liability

    87             (87 )

E

     

Change in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

    1,373             (1,373 )

C

     

Other expense

    (2 )                     (2 )

Total other income (expense), net

    346       3       (348 )       1  

Net loss

  $ (6,697 )     322       (348 )       (6,723 )
                                   

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (6.93 )     0.00                 (0.01 )
                                   

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

    966,734       230,293,141       226,683,499  

F

    456,976,640  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

 

 
 

 

 

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1.

Description of Transaction and Basis of Presentation

 

Description of Transaction

 

On October 24, 2016, Tiger X Medical, Inc. (“Tiger X”) merged with and into pre-merger BioCardia, Inc. (“BioCardia”), with BioCardia becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tiger X and the surviving corporation following the completion of the merger in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”) with Tiger X. At the closing of the merger, each outstanding share of BioCardia common stock, including common stock underlying outstanding BioCardia preferred stock and convertible notes (which were converted immediately prior to the effective time), were converted into the right to receive approximately 196.9 million shares of common shares of Tiger X equal to the Preliminary Exchange Ratio as defined in the Merger Agreement. In September and October 2016, certain third parties, including BioCardia’s existing stockholders, invested in approximately $4.4 million of convertible notes (the “2016 Notes”), which converted into approximately 29.6 million shares of Tiger X common stock at the effective time of the merger. Immediately following the effective time of the merger, Tiger X equity holders owned approximately 46% of the outstanding capital stock of the combined company on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to BioCardia’s pre-merger financing activities, with BioCardia security holders owning approximately 54% of the combined company.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements were prepared in accordance with the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 is presented as if the merger had been completed on June 30, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the six month period ended June 30, 2016 combines the unaudited historical statements of operations of Tiger X and BioCardia for the six month period ended June 30, 2016 and gives pro forma effect to the merger as if it had been completed on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 combines the audited historical statements of operations of Tiger X and BioCardia for the year ended December 31, 2015 and gives pro forma effect to the merger as if it had been completed on January 1, 2015.

 

Based on the terms of the merger, BioCardia is deemed to be the acquiring company for accounting purposes and the transaction will be accounted for as an asset acquisition in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of BioCardia will be recorded as of the merger closing date at their respective carrying value and the acquired assets of Tiger X will be recorded as of the merger closing date at their fair value. For the purpose of these unaudited pro forma financial statements, management of BioCardia and Tiger X have determined a preliminary estimated purchase price for the asset acquisition, and such amount has been calculated as described in Note 2 to these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements. The net assets acquired in connection with the transaction are short term financial assets and cash and thus the value of the assets acquired will be used to determine the fair value of the consideration given since the asset values are more readily determinable. As a result, the assets acquired will be recorded at their acquisition date fair values with no relative fair value allocation required. A final determination of these estimated fair values will be based on the actual net acquired assets of Tiger X as of the merger closing date.

 

 
 

 

 

The pro forma adjustments are preliminary and based on the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired and have been prepared to illustrate the estimated effect of the asset acquisition. Under U.S. GAAP, transaction costs in an asset acquisition would be capitalized and applied to the fair value of non-financial assets acquired and remaining in the combined company. However, because BioCardia primarily acquired financial assets, BioCardia’s transaction costs will be expensed as incurred. To the extent there are significant changes to BioCardia’s business following completion of the merger, the assumptions and estimates set forth in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements could change significantly. Accordingly, the pro forma purchase price adjustments are subject to further adjustments as additional information becomes available and as additional analyses are conducted following the completion of the merger. There can be no assurances that these additional analyses will not result in material changes to the estimates of fair value.

 

2.

Preliminary Purchase Price

 

On June 30, 2016, Tiger X had 230.3 million shares of common stock outstanding and a market capitalization of $34.5 million. The estimated fair value of assets of Tiger X was $14.0 million on June 30, 2016. On the merger closing date of October 24, 2016, Tiger X had 230.7 million shares of common stock outstanding and a market capitalization of $27.7 million. The estimated fair value of the net assets of Tiger X on October 24, 2016, was approximately $19.1 million. The fair value of Tiger X’s common stock subsequent to June 30, 2016 through the merger closing date ranged above and below the fair value of Tiger X’s net assets. As Tiger X’s net assets are predominately comprised of cash, the fair value of Tiger X’s net assets as of June 30, 2016 is considered to be the best indicator of the fair value and, therefore, the preliminary purchase price. The recorded values of Tiger X’s royalty receivable and prepaid expenses approximate their current fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of these accounts. The estimated preliminary purchase price at the merger closing date may change due to the amount of cash used by Tiger X’s operations after June 30, 2016 to the closing of the merger and other changes in the Tiger X assets and liabilities that occur between June 30, 2016 and October 24, 2016.

 

The acquired net assets of Tiger X based on their estimated fair value as of June 30, 2016 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Cash

  $ 13,872  

Royalty receivable

    142  

Prepaid expenses

    9  

Net acquired tangible assets

  $ 14,023  

 

 
 

 

 

3.

Pro Forma Adjustments

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements include pro forma adjustments to give effect to certain significant transactions of BioCardia as a direct result of the merger, or for accounting purposes, the acquisition of Tiger X’s net assets by BioCardia. The pro forma adjustments reflecting the completion of the merger are based upon the accounting analysis conclusion that the merger should be accounted for as an asset acquisition and upon the assumptions set forth below.

 

A. 

To reflect the capital raised by Tiger X Medical, Inc. prior to the close of the merger.

   

B.

To reflect the elimination of Tiger X Medical, Inc.'s historical stockholders' equity balances, including accumulated deficit and to reflect shares issued to Tiger X Medical, Inc. shareholders in exchange for net assets acquired.

   

C.

To reflect the conversion of the outstanding common and preferred stock and convertible notes payable with existing investors into common stock.

   
 

- 978,951 shares common stock converted to 18,960,066 shares common stock, $0.001 par value, at $0.15 per share.

   
 

- 5,705,380 shares preferred stock converted to 110,500,514 shares common stock, $0.001 par value, at $0.15 per share.

   
 

- Outstanding convertible shareholder notes payable with current investors converting to 67,443,988 shares at $0.12 per share and the elimination of interest expense and the changes in fair value of convertible shareholder notes derivative liability

   

D.

The adjustment reflects the issuance of $4.4 million in convertible notes by BioCardia prior to the closing of the merger, which converted into 29,649,248 shares of common stock at a conversion price of $0.15 per share.

   

E.

The adjustment reflects the settlement of the warrant liability and issuance of 129,683 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, and the elimination of the change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability and the change in fair value of maturity date preferred stock warrant liability.    

   

F.

Reflects the increase in weighted average shares in connection with the issuance of 226,683,499 shares in the asset acquisition, including the conversion of common and preferred stock, notes payable and preferred stock warrants.